Vol2

Cummins Inc.
Troubleshooting and Repair Manual
Celect™, Celect Plus™ Volume 2

Troubleshooting and Repair Manual N14 Base Engine STC,
Box 3005
Columbus, Indiana, U.S.A., 47202 N14 Base Engine STC, Celect™, Celect Plus™
Registered Office Volume 2
Cummins Ltd.
49 - 51 Gresham Road,
Staines,
Middlesex TW18 2BD,
England
Registration 573951 England
Copyright© 2010
Cummins Inc.
Bulletin 3666142
Printed in U.S.A. 06-APRIL-2010 p15
301657_Cummins_Vol2.indd 1 4/9/10 1:00 PM

N14 Base Engine STC, Celect™, Celect Plus™
Volume 2
Copyright© 2010 Bulletin 3666142

Cummins Inc. Printed 06-APRIL-2010
All rights reserved
Foreword
This manual provides instructions for troubleshooting and repairing this engine in the chassis. Component and
assembly rebuild procedures are provided in the engine shop manual. Refer to Section i - Introduction for instructions
on how to use this manual.
Read and follow all safety instructions. Refer to the WARNING in the General Safety Instructions in Section i
- Introduction.
The manual is organized to guide a service technician through the logical steps of identifying and correcting problems
related to the engine. This manual does not cover vehicle or equipment problems. Consult the vehicle or equipment
manufacturer for repair procedures.
A series of specific service manuals (for example: Shop, Specifications, and Alternative Repair) are available and can
be ordered by Contacting your local area Cummins Regional office. A Cummins Regional office listing is located in
Service Literature (Section L).
The repair procedures used in this manual are recommended by Cummins Inc. Some service procedures require the
use of special service tools. Use the correct tools as described.
Cummins Inc. encourages the user of this manual to report errors, omissions, and recommendations for improvement.
Please use the postage paid, pre-addressed Literature Survey Form in the back of this manual for communicating
your comments.
The specifications and rebuild information in this manual are based on the information in effect at the time of printing.
Cummins Inc. reserves the right to make any changes at any time without obligation. If differences are found between
your engine and the information in this manual, contact a Cummins Authorized Repair Location or call 1-800-DIESELS
(1-800-343-7357) toll free in the U.S. and Canada.
The latest technology and the highest quality components are used to manufacture Cummins engines. When
replacement parts are needed, we recommend using only genuine Cummins or ReCon® exchange parts.
Table of Contents
Section
Introduction .............................................................................................................................................. i
Injectors and Fuel Lines - Group 06 ........................................................................................................ 6
Lubricating Oil System - Group 07 .......................................................................................................... 7
Cooling System - Group 08 ...................................................................................................................... 8
Drive Units - Group 09 .............................................................................................................................. 9
Air Intake System - Group 10 ................................................................................................................... 10
Exhaust System - Group 11 ..................................................................................................................... 11
Compressed Air System - Group 12 ........................................................................................................ 12
Electrical Equipment - Group 13 .............................................................................................................. 13
Engine Testing - Group 14 ....................................................................................................................... 14
Mounting Adaptations - Group 16 ............................................................................................................ 16
Miscellaneous - Group 17 ......................................................................................................................... 17
Vehicle Braking - Group 20 ...................................................................................................................... 20
Service Literature ..................................................................................................................................... L
Specifications ........................................................................................................................................... V
N14
Section i - Introduction Page i-a
Section i - Introduction
Section Contents
Page
About the Manual ...............................................................................................................................................i-1
General Information...........................................................................................................................................i-1
Acronyms and Abbreviations ...........................................................................................................................i-14
General Information..........................................................................................................................................i-14
General Cleaning Instructions ...........................................................................................................................i-9
Abrasive Pads and Abrasive Paper.....................................................................................................................i-9
Definition of Clean..............................................................................................................................................i-9
Fuel System.....................................................................................................................................................i-12
Gasket Surfaces...............................................................................................................................................i-10
Plastic Bead Cleaning......................................................................................................................................i-11
Solvent and Acid Cleaning................................................................................................................................i-10
Steam Cleaning................................................................................................................................................i-11
General Repair Instructions ...............................................................................................................................i-7
Welding on a Vehicle with an Electronic Controlled Fuel System........................................................................i-8
General Safety Instructions ...............................................................................................................................i-5
Important Safety Notice......................................................................................................................................i-5
How to Use the Manual ......................................................................................................................................i-2
Illustrations .........................................................................................................................................................i-4
Symbols ..............................................................................................................................................................i-3
N14
Page i-b Section i - Introduction
This Page Left Intentionally Blank

N14 About the Manual
Section i - Introduction Page i-1
About the Manual

General Information
This Troubleshooting and Repair Manual is intended to aid in determining the cause of engine related problems and
to provide recommended repair procedures.
The manual is divided into sections. Each section is equivalent to a group used in Cummins' filmcard system. Some
sections contain reference numbers and procedure numbers. Reference numbers provide general information,
specifications, diagrams, and service tools where applicable. Procedure numbers are used to identify and reference
specific repair procedures for correcting the problem.
This manual does not contain fuel systems electronic troubleshooting. Use the troubleshooting trees in this manual,
if there are no electronic fault codes.
This manual is designed so the troubleshooting trees are used to locate the cause of an engine problem. The
troubleshooting trees then direct the user to the correct repair procedure. The repair procedures within a section are
in numerical order. However, the repair steps within a given procedure are organized in the order the repair must be
performed regardless of the numerical order of the steps. The user must use the contents pages or the index at the
back of the manual to locate specific topics when not using the troubleshooting trees.
How to Use the Manual N14
Page i-2 Section i - Introduction
How to Use the Manual

General Information
This manual is organized to provide an easy flow from problem identification to problem correction.
A list of troubleshooting symptoms containing the most common engine problems is in the Troubleshooting Symptoms,
Section (TS). The manual is designed to use the Troubleshooting Symptoms as a guide to locating the problem and
directing the end user to the correct procedure for making the repair. Complete the following steps to locate and
correct the problem.
1 Locate the symptom on the Section Contents pages of Section TS.
• Reference to the page number where the Troubleshooting Symptom Tree is found is made to the right of the
symptom tree title.
3 The left column of boxes in the Troubleshooting Symptom Charts indicates a probable cause of the problem,
starting at the top with the simplest and easiest to repair, and continuing downward to the most difficult.
• The right column of boxes provides a brief description of the corrective action with a reference number to the
correct procedure used to make the repair.
5 Locate the probable cause in the left column then turn to the procedure referenced in the right column.
6 The Troubleshooting Symptom Charts are based on the following assumptions:
• The engine has been installed according to the manufacturer's specifications.
• The easiest repairs are done first.
• "Generic" solutions to cover problems with the most common applications and Original Equipment
Manufacturer (OEM).
Refer to the OEM service manual for OEM specifications.
This manual is divided into the same group system used for previous manuals and the Cummins' filmcard system.
Section 00 is organized into a logical sequence of engine disassemble/assemble, all other sections are in numerical
sequence. Refer to the Table of Contents at the front of the book to determine the section that details the desired
information.
The disassemble/assemble sections of this manual is divided into the same group system used for previous manuals
and the Cummins' filmcard system.
Section 00 is organized into a logical sequence of engine disassemble/assemble, all other sections are in numerical
sequence. Refer to the Table of Contents at the front of the book to determine the section that details the desired
information.
Each section contains the following in sequence:
• Table of Contents
• Required Service Tool Listings
• General Information containing the basic service, maintenance, design and revision information necessary to assist
in the rebuild of an engine or a component
• Procedure instructions for the disassembly, inspection, maintenance, and assembly that can be required to rebuild
an engine; additional procedures that are not necessary during every rebuild, but can be necessary, are included.
These procedures depend on the length of time an engine has been in service and the conditions of the parts.
All the procedures are identified with a name and a number. Each digit in the procedure number has a specific
meaning.
The first three digits of the number refer to the specific section that the procedure can be found within the manual. In
this example, “001” represents Section 01 - Cylinder Block. This number will range from 000 to 022.
The second three digits of the number are unique and refer to a specific subject. In this example, “028” represents
Cylinder Liner. This number will range from 001 to 999.
Refer to Section V for specifications recommended by Cummins Engine Company, Inc. for your engine. Specifications
and torque values for each engine system are given in that section.
NOTE: Discharge of oil or oily water into or upon the water is a direct violation of today's laws. Violators are subject
to a penalty of various monetary charges. Dispose of these substances in accordance with standards set by the EPA.
N14 Symbols
Symbols
General Information
The following symbols have been used in this manual to help communicate the intent of the instructions. When one
of the symbols appears, it conveys the meaning defined below:
Illustrations N14
Illustrations
General Information
Some of the illustrations throughout this manual are
generic and will not look exactly like the engine or parts
used in your application. The illustrations can contain
symbols to indicate an action required and an acceptable
or not acceptable condition.
The illustrations are intended to show repair or

replacement procedures. The procedure will be the same
for all applications, although the illustration can differ.
N14 General Safety Instructions
General Safety Instructions

Important Safety Notice
WARNING
Improper practices, carelessness, or ignoring the warnings can cause burns, cuts, mutilation, asphyxiation
or other personal injury or death.
Read and understand all of the safety precautions and warnings before performing any repair. This list contains the
general safety precautions that must be followed to provide personal safety. Special safety precautions are included
in the procedures when they apply.
• Work in an area surrounding the product that is dry, well lit, ventilated, free from clutter, loose tools, parts, ignition
sources and hazardous substances. Be aware of hazardous conditions that can exist.
• Always wear protective glasses and protective shoes when working.
• Rotating parts can cause cuts, mutilation or strangulation.
• Do not wear loose-fitting or torn clothing. Remove all jewelry when working.
• Disconnect the battery (negative [-] cable first) and discharge any capacitors before beginning any repair work.
Disconnect the air starting motor if equipped to prevent accidental engine starting. Put a "Do Not Operate" tag in
the operator's compartment or on the controls.
• Use ONLY the proper engine barring techniques for manually rotating the engine. Do not attempt to rotate the
crankshaft by pulling or prying on the fan. This practice can cause serious personal injury, property damage, or
damage to the fan blade(s) causing premature fan failure.
• If an engine has been operating and the coolant is hot, allow the engine to cool before slowly loosening the filler
cap to relieve the pressure from the cooling system.
• Always use blocks or proper stands to support the product before performing any service work. Do not work on
anything that is supported ONLY by lifting jacks or a hoist.
• Relieve all pressure in the air, oil, fuel, and cooling systems before any lines, fittings, or related items are removed
or disconnected. Be alert for possible pressure when disconnecting any device from a system that utilizes pressure.
Do not check for pressure leaks with your hand. High pressure oil or fuel can cause personal injury.
• To reduce the possibility of suffocation and frostbite, wear protective clothing and ONLY disconnect liquid
refrigerant (Freon) lines in a well ventilated area. To protect the environment, liquid refrigerant systems must be
properly emptied and filled using equipment that prevents the release of refrigerant gas (fluorocarbons) into the
atmosphere. Federal law requires capturing and recycling refrigerant.
• To reduce the possibility of personal injury, use a hoist or get assistance when lifting components that weigh 23
kg [50 lb] or more. Make sure all lifting devices such as chains, hooks, or slings are in good condition and are of
the correct capacity. Make sure hooks are positioned correctly. Always use a spreader bar when necessary. The
lifting hooks must not be side-loaded.
• Corrosion inhibitor, a component of SCA and lubricating oil, contains alkali. Do not get the substance in eyes.
Avoid prolonged or repeated contact with skin. Do not swallow internally. In case of contact, immediately wash
skin with soap and water. In case of contact, immediately flood eyes with large amounts of water for a minimum
of 15 minutes. IMMEDIATELY CALL A PHYSICIAN. KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN.
• Naptha and Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK) are flammable materials and must be used with caution. Follow the
manufacturer's instructions to provide complete safety when using these materials. KEEP OUT OF REACH OF
CHILDREN.
• To reduce the possibility of burns, be alert for hot parts on products that have just been turned off, exhaust gas
flow, and hot fluids in lines, tubes, and compartments.
• Always use tools that are in good condition. Make sure you understand how to use the tools before performing
any service work. Use ONLY genuine Cummins® or Cummins ReCon® replacement parts.
• Always use the same fastener part number (or equivalent) when replacing fasteners. Do not use a fastener of
lesser quality if replacements are necessary.
• When necessary, the removal and replacement of any guards covering rotating components, drives, and/or belts
should only be carried out be a trained technician. Before removing any guards the engine must be turned off and
any starting mechanisms must be isolated. All fasteners must be replaced on re-fitting the guards.
• Do not perform any repair when fatigued or after consuming alcohol or drugs that can impair your functioning.
General Safety Instructions N14
• Some state and federal agencies in the United States of America have determined that used engine oil can be
carcinogenic and can cause reproductive toxicity. Avoid inhalation of vapors, ingestion, and prolonged contact
with used engine oil.
• Do not connect the jumper starting or battery charging cables to any ignition or governor control wiring. This can
cause electrical damage to the ignition or governor.
• Always torque fasteners and fuel connections to the required specifications. Overtightening or undertightening
can allow leakage. This is critical to the natural gas and liquefied petroleum gas fuel and air systems.
• Always test for fuel leaks as instructed, as odorant can fade.
• Close the manual fuel valves prior to performing maintenance and repairs, and when storing the vehicle inside.
• Coolant is toxic. If not reused, dispose of in accordance with local environmental regulations.
• The catalyst reagent contains urea. Do not get the substance in your eyes. In case of contact, immediately flood
eyes with large amounts of water for a minimum of 15 minutes. Avoid prolonged contact with skin. In case of
contact, immediately wash skin with soap and water. Do not swallow internally. In the event the catalyst reagent
is ingested, contact a physician immediately.
• The catalyst substrate contains Vanadium Pentoxide. Vanadium Pentoxide has been determined by the State of
California to cause cancer. Always wear protective gloves and eye protection when handling the catalyst assembly.
Do not get the catalyst material in your eyes. In Case of contact, immediately flood eyes with large amounts of
water for a minimum of 15 minutes. Avoid prolonged contact with skin. In case of contact, immediately wash skin
with soap and water.
• The Catalyst substrate contains Vanadium Pentoxide. Vanadium Pentoxide has been determined by the State of
California to cause cancer. In the event the catalyst is being replaced, dispose of in accordance with local
regulations.
• California Proposition 65 Warning - Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the State of
California to cause cancer, birth defects, and other reproductive harm.
N14 General Repair Instructions
General Repair Instructions

General Information
This engine incorporates the latest technology at the time it was manufactured; yet, it is designed to be repaired using
normal repair practices performed to quality standards.
CAUTION
Cummins Inc. does not recommend or authorize any modifications or repairs to engines or components
except for those detailed in Cummins Service Information. In particular, unauthorized repair to safety-related
components can cause personal injury or death. Below is a partial listing of components classified as safety-
related:
1 Air Compressor
2 Air Controls
3 Air Shutoff Assemblies
4 Balance Weights
5 Cooling Fan
6 Fan Hub Assembly
7 Fan Mounting Bracket(s)
8 Fan Mounting Capscrews
9 Fan Hub Spindle
10 Flywheel
11 Flywheel Crankshaft Adapter
12 Flywheel Mounting Capscrews
13 Fuel Shutoff Assemblies
14 Fuel Supply Tubes
15 Lifting Brackets
16 Throttle Controls
17 Turbocharger Compressor Casing
18 Turbocharger Oil Drain Line(s)
19 Turbocharger Oil Supply Line(s)
20 Turbocharger Turbine Casing
21 Vibration Damper Mounting Capscrews
• Follow all safety instructions noted in the procedures

- Follow the manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning solvents and other substances used during the repair of
the engine. Some solvents and used engine oil have been identified by government agencies as toxic or
carcinogenic. Avoid excessive breathing, ingestion and contact with such substances. Always use good safety
practices with tools and equipment.
• Provide a clean environment and follow the cleaning instructions specified in the procedures
- The engine and its components must be kept clean during any repair. Contamination of the engine or components
will cause premature wear.
• Perform the inspections specified in the procedures
• Replace all components or assemblies which are damaged or worn beyond the specifications
• Use genuine Cummins new or ReCon® service parts and assemblies
- The assembly instructions have been written to use again as many components and assemblies as possible. When
it is necessary to replace a component or assembly, the procedure is based on the use of new Cummins or
Cummins ReCon® components. All of the repair services described in this manual are available from all Cummins
Distributors and most Dealer locations.
• Follow the specified disassembly and assembly procedures to reduce the possibility of damage to the components
General Repair Instructions N14
Welding on a Vehicle with an Electronic Controlled Fuel System

CAUTION
Disconnect both the positive (+) and negative (-) battery cables from the battery before welding on the
vehicle. Attach the welder ground cable no more than 0.61 meters [2 feet] from the part being welded. Do not
connect the ground cable of the welder to the ECM cooling plate or ECM. Welding on the engine or engine
mounted components is not recommended or damage to the engine or components can result.
N14 General Cleaning Instructions
General Cleaning Instructions

Definition of Clean
Parts must be free of debris that can contaminate any engine system. This does not necessarily mean they have to
appear as new.
Sanding gasket surfaces until the factory machining marks are disturbed adds no value and is often harmful to forming
a seal. It is important to maintain surface finish and flatness tolerances to form a quality sealing surface. Gaskets are
designed to fill small voids in the specified surface finish.
Sanding gasket surfaces where edge-molded gaskets are used is most often unnecessary. Edge-molded gaskets are
those metal carriers with sealing material bonded to the edges of the gasket to seal while the metal portion forms a
metal to metal joint for stability. Any of the small amounts of sealing material that can stick to the parts are better
removed with a blunt-edged scraper on the spots rather than spending time polishing the whole surface with an air
sander or disc.
For those gaskets that do not have the edge molding, nearly all have a material that contains release agents to prevent
sticking. Certainly this is not to say that some gaskets are not difficult to remove because the gasket has been in
place a long time, has been overheated or the purpose of the release agent has been defeated by the application of
some sealant. The object however is just to remove the gasket without damaging the surfaces of the mating parts
without contaminating the engine (don't let the little bits fall where they can not be removed).
Bead blasting piston crowns until the dark stain is removed is unnecessary. All that is required is to remove the carbon
build-up above the top ring and in the ring grooves. There is more information on bead blasting and piston cleaning
later in this document.
Cummins Inc. does not recommend sanding or grinding the carbon ring at the top of cylinder liners until clean metal
is visible. The liner will be ruined and any signs of a problem at the top ring reversal point (like a dust-out) will be
destroyed. It is necessary to remove the carbon ring to provide for easier removal of the piston assembly. A medium
bristle, high quality, steel wire wheel that is rated above the rpm of the power tool being used will be just as quick and
there will be less damage. Yes, one must look carefully for broken wires after the piston is removed but the wires are
more visible and can be attracted by a magnet.
Oil on parts that have been removed from the engine will attract dirt in the air. The dirt will adhere to the oil. If possible,
leave the old oil on the part until it is ready to be cleaned, inspected and installed, and then clean it off along with any
attracted dirt. If the part is cleaned then left exposed it can have to be cleaned again before installation. Make sure
parts are lubricated with clean oil before installation. They do not need to be oiled all over but do need oil between
moving parts (or a good lube system priming process conducted before cranking the engine).
Bead blasting parts to remove exterior paint is also usually unnecessary. The part will most likely be painted again
so all that needs happen is remove any loose paint.
Abrasive Pads and Abrasive Paper
The keyword here is "abrasive". There is no part of an engine designed to withstand abrasion. That is they are all
supposed to lock together or slide across each other. Abrasives and dirt particles will degrade both functions.
WARNING
Abrasive material must be kept out of or removed from oil passages and parts wear points. Abrasive material
in oil passages can cause bearing and bushing failures that can progress to major component damage beyond
reuse. This is particularly true of main and rod bearings.
Cummins Inc. does not recommend the use of emery cloth or sand paper on any part of an assembled engine or
component including but not limited to removing the carbon ridge from cylinder liners or to clean block decks or
counterbores.
Great care must be taken when using abrasive products to clean engine parts, particularly on partially assembled
engines. Abrasive cleaning products come in many forms and sizes. All of them contain aluminum oxide particles,
silicon carbide, or sand or some other similar hard material. These particles are harder than most of the parts in the
engine. Since they are harder, if they are pressed against softer material they will either damage the material or
become embedded in it. These materials fall off the holding media as the product is used. If the products are used
with power equipment the particles are thrown about the engine. If the particles fall between two moving parts, damage
to the moving parts is likely.
If particles that are smaller than the clearance between the parts while they are at rest (engine stopped), but larger
than the running clearance then damage will occur when the parts move relative to each other (engine started). While
the engine is running and there is oil pressure, particles that are smaller than the bearing clearance are likely to pass
between the parts without damage and be trapped in the oil filter. However, particles larger than the bearing clearance
will remove material from one part and can become embedded in one of the parts. Once embedded in one part it will
General Cleaning Instructions N14
abrade the other part until contact is no longer being made between the two parts. If the damage sufficiently degrades
the oil film, the two parts will come into contact resulting in early wear-out or failure from lack of effective lubrication.
Abrasive particles can fly about during cleaning it is very important to block these particles from entering the engine
as much as possible. This is particularly true of lubricating oil ports and oil drilling holes, especially those located
downstream of the lubricating oil filters. Plug the holes instead of trying to blow the abrasive particles and debris with
compressed air because the debris is often simply blown further into the oil drilling.
All old gasket material must be removed from the parts gasket surfaces. However, it is not necessary to clean and
polish the gasket surface until the machining marks are erased. Excessive sanding or buffing can damage the gasket
surface. Many newer gaskets are of the edge molded type (a steel carrier with a sealing member bonded to the steel).
What little sealing material that can adhere is best removed with a blunt-edged scraper or putty knife. Cleaning gasket
surfaces where an edge-molded gasket is used with abrasive pads or paper is usually a waste of time.
WARNING
Excessive sanding or grinding the carbon ring from the top of the cylinder liners can damage the liner beyond
reuse. The surface finish will be damaged and abrasive particles can be forced into the liner material which
can cause early cylinder wear-out or piston ring failures.
Tape off or plug all openings to any component interior before using abrasive pads or wire brushes. If really necessary
because of time to use a power tool with abrasive pads, tape the oil drillings closed or use plug and clean as much
of the surface as possible with the tool but clean around the oil hole/opening by hand so as to prevent contamination
of the drilling. Then remove the tape or plug and clean the remaining area carefully and without the tool. DO NOT use
compressed air to blow the debris out of oil drilling on an assembled engine! More likely than not, the debris can be
blown further into the drilling. Using compressed air is fine if both ends of the drilling are open but that is rarely the
case when dealing with an assembled engine.
Gasket Surfaces
The object of cleaning gasket surfaces is to remove any gasket material, not refinish the gasket surface of the part.
Cummins Inc. does not recommend any specific brand of liquid gasket remover. If a liquid gasket remover is used,
check the directions to make sure the material being cleaned will not be harmed.
Air powered gasket scrapers can save time but care must be taken to not damage the surface. The angled part of
the scraper must be against the gasket surface to prevent the blade from digging into the surface. Using air powered
gasket scrapers on parts made of soft materials takes skill and care to prevent damage.
Do not scrape or brush across the gasket surface if at all possible.
Solvent and Acid Cleaning
Several solvent and acid-type cleaners can be used to clean the disassembled engine parts (other than pistons. See
Below). Experience has shown that the best results can be obtained using a cleaner that can be heated to 90° to 95°
Celsius (180° to 200° Fahrenheit). Kerosene emulsion based cleaners have different temperature specifications, see
below. A cleaning tank that provides a constant mixing and filtering of the cleaning solution will give the best results.
Cummins Inc. does not recommend any specific cleaners. Always follow the cleaner manufacturer's instructions.
Remove all the gasket material, o-rings, and the deposits of sludge, carbon, etc., with a wire brush or scraper before
putting the parts in a cleaning tank. Be careful not to damage any gasket surfaces. When possible, steam clean the
parts before putting them in the cleaning tank.
WARNING
When using solvents, acids, or alkaline materials for cleaning, follow the manufacturers recommendations
for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to reduce the possibility of personal injury.
Experience has shown that kerosene emulsion based cleaners perform the best to clean pistons. These cleaners
should not be heated to temperature in excess of 77°C (170°F). The solution begins to break down at temperatures
in excess of 82°C (180°F) and will be less effective.
Do not use solutions composed mainly of chlorinated hydrocarbons with cresols, phenols and/or cresylic components.
They often do not do a good job of removing deposits from the ring groove and are costly to dispose of properly.
Solutions with a pH above approximately 9.5 will cause aluminum to turn black; therefore do not use high alkaline
solutions.
Chemicals with a pH above 7.0 are considered alkaline and those below 7.0 are acidic. As you move further away
from the neutral 7.0, the chemicals become highly alkaline or highly acidic.
Remove all the gasket material, o-rings, and the deposits of sludge, carbon, etc., with a wire brush or scraper before
putting the parts in a cleaning tank. Be careful to not damage any gasket surfaces. When possible use hot high
pressure water or steam clean the parts before putting them in the cleaning tank. Removing the heaviest dirt before
placing in the tank will allow the cleaner to work more effectively and the cleaning agent will last longer.
Rinse all the parts in hot water after cleaning. Dry completely with compressed air. Blow the rinse water from all the
capscrew holes and the oil drillings.
If the parts are not to be used immediately after cleaning, dip them in a suitable rust proofing compound. The rust
proofing compound must be removed from the parts before assembly or installation on the engine.
Steam Cleaning
Steam cleaning can be used to remove all types of dirt that can contaminate the cleaning tank. It is a good method
for cleaning the oil drillings and coolant passages
WARNING
When using a steam cleaner, wear safety glasses or a face shield, as well as protective clothing. Hot steam
can cause serious personal injury.
Do not steam clean the following components:
• Electrical Components
• Wiring Harnesses
• Injectors
• Fuel Pump
• Belts and Hoses
• Bearings (ball or taper roller)
• Electronic Control Module (ECM)
• ECM Connectors
• Dosing Control Unit
• NOx Sensor.
Plastic Bead Cleaning
Cummins Inc. does not recommend the use of glass bead blast or walnut shell media on any engine part. Cummins
Inc. recommends using only plastic bead media, Part Number 3822735 or equivalent on any engine part. Never use
sand as a blast media to clean engine parts. Glass and walnut shell media when not used to the media manufacturer's
recommendations can cause excess dust and can embed in engine parts that can result in premature failure of
components through abrasive wear.
Plastic bead cleaning can be used on many engine components to remove carbon deposits. The cleaning process is
controlled by the use of plastic beads, the operating pressure and cleaning time.
CAUTION
Do not use bead blasting cleaning methods on aluminum pistons skirts or the pin bores in any piston, piston
skirt or piston crown. Small particles of the media will embed in the aluminum or other soft metal and result
in premature wear of the cylinder liner, piston rings, pins and pin bores. Valves, turbocharger shafts, etc.,
can also be damaged. Follow the cleaning directions listed in the procedures.
CAUTION
Do not contaminate wash tanks and tank type solvent cleaners with the foreign material and plastic beads.
Remove the foreign material and plastic beads with compressed air, hot high pressure water or steam before
placing them in tanks or cleaners. The foreign material and plastic beads can contaminate the tank and any
other engine parts cleaned in the tank. Contaminated parts may cause failures from abrasive wear.
Plastic bead blasting media, Part Number 3822735, can be used to clean all piston ring grooves. Do not sure any
bead blasting media on piston pin bores or aluminum skirts.
Follow the equipment manufacturer's cleaning instructions. Make sure to adjust the air pressure in the blasting
machine to the bead manufacturer's recommendations. Turning up the pressure can move material on the part and
cause the plastic bead media to wear out more quickly. The following guidelines can be used to adapt to
manufacturer's instructions:
1. Bead size: U.S. size Number 16 — 20 for piston cleaning with plastic bead media, Part Number 3822735
2. Operating Pressure — 270 kPa (40 psi) for piston cleaning. Pressure should not cause beads to break.
3. Steam clean or wash the parts with solvent to remove all of the foreign material and plastic beads after cleaning.
Rinse with hot water. Dry with compressed air.
General Cleaning Instructions N14
CAUTION
The bead blasting operation must not disturb the metal surface. If the metal surface is disturbed the engine
can be damaged due to increased parts clearance or inadequate surface finish on parts that move against
other parts.
When cleaning pistons, it is not necessary to remove all the dark stain from the piston. All that is necessary is to
remove the carbon on the rim and in the ring grooves. This is best done by directing the blast across the part as
opposed to straight at the part. If the machining marks are disturbed by the blasting process, then the pressure is too
high or the blast is being held on one spot too long. The blast operation must not disturb the metal surface.
Walnut shell bead blast material is sometimes used to clean ferrous metals (iron and steel). Walnut shell blasting
produces a great amount of dust particularly when the pressure if the air pressure on the blasting machine is increased
above media manufacturer's recommendation. Cummins Inc. recommends not using walnut shell media to clean
engine parts due to the risk media embedment and subsequent contamination of the engine.
Cummins Inc. now recommends glass bead media NOT used to clean any engine parts. Glass media is too easily
embedded into the material particularly in soft materials and when air pressures greater than media manufacturer's
recommend are used. The glass is an abrasive so when it is in a moving part, that part is abrading all the parts in
contact with it. When higher pressures are used the media is broken and forms a dust of a very small size that floats
easily in the air. This dust is very hard to control in the shop, particularly if only compressed air (and not hot water)
is used to blow the media after it is removed from the blasting cabinet (blowing the part off inside the cabinet may
remove large accumulations but never removes all the media).
Bead blasting is best used on stubborn dirt/carbon build-up that has not been removed by first steam/higher pressure
washing then washing in a heated wash tank. This is particularly true of pistons. Steam and soak the pistons first then
use the plastic bead method to safely remove the carbon remaining in the grooves (instead of running the risk of
damaging the surface finish of the groove with a wire wheel or end of a broken piston ring. Make sure the parts are
dry and oil free before bead blasting to prevent clogging the return on the blasting machine.
Always direct the bead blaster nozzle "across" rather than directly at the part. This allows the bead to get under the
unwanted material. Keep the nozzle moving rather than hold on one place. Keeping the nozzle directed at one-place
too long causes the metal to heat up and be moved around. Remember that the spray is not just hitting the dirt or
carbon. If the machining marks on the piston groove or rim have been disturbed then there has not been enough
movement of the nozzle and/or the air pressure is too high.
Never bead blast valve stems. Tape or use a sleeve to protect the stems during bead blasting. Direct the nozzle across
the seat surface and radius rather than straight at them. The object is to remove any carbon build up and continuing
to blast to remove the stain is a waste of time.
Fuel System
When servicing any fuel system components, which can be exposed to potential contaminants, prior to disassembly,
clean the fittings, mounting hardware, and the area around the component to be removed. If the surrounding areas
are not cleaned, dirt or contaminants can be introduced into the fuel system.
The internal drillings of some injectors are extremely small and susceptible to plugging from contamination. Some
fuel injection systems can operate at very high pressures. High pressure fuel can convert simple particles of dirt and
rust into a highly abrasive contaminant that can damage the high pressure pumping components and fuel injectors.
Electrical contact cleaner can be used if steam cleaning tools are not available. Use electrical contact cleaner rather
than compressed air, to wash dirt and debris away from fuel system fittings. Diesel fuel on exposed fuel system parts
attracts airborne contaminants.
Choose lint free towels for fuel system work.
Cap and plug fuel lines, fittings, and ports whenever the fuel system is opened. Rust, dirt, and paint can enter the
fuel system whenever a fuel line or other component is loosened or removed from the engine. In many instances, a
good practice is to loosen a line or fitting to break the rust and paint loose, and then clean off the loosened material.
When removing fuel lines or fittings from a new or newly-painted engine, make sure to remove loose paint flakes/
chips that can be created when a wrench contacts painted line nuts or fittings, or when quick disconnect fittings are
removed.
Fuel filters are rated in microns. The word micron is the abbreviation for a micrometer, or one millionth of a meter.
The micron rating is the size of the smallest particles that will be captured by the filter media. As a reference, a human
hair is 0.003 mm [3/1000 in] in diameter. One micron measures 0.00004 mm [4/100,000 in]. The contaminants being
filtered out are smaller than can be seen with the human eye, a magnifying glass, or a low powered microscope.
The tools used for fuel system troubleshooting and repair are to be cleaned regularly to avoid contamination. Like fuel
system parts, tools that are coated with oil or fuel attract airborne contaminants. Remember the following points
regarding your fuel system tools:
• Fuel system tools are to be kept as clean as possible.

• Clean and dry the tools before returning them to the tool box.
• If possible, store fuel system tools in sealed containers.
• Make sure fuel system tools are clean before use.
Acronyms and Abbreviations N14
Acronyms and Abbreviations

General Information
The following list contains some of the acronyms and abbreviations used in this manual.
API American Petroleum Institute
ASTM American Society of Testing and Materials
BTU British Thermal Unit
BTDC Before Top Dead Center
°C Celsius
CO Carbon Monoxide
CCA Cold Cranking Amperes
CARB California Air Resources Board
C.I.B. Customer Interface Box
C.I.D. Cubic Inch Displacement
CNG Compressed Natural Gas
CPL Control Parts List
cSt Centistokes
DEF Diesel Exhaust Fluid
DOC Diesel Oxidation Catalyst
DPF Diesel Particulate Filter
ECM Electronic Control Module
EGR Exhaust Gas Recirculation
EPA Environmental Protection Agency
°F Fahrenheit
ft-lb Foot-Pound Force
FMI Failure Mode Indentifier
GVW Gross Vehicle Weight
Hg Mercury
hp Horsepower
H2O Water
inHg Inches of Mercury
in H20 Inches of Water
ICM Ignition Control Module
km/l Kilometers per Liter
kPa Kilopascal
LNG Liquid Natural Gas
LPG Liquified Petroleum Gas
LTA Low Temperature Aftercooling
MIL Malfunction Indicator Lamp
MPa Megapascal
mph Miles Per Hour
mpq Miles Per Quart
N•m Newton-meter
NOx Mono-Nitrogen Oxides
NG Natural Gas
OBD On-Board Diagnostics
OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer
PID Parameter Identification Descriptions
ppm Parts Per Million
N14 Acronyms and Abbreviations
psi Pounds Per Square Inch

PTO Power Takeoff
RGT Rear Gear Train
rpm Revolutions Per Minute
SAE Society of Automotive Engineers
SCA Supplemental Coolant Additive
SCR Selective Catalytic Reduction
STC Step Timing Control
SID Subsystem Identification Descriptions
VDC Volts of Direct Current
VS Variable Speed
VSS Vehicle Speed Sensor
Acronyms and Abbreviations N14
Notes
N14
Section 6 - Injectors and Fuel Lines - Group 06 Page 6-a
Section 6 - Injectors and Fuel Lines - Group 06

Section Contents
Page
AFC No Air Check ...........................................................................................................................................6-52
Measure..........................................................................................................................................................6-52
Air in Fuel ..........................................................................................................................................................6-2
Test..................................................................................................................................................................6-2
Sight Glass Method........................................................................................................................................6-2
Gear Pump Drain Method...............................................................................................................................6-3
Cylinder Misfires or Smokes .............................................................................................................................6-7
Automated Cylinder Performance Test..............................................................................................................6-7
Cylinder Cutout Test.........................................................................................................................................6-7
Exhaust Manifold Temperature Test..................................................................................................................6-8
Exhaust Manifold Tilt-back Method....................................................................................................................6-8
ECM Cooling Plate, Fuel Cooled .......................................................................................................................6-9
Install..............................................................................................................................................................6-10
Remove............................................................................................................................................................6-9
Fuel Drain Line Restriction .............................................................................................................................6-11
Measure..........................................................................................................................................................6-11
Fuel Filter (Spin-On Type) ...............................................................................................................................6-12
Install..............................................................................................................................................................6-13
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 6-12
Fuel Inlet Restriction .......................................................................................................................................6-13
Measure..........................................................................................................................................................6-13
Fuel Supply Lines ............................................................................................................................................6-16
Inspect for Reuse............................................................................................................................................6-16
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 6-16
Injector .............................................................................................................................................................6-27
Clean..............................................................................................................................................................6-30
Finishing Steps...............................................................................................................................................6-35
General Information.........................................................................................................................................6-27
Install..............................................................................................................................................................6-30
CELECT™.....................................................................................................................................................6-30
STC............................................................................................................................................................. 6-32
Preparatory Steps...........................................................................................................................................6-27
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 6-28
CELECT™.....................................................................................................................................................6-28
STC............................................................................................................................................................. 6-29
Service Tools ....................................................................................................................................................6-1
Injectors and Fuel Lines....................................................................................................................................6-1
Static Injection Timing ....................................................................................................................................6-17
Measure..........................................................................................................................................................6-18
STC Oil Control Valve (Mechanical) ................................................................................................................6-35
Initial Check....................................................................................................................................................6-35
Install..............................................................................................................................................................6-40
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 6-39
STC Oil Delivery System Diagnostics .............................................................................................................6-47
Test................................................................................................................................................................ 6-47
STC Oil Delivery System Blockage .................................................................................................................6-49
Initial Check....................................................................................................................................................6-49
Leak Test........................................................................................................................................................6-50
STC Viscosity Sensor ......................................................................................................................................6-40
Clean and Inspect for Reuse...........................................................................................................................6-41
Install..............................................................................................................................................................6-43
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 6-40
N14
Page 6-b Section 6 - Injectors and Fuel Lines - Group 06

N14 Service Tools
Section 6 - Injectors and Fuel Lines - Group 06 Page 6-1
Service Tools
Injectors and Fuel Lines
The following special tools are recommended to perform procedures in this section. The use of these tools
is shown in the appropriate procedure. These tools can be purchased from a local Cummins® Authorized
Repair Location.
Tool No. Tool Description Tool Illustration

Mercury Filled Manometer
Use to measure fuel drain line restriction.
ST-1111-3
Sight Glass
Use to check for air in the fuel line. Use with No. 12 hose, and Part
3375362 No. 3375808, with No. 16 hose.
Filter Wrench
Use to remove or tighten spin on fuel filters.
3376807
Injector Timing Fixture

Use to determine the injector push tube travel in relation to the piston
3823451 travel.
Chip Removing Unit

Use to remove carbon from the top of the piston.
3823461
Injector Puller/Installation Tool

Use to pull and install injectors
3823579
Air in Fuel N14
Page 6-2 Section 6 - Injectors and Fuel Lines - Group 06
Air in Fuel (006-003)

Test
Sight Glass Method
Remove the fuel suction line.
Install a sight glass, Part No. 3375362, in the line.
Operate the engine as in the previous section.
NOTE: A small air leak will have a "milky" appearance. A
large air leak will look like bubbles in the fuel.
If an air leak is found, visually inspect the fuel lines, o-

rings, and fittings for damage. Check for loose
connections.
Replace the damaged lines or tighten the loose
connections.
Operate the engine at high idle with no load and check the
sight glass.
Tighten the hose connections and the fuel filter.

Check the drop tube in the fuel tank for damage.
Replace any defective parts as required.

Remove the sight glass and install the suction hose.
Test the engine again for other air leaks.
N14 Air in Fuel
Gear Pump Drain Method

STC
Remove the gear pump cooling drain line from the check
valve and install a plug in the line.
Install a hose on the check valve and place the other end
of the hose in a container.
Remove the AFC air supply line from the air intake
manifold or the compressor air tube. Install a plug or a cap
in the air manifold hole.
Apply air pressure to the AFC air supply line.
Air Pressure 172 kPa [ 25 psi ]
Remove the Compuchek® fitting, if equipped, from the fuel

shutoff valve.
Install a fuel hose with a needle valve in it to the shutoff
valve.
Close the needle valve.
Place the end of the hose in a bucket.
Operate the engine at high idle with no load.

Air in Fuel N14
Open the needle valve and allow fuel to drain into the
bucket until the engine speed drops to 100 rpm below
rated speed.
If air is entering the fuel pump suction line, bubbles will be

visible in the container of fuel.

Correct the air leak and test again for other leaks.
N14 Air in Fuel
Remove the hose from the check valve elbow and the plug
form the cooling drain line.
Install the drain line on the check valve.
Remove the fuel hose and needle valve from the fuel
shutoff valve.
Install the Compuchek® fitting, if equipped, in the fuel
shutoff valve.
Remove the plug or cap from the compressor air tube or

the air intake manifold.
Install the AFC air supply line to the compressor air tube
or the air intake manifold.
CELECT™ and CELECT™ Plus

Remove the gear pump cooling drain line from the check
valve and install a plug in the line.
Install a hose on the check valve and place the other end
of the hose in a container.
Air in Fuel N14
Operate the engine at high idle with no load.
If air is entering the fuel pump suction line, bubbles will be

visible in the container of fuel.
If bubbles are visible, tighten the fuel supply pump inlet

fitting.
Tighten the cooling plate inlet and outlet fittings.

N14 Cylinder Misfires or Smokes
Correct the air leak and test again for other leaks.
Remove the hose from the check valve elbow and the plug
form the cooling drain line.
Install the drain line on the check valve.
Cylinder Misfires or Smokes (006-005)

Automated Cylinder Performance Test
NOTE: Do not run the automated Cylinder Performance
Test on engines that are smoking at idle.
Perform the Automated Cylinder Performance Test at
least twice. Refer to the appropriate electronic service tool
manual.
Minimum cylinder contribution is 71%.
Cylinder Cutout Test

Cut out each cylinder, with the Cylinder Cutout Test, while
watching the exhaust smoke. Refer to the CELECT™
Compulink™ or Echek™ Diagnostic Cartridge Manual.
Replace the injector in the cylinder that causes a reduction
in smoke when cut out.
Cylinder Misfires or Smokes N14
Exhaust Manifold Temperature Test

To locate a smoking cylinder, use a pyrometer or infrared
temperature gun to measure the exhaust manifold surface
temperature at each cylinder port.
The maximum exhaust manifold surface temperature at
idle is 143°C [290°F].
A cylinder is smoking if: > >The exhaust manifold
surface temperature at that exhaust port exceeds the
above specification.> >The exhaust manifold surface
temperature at that port is significantly higher than that for
the other cylinder ports.> >
NOTE: If this test is inconclusive, tilt back the exhaust
manifold to visually locate the smoking cylinder.
CAUTION
Do not place hand on the exhaust manifold if the
engine is hot or heavily black smoking.
An alternate method is to place your hand on the exhaust
manifold at each cylinder port. A smoking cylinder will feel
hot.
Replace the injector in the cylinder that is producing the
smoke. Refer to Procecdure 006-026.
Exhaust Manifold Tilt-back Method

To locate a smoking cylinder, use a pyrometer or infrared
temperature gun to measure the exhaust manifold surface
temperature at each cylinder port.
The maximum exhaust manifold surface temperature at
idle is 143°C [290°F].
A cylinder is smoking if: > >The exhaust manifold
surface temperature at that exhaust port exceeds the
above specification.> >The exhaust manifold surface
temperature at that port is significantly higher than that for
the other cylinder ports.> >
NOTE: If this test is inconclusive, tilt back the exhaust
manifold to visually locate the smoking cylinder.
N14 ECM Cooling Plate, Fuel Cooled
CAUTION
Do not place hand on the exhaust manifold if the
engine is hot or heavily black smoking.
An alternate method is to place your hand on the exhaust
manifold at each cylinder port. A smoking cylinder will feel
hot.
Replace the injector in the cylinder that is producing the
smoke. Refer to Procecdure 006-026.
ECM Cooling Plate, Fuel Cooled

(006-006)
Remove
Disconnect all three wiring harnesses from the ECM.
Remove the six ECM mounting capscrews. These
capscrews are metric. Remove the ECM from the cooling
plate.
Remove the inlet and outlet fuel hoses from the cooling
plate.
Remove the four cooling plate mounting capscrews. Do

not lose any of the heat resistant grommets. The heat
resistant grommets are on both sides of the cooling plate.
One of the mounting locations has heat resistant star
washer grommets on both sides of the cooling plate.
Remove the cooling plate
ECM Cooling Plate, Fuel Cooled N14
Install
Install a new cooling plate.
Install the heat resistant grommets on both sides of the
cooling plate.
Install the two heat resistant star washer grommets at the
same mounting location.
Tighten the four capscrews.
Torque Value: 40 N•m [ 30 ft-lb ]
Connect and tighten the inlet and outlet hoses to the

cooling plate.
Inspect for paint or grease on the cooling plate.
CAUTION
Do not paint the cooling plate. Make sure there is no
grease or dirt between the ECM and the cooling plate.
Install the ECM on the cooling plate. Install the six
capscrews. Install the star washer under one of the
capscrews.
Tighten the six capscrews.

Torque Value: 7 N•m [ 65 in-lb ]
Connect the actuator, sensor, and OEM connectors to the
ECM. Refer to Procedure 019-031-026.
N14 Fuel Drain Line Restriction
Fuel Drain Line Restriction (006-012)

Measure
Inspect the drain lines and make sure the lines do not
have any loops and are not crimped.
Remove the fuel drain line and install the Mercury

Manometer, Part No.
Operate the engine at rated speed and no load.
Observe the reading on the manometer. Hold the

manometer at the same level as the connection.
Fuel Drain Line Restriction

mm Hg in Hg
89 NOM 3.5
Fuel Filter (Spin-On Type) N14
If the restriction is above the maximum specifications,

remove the fuel tank fill cap and check again.
If the restriction is below the specifications when the cap

is removed, replace the tank vents.
If the restriction is still above the specifications, inspect
the drain lines for restrictions.
Fuel Filter (Spin-On Type) (006-015)

Remove
WARNING
Fuel is flammable. Keep all cigarettes, flames, pilot
lights, arcing equipment, and switches out of the work
area and areas sharing ventilation to avoid severe
personal injury or death when working on the fuel
system.
Clean the area around the fuel filter head and filter.
Remove the fuel filter with filter wrench, Part No. 3376807.
Remove the thread adapter sealing ring (1).

Use a clean, lint-free towel to clean the filter head gasket
surface.
N14 Fuel Inlet Restriction
Install
Use the correct filter(s) for your engine. Cummins Engine
Company, Inc. requires a fuel-water separator be installed
in the fuel supply system. It must remove a minimum of
94 percent of free water (per SAE J1839) and 88 percent
of emulsified water (per SAE J1488).
Fuel-Water Separator (Superfilter)
Cummins, Part No. 3889716
Fleetguard®, Part No. FS-1000
Install a new thread adapter sealing ring supplied with the
new filter. Apply a light coating of clean engine oil to the
filter gasket surface.
Fill the filter(s) with clean fuel.
CAUTION
Mechanical overtightening of the filter can distort the
threads or damage the filter element seal.
Install the filter on the filter head. Turn the filter until the
gasket contacts the filter head surface.
Tighten the filter an additional one-half to three-fourths of

a turn after the gasket contacts the filter head surface, or
as specified by the filter manufacturer.
Fuel Inlet Restriction (006-020)

Measure
Remove the fuel supply hose to the gear pump and install
the manometer, Part No. ST-1111-3. Use the appropriate
hose adapter for the specific engine as described in the
Service Tools list.
If the gear pump inlet fitting has a Compuchek® fitting, the
manometer can be installed there.
Fuel Inlet Restriction N14
Hold the manometer at the same level as the gear pump

connection.
Operate the engine at rated speed and no load.

Observe the reading on the manometer.
Fuel Inlet Restriction

mm Hg in Hg
Clean Filter 152 MIN 6
Dirty Fiter 254 MAX 10
Correct the restriction or replace the fuel filter.
NOTE: The cooling plate has about 25.4 mm Hg [1 in Hg]
restriction.
Cooling Plate Inspection

Inspect the cooling plate for restriction, porosity, and
leakage. To inspect for porosity and leakage, visually
examine the cooling plate for fuel leaks. If any leaks are
found replace the cooling plate. Refer to Procedure
006-006.
Install the mercury manometer, Part No. ST-1111-3, line

to a tee fitting. Connect one on and off valve at either side
of the tee. Attach the hose and appropriate fittings.
N14 Fuel Inlet Restriction
Remove the fuel line from the rear of the cooling plate (fuel
in). Install one side of the manometer hose into the fuel
line. Connect the line to the cooling plate. Connect the
other side of the manometer hose into the line from the
front of the cooling plate (fuel out). Make sure both valves
are closed.
Start the engine and operate it at rated RPM and no load.
Open the valve on the inlet side of the manometer and

read the vacuum on the manometer. Record the vacuum
reading.
Close the valve on the inlet side of the manometer. Open

the valve on the outlet side of the manometer. Record the
vacuum reading on the manometer.
Cooling Plate Restriction

mm Hg in Hg
25 MAX 1
If the restriction is greater than the value given, clean or
replace the cooling plate.
Fuel Supply Lines N14
Fuel Supply Lines (006-024)

Remove
Remove the fuel hose.
Inspect for Reuse

Visually inspect the inside of the hose. The inner lining of
the hose can separate from the center hose section. A
separation or flap can cause a restriction in the fuel flow.
Replace the fuel hose if damage is found.
Check for cracks which can cause a pressure loss.

Check the metal fuel lines for sharp bends which can
cause a pressure restriction.
N14 Static Injection Timing
If a line(s) is damaged, replace the line(s).
Use compressed air to flush the lines and remove any

loose dirt particles.
Install the fuel lines.
Install any brackets that were in place on the fuel
plumbing.
Static Injection Timing (006-025)

General Information
The static timing is relative to the amount of push tube
travel remaining when the piston is 5.161 mm [0.2032-
inch], or 19 degrees before top dead center (TDC) on the
compression stroke.
The static timing code appears on the engine dataplate.

Codes are alphabetic letters that relate to a numerical
specification.
Specifications can be found in the Control Parts List (CPL)
Manual.
Static Injection Timing N14
Advanced timing (1) means the fuel is injected earlier into

the cylinder during the compression stroke. Retarded
timing (2) means the fuel injection occurs closer to TDC in
the cylinder.
The amount of push rod travel determines the time of fuel

injection in relation to the piston position.
A low numerical value of the push rod travel remaining
indicates a greater degree of advanced (1) or fast timing.
A high numerical value of the push rod travel remaining
indicates a greater degree of retarded (2) or slow timing.
Injection timing changes are accomplished by

advancing (1) or retarding (2) the cam follower action in
relation to the piston position.
This is accomplished by changing the orientation of the
camshaft lobe to the cam follower using different cam
follower gasket thicknesses or offset camshaft gear keys.
NOTE: Gear train timing (index mark alignment) always
remains the same.
Measure
NOTE: The injection timing check is a measurement
which determines the injector push rod travel in relation to
the piston travel. Due to normal parts tolerances, it is
necessary to check one cylinder for each cam follower
housing.
1. Remove the rocker lever covers. Refer to Procedure

003-011-002.
2. Remove the C-Brakes, if applicable. Refer to
Procedure 020-001-002.
3. Remove the rocker lever assemblies from cylinders
No. 1, No. 3, and No. 5. Refer to Procedure
003-009-002.
4. Remove the injectors from cylinders No. 1, No. 3,
and No. 5.
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove all of the injectors;
however, engine rotation will be easier with all of the
injectors removed.
NOTE: Injector timing tool, Part No. 3823451, can not be

installed without removing the rocker levers. Refer to
Procedure 003-009-002 for rocker lever assembly
removal.
CAUTION
Pivot the dial indicator stems away from their
respective plunger rods before installing the timing
fixture to prevent damage to the indicators.
5. Install the piston plunger rod (1) into the injector bore
of the No. 1 cylinder.
NOTE: Make sure the plunger is centered and on top of
the piston.
6. Align the swivel bracket with the injector clamp

capscrew hole. Install the 6 inch swivel bracket
capscrew. Use your fingers to tighten the capscrew.
Position the push rod plunger rod near the push rod.
7. Tighten the swivel bracket capscrew enough to hold

the timing tool rigid. Make sure the piston plunger
post is clamped squarely to the cylinder head.
8. Align the plunger rod (4) and the injector push rod (7)
with each other and parallel to the plunger rod.
NOTE: Tighten the clamp handle (5) after the plunger rod
is aligned with the injector push rod.
9. Loosen the support bracket (6), and slide the bracket

down until the plunger rod (4) engages the injector
push rod (7).
NOTE: The support bracket must be aligned with the
vertical line on the clamp handle bracket. The push rod (7)
must be vertically aligned with the plunger rod (4).
10. Compress the plunger rod tension spring

approximately 12.7 mm [0.50-inch], and tighten the
support bracket.
11. Determine the piston TDC on the compression

stroke by rotating the crankshaft in the direction of
engine rotation ( clockwise ) until the piston plunger
reaches its uppermost position.
NOTE: Use only the crankshaft to rotate the engine. The
use of the gears will result in false measurements. Gear
lash must be closed up in the direction of normal rotation
(crankshaft clockwise ).
NOTE: The timing tool indicator needles will both start to

move in the same direction of rotation as the piston
approaches TDC if the cylinder is on the compression
stroke. If both needles do not move in the same direction,
rotate the engine one complete revolution in the same
direction of rotation.
CAUTION
Both indicators must have a travel range of at least
6.35 mm [0.250-inch] or the indicators will be
damaged.
12. Put the piston travel dial indicator over the plunger
rod with the contact tip in the center of the piston
plunger rod. Lower the indicator to within 0.63 mm
[0.025-inch] of the fully compressed position.
13. Tighten the thumbscrew to hold the gauge in
position.
14. Rotate the crankshaft back and forth to make sure

the piston is precisely at TDC on the compression
stroke.
NOTE: Always set the dial indicator at "0" (zero) at TDC
with the crankshaft having just been rotated in the
direction of normal rotation (clockwise) to reduce the
timing errors due to gear backlash.
NOTE: TDC is indicated by the maximum clockwise
position of the piston travel indicator pointer.
15. Set the dial indicator at "0" (zero). Lock the indicator
face with the thumbscrew.
16. Rotate the crankshaft in the direction of engine

rotation ( clockwise ) to 90 degrees after top dead
center (ATDC).
NOTE: The piston travel plunger will be at the "NH/NT 90-
degree" mark on the timing tool.
17. Put the push rod travel dial indicator in the center of
the injector push rod plunger. Lower the indicator to
within 0.63 mm [0.025-inch] of a fully compressed
position, and tighten the thumbscrew to hold the
indicator in position.
18. Set the dial indicator at "0" (zero). Lock the indicator
face with the thumbscrew.
19. Rotate the crankshaft in the opposite direction of

engine rotation ( counterclockwise ) through TDC
to 45 degrees before top dead center (BTDC).
NOTE: This step is necessary to remove the gear train
lash and to provide more accurate indicator readings.
Observe the dial indicator readings prior to crankshaft
rotation to assist in later determining BTDC piston setting
and timing reading.
NOTE: If the crankshaft is rotated beyond the -5.161 mm

[-0.2032-inch] position, the crankshaft must be rotated
counterclockwise back to 45 degrees BTDC. Repeat
step No. 21 below.
21. Rotate the crankshaft slowly in the direction of
engine rotation ( clockwise ) until a reading of -5.161
mm [-0.2032-inch] BTDC is reached on the piston
travel dial indicator.
22. Compare the reading of the injector push rod travel

indicator to the specification listed for the timing
code.
NOTE: The push rod travel indicator is read in a
counterclockwise direction from "0" (zero). The total
amount of travel represents the injection timing value.
23. If the injection timing is not within the specified

limits, check the following:
a. Is the timing tool correctly installed?
b. Are the dial indicators correctly adjusted?
c. Has the crankshaft been rotated in the correct
direction and timing sequence?
d. Are the cam follower housing capscrews correctly
tightened? Refer to Procedure 004-001-026.
e. Are the crankshaft and camshaft gears in correct
alignment?
NOTE: To verify the correct injection timing for a particular

engine, check the injection timing code on the engine
dataplate. To acquire the timing specifications, refer to the
Control Parts List (CPL) Manual.
24. If the indicator reading is higher than the

specification, the timing is retarded (2).
25. If the indicator reading is lower than the
specification, the timing is advanced (1).
NOTE: The injection timing can be changed by removing

the cam follower housing and by increasing or decreasing
the gasket thickness. Each 0.18 mm [0.007-inch] of gasket
thickness affects injection timing by approximately 0.05
mm [0.002-inch] indicator travel.
NOTE: Gaskets are available in the following nominal

thicknesses:
a. 0.18 mm [0.007-inch].
b. 0.43 mm [0.017-inch].
c. 0.43 mm [0.017-inch] (Print-O-Seal*).
d. 0.56 mm [0.022-inch].
e. 0.76 mm [0.030-inch].
* One Print-O-Seal gasket must be used for each cam
follower housing.
26. Increase the gasket thickness to advance the

injection timing (Add = Advance).
27. Decrease the gasket thickness to retard the

injection timing (Remove = Retard).
28. The accompanying chart lists the different cam

follower housing gaskets, the gasket thickness, and
approximate change in push rod travel at 19 degrees
BTDC 0.2032-inch piston travel.
NOTE: The Print-O-Seal gasket (1) must be against the

cylinder block with the sealing bead toward the cam
follower housing. The minimum amount of gasket stack-
up thickness which can be used is 0.43 mm [0.017-inch]
(one Print-O-Seal gasket). The maximum gasket stack-up
thickness allowed is 2.03 mm [0.080-inch].
29. If you can not correct the injection timing by

increasing or decreasing the thickness of the cam
follower housing gaskets (1), an offset camshaft key
(2) must be installed. Refer to Procedure
001-013-026.
30. After completing the injection timing check on

cylinder No. 1, check the injection timing on
cylinders No. 5 and No. 3.
31. Remove the injection timing tool.
Install the injectors and holddown clamps.

For CELECT™ injectors instructions, Refer to Procedure
003-013-026.
NOTE: CELECT™ injectors require three different o-rings
for the Top, Middle, and Bottom positions.
Install the CELECT™ injector solenoid wire connector to
the pass through connector.
CAUTION
If the adjusting screws protrude beyond the maximum
listed below, the push rods can be damaged when the
rocker shaft capscrews are tightened. Do not attempt
to install the rocker lever shaft assemblies again
without resetting the lash.
Loosen the rocker lever adjusting screws so there is a
maximum of 32 mm [1.250 inch] from the top surface of
the lever and the ball end of the adjusting screw.
Install the valve crossheads.

Install the rocker lever assemblies. Refer to Procedure
003-009-026.
Adjust the valves and injectors. Refer to Procedure

003-004-029.
Install and adjust the C-Brakes, if applicable. Refer to
Procedures 020-001-026 and 020-001-029, respectively.
N14 Injector
Install the rocker lever covers with the reuseable gaskets

if they have not been damaged. Refer to Procedure
003-011-026.
Injector (006-026)
General Information
NOTE: Calibration requires special equipment and must
be done at a Cummins® Authorized Repair Location.
Every 6000 hours, clean and rebuild or replace the
injectors.
Preparatory Steps
WARNING
Batteries can emit explosive gases. To reduce the
possibility of personal injury, always ventilate the
compartment before servicing the batteries. To
reduce the possibility of arcing, remove the negative
(-) battery cable first and attach the negative (-) battery
cable last.
• Disconnect battery cables.
• Remove the crankcase breather tube. Refer to
Procedure 003-001 (Crankcase Breather (External))
in Section 3.
• Remove the rocker lever cover. Refer to Procedure
003-011 (Rocker Lever Cover) in Section 3.
• Remove the compression brakes. Refer to
Procedure 020-001 (Clutch Switch) in Section 20.
• Remove the rocker lever assemblies (CELECT™
only). Refer to Procedure 003-009 (Rocker Lever
Assembly) in Section 3.
Injector N14
Remove
CELECT™
NOTE: Excessive crosshead wear can result if the
crossheads are not installed in their original locations.
The larger hole on the underside of the crosshead must
be oriented toward the exhaust side of the engine.
Remove the crossheads. Make sure to mark them
appropriately, so they can be installed in the same location
and orientation during the installation procedure.
Disconnect the injector solenoid leads from the pass-

through connector in the rocker lever housing.
Remove the injector hold-down clamp capscrew.

Remove the injector and hold-down clamp.
Use injector puller, Part Number 3823579, to remove the
CELECT™ injectors. Insert the pin of the tool into the hole
provided in the body of the injector. The hole faces the
exhaust side of the engine.
If the injector puller mentioned above is not available,

carefully use a pry bar. Pry upward on the injector against
the cylinder head.
N14 Injector
STC
NOTE: Mark the position of the push rods as they are
removed. Due to wear patterns on the cam follower
sockets and adjusting screws, the push rods must be
installed in the same positions from which they are
removed.
Loosen the locknut and turn out the adjusting screw on
each injector and valve rocker lever.
Some push rods are under compression due to the valves
being open. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise with the
accessory drive pulley to relieve the spring tension.
Hold the push rod with one hand to prevent it from falling
into the engine. Loosen each adjusting screw and remove
the push rod.
NOTE: Do not remove the links from step timing control

injectors.
Rotate the injector and valve rocker levers up on each
cylinder.
Remove the crossheads. Mark the position and orientation
of the crossheads as they are removed. Due to wear
patterns, they must be installed in the same positions from
which they are removed.
Loosen the injector hold-down capscrew and remove the

hold-down clamp.
Use Injector Puller/Installer service tool, Part Number

3823579, to remove the injectors.
Take the injectors to a Cummins® Authorized Repair
Location for calibration.
Injector N14
Clean
CAUTION
To reduce the possibility of damage to the injector
sleeves, do not use anything metal to scrape the
copper injector sleeves.
Use a clean wooden stick with a clean cloth wrapped
around the end to remove all the carbon from the copper
injector sleeves in the cylinder head.
Use chip removing unit, Part Number 3823461 or
ST-1272-11, to remove the carbon from the top of the
piston.
Install
CELECT™
When installing injectors for reuse, new o-rings must be
installed on the injector.
NOTE: The CELECT™ Plus injectors require three
different injector o-rings. The traditional black, brown, and
black with white dot colors have been changed to red,
white, and blue respectively. The coloring is a Teflon®
casting; the o-ring material has not been changed. There
is no change in part numbers for these o-rings. The old
colors will be present until existing stock is depleted. It is
okay to mix the black and the red o-ring, the brown and
the white o-ring, or the black with the white dot and blue
o-ring.
Top - red
Middle - white
Bottom - blue.
Lubricate the o-rings with lubricating oil just before
installation.
CAUTION
To reduce the possibility of injector damage, do not
strike the top stop spring cage when installing
CELECT™ Plus injectors.
Use the CELECT™ Plus injector puller/installer, Part
Number 3823579, to install the injector into the cylinder
head injector bore with the injector solenoid valve facing
the intake side of the engine.
N14 Injector
CAUTION
Do not strike or pry on the solenoid. Otherwise,
injector damage will occur.
After partial installation of the injector, take precautions to
center the solenoid valve between the valve springs. Avoid
contact with the spring coils. If the injector is contacting a
valve spring, use a screwdriver to position the injector
again.
Continue driving the injector into the bore, use the puller/
installer, Part Number 3823579.
If injector puller, Part Number 3823579, is not available,

a screwdriver can be used to install the injector by putting
the screwdriver on the injector body at the base of the
injector solenoid and striking the screwdriver with a soft
mallet. Do not strike on the injector solenoid or on the top
stop spring cage.
CAUTION
The injector must be fully seated before installing the
hold-down clamp. The hold-down clamp can not pull
the injector into the bore. Engine damage can occur
if the injector is not fully seated.
Install the hold-down clamp capscrew.
Take care to route the injector solenoid leads to avoid

contact with the valve and injector push tubes.
Injector N14
Connect the injector solenoid leads to the pass-through

connector in the rocker housing. Push the lead into the
connector until a "snap" is heard.
Check the wire connector to make sure the connector is

properly locked in position.
If the wire connector will not lock into position properly,
refer to the CELECT™ Plus Fuel System Troubleshooting
and Repair Manual, Bulletin 3666130.
Install the crossheads into their original location to prevent

excessive wear.
STC
Install a set of new injectors, use the 8-qt 10-hole cup
configuration that was removed from the engine. This will
make sure the injectors will not have any unseen
cavitation damage internal to the injector cup at the time
of kit installation.
N14 Injector
Install three new o-rings over the injector and into the
retaining grooves. Do not twist the o-rings.
Lubricate the o-rings with clean engine oil just before

installation.
Check the bores in the cylinder head for burrs or sharp

edges that can damage the o-rings. Repair damaged
injector bores.
Install new o-rings on the step timing control oil manifold
connections.
Align the injector with the oil manifold connections and
install the injector into the cylinder head injector bore.
CAUTION
Make sure to place the instrument used to install the
injectors on the top cap of the injector, not on the
plunger or link. The plungers will be damaged.
Install a 27-mm [1-1/16-in] deep well socket over the top
link of the injector. The socket must rest completely on
the top surface of the injector top cap to avoid bending the
inner part of the top cap.
Use a clean, blunt instrument to seat the injector in the
bore.
Injector N14
A snap will be heard and felt as the injector is seated.

If the injector does not seat, remove it and check the o-
rings for damage. Replace damaged o-rings.
CAUTION
The injector must be fully seated before installing the
hold-down clamp. The hold-down clamp can not pull
the injector into the bore. Engine damage can occur
if the injector is not fully seated.
Install the injector hold-down clamp and capscrew.
Install the crossheads on the valves.

NOTE: The crossheads must be installed in the same
positions from which they were removed.
Rotate the rocker levers down, and install the push rods
and push tubes.
NOTE: It is necessary to bar the engine over and install
the push rods and push tubes as camshaft position allows.
Make sure the push rods are properly seated in the cam
follower sockets.
N14 STC Oil Control Valve (Mechanical)
Turn the adjusting screw for each rocker lever in until it is

properly seated in the push rod socket.
Finishing Steps
WARNING
cable last.
• Install the rocker lever assemblies CELECT™ only).
Refer to Procedure 003-009 (Rocker Lever
Assembly) in Section 3.
• Set the valves and injectors. Refer to Procedure
003-004 (Overhead Set) in Section 3.
• Install and adjust the compression brakes. Refer to
Procedure 020-001 (Clutch Switch) in Section 20.
• Install the rocker lever cover. Refer to Procedure
• Install the crankcase breather tube. Refer to
Procedure 003-001 (Crankcase Breather (External))
in Section 3.
• Connect the battery cables.
STC Oil Control Valve (Mechanical)

(006-037)
Initial Check
Record the part number of the STC control valve from the
data tag on the valve.
Record the upper and lower shift-point values for the
valve.
STC Oil Control Valve (Mechanical) N14
Disconnect the STC oil outlet line from the rocker lever
housing.
Remove the elbow fitting from the rocker lever housing.
Install a fitting between the rocker housing and oil outlet
line.
Connect a 0-300 psi pressure gauge, Part No. 3375932,
to the fitting.
Disconnect the STC fuel pressure sensing line from the

fuel inlet passage of the cylinder head. Plug the hole in
the cylinder head with a pipe plug.
Connect the STC fuel pressure line (A) to the outlet side
of the air pressure regulator, Part No. ST-990-40.
Connect a 0-160 psi pressure gauge (B), Part No.
3375275, to the air pressure regulator.
Connect a shop air pressure line (C), capable of providing
100 psi, to the inlet side of the regulator.
Adjust the air pressure regulator until the air pressure

gauge shows 0 psi.
Operate the engine at idle. The oil pressure between the

STC valve and the tappets must be at least 103 kPa [15
psi].
NOTE: Because the oil pressure can be less than 103 kPa
[15 psi] when the coolant temperature is above 49°C
[120°F], these tests must be performed at temperatures
below this level.
NOTE: If the oil pressure will not reach 103 kPa [15 psi],
the STC oil delivery system is not functioning properly.
Perform the STC Oil Delivery System Diagnostics,
Procedure 006-045.
Slowly adjust the pressure regulator to increase the air

pressure until the oil pressure drops below 55 kPa [8 psi].
Record the air pressure at this point. This is the upper
shift-point (A).
NOTE: The sound of the overhead will become quieter
when the 55 to 69 kPa [8 to 10 psi] point is reached. This
is the shift from ADVANCED to NORMAL timing.
Raise the air pressure at least 103 kPa [15 psi] above the
upper shift-point then slowly begin to lower it. Record the
air pressure at which the oil pressure raises above 55 kPa
[8 psi]. This is the lower shift-point (B).
NOTE: The lower shift-point is the shift from NORMAL to
ADVANCED timing. The overhead will go from quiet to
noisy. This pressure must be lower than the upper shift-
point. If it is not , repair or replace the STC valve.
Compare the shift-point values to those specified for the

valve. If the values are not within these specifications
listed, recalibrate the STC valve.
NOTE: Some STC control valves do not have an adjusting
screw. If the calibration is not within specifications, the
valve must be removed and repaired or replaced.
STC Control Valve Calibration Data

kPa psi
Upper Shift Point 125 MIN 18
193 MAX 28
Lower Shift Point Not more than 34 kPa [5 psi]
below the upper shift point.
STC Oil Control Valve (Mechanical) N14
Remove the tamperproof wire from the acorn nut on the

top of the STC valve.
Remove the acorn nut from the STC valve adjusting
screw.
Loosen the locknut on the STC valve adjusting screw.
Use an Allen wrench to turn the STC valve adjusting

screw. Turn the screw in a clockwise direction to raise the
STC valve upper shift-point. Turn the screw in a
counterclockwise direction to lower the upper shift-point.
NOTE: Always start with the air pressure at 0 psi before

checking the upper shift-point (A). Always raise the air
pressure to at least 103 kPa [15 psi] above the upper shift-
point (A) before checking the lower shift-point (B).
After adjusting the screw, repeat the STC shift-point check
procedure.
Repeat the calibration and check procedure until the shift-

points are within the set values listed in the table. If the
valve cannot be calibrated to these specifications, replace
it.
STC Control Valve Calibration Data

kPa psi
Upper Shift Point 125 MIN 18
193 MAX 28
Lower Shift Point Not more than 34 kPa [5 psi]
below the upper shift point.
Tighten the STC adjusting screw locknut.

Install the acorn nut on the STC adjusting screw.
Install the tamperproof wire between the acorn nut and
capscrew.
Remove
Clean the STC oil control valve and the surrounding area
before removing it from the engine.
Remove the following lines from the STC oil control valve:
• Fuel pressure sensing line (1)
• Oil outlet line to tappets (2)
• Oil vent line (3)
Remove the two capscrews which hold the STC valve to

the mounting plate.
Remove the STC control valve seal ring.
STC Viscosity Sensor N14
Install
Install a new seal ring.
Install the STC oil control valve to the mounting plate with
the two capscrews.
Tighten the capscrews.
Connect the following lines to the STC oil control valve:

• Fuel pressure sensing line (1)
• Oil outlet line to tappets (2)
• Oil vent line (3)
STC Viscosity Sensor (006-041)

Remove
Remove the oil transfer tube. Refer to Procedure 007-040.
Disconnect the pressure signal line (1) from the lubricating

pump fitting (2).
Disconnect the rifle pressure supply line (3) from the oil
rifle fitting (4).
N14 STC Viscosity Sensor
Disconnect the viscosity sensor drain line from the

cylinder block fitting.
Remove the two mounting bracket capscrews from the

pan rail.
Remove the entire assembly from the engine.
Remove the hoses and bracket from the viscosity sensor.

1. Main oil rifle pressure
2. Modified pressure signal to pressure regulator
3. Return to oil pan
Clean and Inspect for Reuse
WARNING
When using solvents, acids, or alkaline materials for
cleaning, follow the manufacturer's recommendations
for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing to
reduce the possibility of personal injury.
Use ultrasonic cleaners, Part Number 337665 or 3375001,
and ultrasonic cleaner solution, Part Number 33750003,
to clean the viscosity sensor.
WARNING
Use mineral spirits to neutralize the solution after
cleaning.
Inspect the flex lines and fittings for plugging or restriction.

Clean or replace any obstruction parts.
Remove the viscosity sensor fittings (1) and (2).

Remove and inspect the filter screen (3).
Replace damaged or plugged screens.
Remove the viscosity sensor fitting (1).

Inspect the injector orifice plug (3) for damage or
restriction.
Replace the injector plug (3) and gasket (4).
WARNING
Wear appropriate eye and face protection when using
compressed air. Flying debris and dirt can cause
personal injury.
Use compressed air to blow through each port to remove
any remaining debris.
Install the filter screens (3) and screen retainers (4) in the
viscosity sensor.
Lubricate the o-rings with vegetable oil.
Install the fittings (1) and (2), with new o-rings (5), and
tighten.
Torque Value: Step1 24 N•m [ 18 ft-lb ]
Step2 18 N•m [ 13 ft-lb ]
Install the injector orifice plug (3) and gasket (4).

Lubricate the o-ring with vegetable oil.
Install the fitting (1), using a new o-ring (2) and tighten.
Install
Install the bracket to the viscosity sensor. Install the two
racket capscrews and tighten.
Connect the flexible hoses to the viscosity sensor fittings.
Do not allow dirt or debris to enter the oil lines.
Main oil rifle pressure. Modified pressure signal to
pressure regulator. Return to oil pan.
Install the entire assembly with flex hoses attached to the

cylinder block pan rail.
Install the two capscrews and tighten.
Connect the sensor drain line (1) to the tee fitting on the
cylinder block.
Connect the pressure signal line (1) to the lubricating

pump fitting (2) and the rifle pressure supply line (3) to the
oil rifle fitting (4).
Install the oil transfer tube. Refer to Procedure 007-040.

Operate the engine until the water temperature reaches

82°C [180°F], and check for leaks.
The viscosity sensor controls the oil pressure signal to the
lubricating pump pressure regulator.
It allows high oil rifle pressure with cold, thick oil, but
normal oil rifle pressure with warm oil.
The high oil pressure with cold viscous oil highly improves
oil fill of the STC injector tappets.
This provides maximum engine timing advancement and
white smoke control. The sensor allows normal oil
pressure when the oil is warm.
Effect of Viscosity Sensor on Main Oil Rifle Pressure

Oil Low Idle Oil High Idle Oil
Temperature Pressure Pressure
450 to 690 kPa [65 490 to 770 kPa [70
0°C [32°F]
to 100 psi] to 110 psi]
350 to 590 kPa [50 380 to 660 kPa [55
21°C [70°F]
240 to 310 kPa [35
93°C [200° F] 100 kPa [15 psi]
to 45 psi]
Connect an oil pressure gauge of known accuracy to the

main oil rifle.
Operate the engine until the oil temperature stabilizes.

Observe the oil rifle pressure as the temperature of the oil
is increasing. Compare the results with the values given
in the Effect of Viscosity Sensor on Main Oil Rifle Pressure
table.
If the results do not agree with the table, verify that the
base engine lubricating system is operating properly
before removing the viscosity sensor.
Verify that the base engine lubricating system if

functioning properly by isolating the viscosity sensor from
the system.
Disconnect the viscosity sensor to the lubricating pump
line and the oil rifle to viscosity sensor line.
Plug both lines from the viscosity sensor.
Connect a pressure signal line from the oil rifle to the

lubricating pump.
Construct a flexible hose (1) of 305 mm [12 inch] to
connect the main oil rifle (3) to the lubricating oil pump (2).

The temperature must be between 83°C [180°F] and 93°
C [200°F].
Observe the oil rifle pressure as the oil temperature rises.
Observe the oil pressure at the oil main rifle. The pressure
must be as follows:
Oil pressure at idle (minimum allowable) 60 kPa [10 psi]
at 93°C [200°F].
At no load governed speed: 240 to 310 kPa [35 to 45 psi].
If the pressure is within these specifications, the
lubricating system is operating properly.
N14 STC Oil Delivery System Diagnostics
STC Oil Delivery System Diagnostics

(006-045)
Test
The following procedure outlines the proper method which
must be used to test the STC oil delivery system.
NOTE: Because the oil pressure can be less than 103 kPa
[15 psi] when the coolant temperature is above 49°C
[120°F], these tests must be performed at temperatures
below this level.
Remove the STC oil outlet line (1) from the engine.
Install a flexible hose (2) to the STC valve oil outlet fitting.
Use a tee fitting (3) to install a 1/8 inch male quick connect
(4), Part No. 3377244, to the oil supply line (2).
Install a 3/8 inch shutoff valve (5) to the tee fitting. Connect
the opposite end of the 3/8 inch shutoff valve to the rocker
housing fitting (6).
NOTE: The tee fitting and shutoff valve must be installed
as shown to conduct the test correctly.
Install a 1/8 inch male quick connect, Part No. 3377244,

to the main oil rifle.
Operate the engine and check for leaks.

STC Oil Delivery System Diagnostics N14
Install a 0-690 kPa [0-100 psi] pressure gauge, Part No.

3375388, to the quick connect fitting at the STC oil
manifold connection.
NOTE: Use one pressure gauge to make all of the
pressure checks in this procedure. This will help to
eliminate gauge to gauge error when measuring the
pressure differential from the oil rifle to the STC oil
manifold.
Idle the engine.

NOTE: All pressures taken must be taken at idle and while
the coolant temperature is below 49°C [120°F].
Close the 3/8 inch shutoff valve at the STC oil manifold.
Record the pressure (P1).
Open the 3/8 inch shutoff valve at the STC oil manifold.
Record the pressure (P2).
Move the pressure gauge to the quick connect fitting at
the main oil rifle and record the pressure (P3).
P3 must be at least 100 kPa [15 psi] when the engine
coolant temperature is below 49°C [120°F]. If not , the
main oil rifle pressure is inadequate. Refer to
Troubleshooting Symptom: Lubricating Oil Pressure Low
in Section TS.
If P1 is less than 100 kPa [15 psi], and P3 is at least 100

kPa [15 psi], a complete blockage exists between the oil
rifle and the STC rocker housing connection. Check for
blockage. Refer to Procedure 006-046-001.
N14 STC Oil Delivery System Blockage
If P1 is greater than or equal to 100 kPa [15 psi], and if P1

minus P2 is greater than 35 kPa [5 psi], partial blockage
exists between the oil rifle and the STC rocker housing
connector or leakage exists between the oil rifle and the
STC rocker housing connection, or leakage exists
between the STC rocker housing connection and injector
(s).
Check for partial blockage or leakage in the system. Refer
to Procedure 006-046.
If P1 is greater than or equal to 100 kPa [15 psi], and if P1

minus P2 is less than or equal to 35 kPa [5 psi], no
problems exist between the oil rifle and the STC rocker
housing connection. A possible leak or blockage exists
between the STC rocker housing connection and injector
(s).
Check for blockage or leakage between the STC oil
manifold and injector(s). Refer to the next step.
STC Oil Delivery System Blockage

(006-046)
Initial Check
Check the STC plumbing.
NOTE: Make sure the STC oil supply line is plumbed
between the STC valve oil outlet fitting and the STC rocker
housing connection.
Check for a collapsed or restricted oil supply line from the

STC valve to the STC rocker housing connection.
STC Oil Delivery System Blockage N14
Check the STC valve calibration. Refer to Procedure

006-037-001.
Leak Test
Remove the shutoff valve from the STC rocker housing
connecting.
Install a shop air line regulator, Part No. ST-990-40, and a

0-1109 kPa [0-160 psi] pressure gauge, Part No. 3375275,
to the STC rocker housing connection.
Remove the rocker lever cover assembly. Refer to

N14 STC Oil Delivery System Blockage
Apply 278 kPa [40 psi] air pressure to the STC oil manifold
to push oil out of the lines.
Lower the pressure to 69 kPa [10 psi].
Air will leak around each injector link.
If the air leakage around a link is excessive, check the

injector overhead adjustment. Refer to Procedure
003-004-010.
If air does not leak around each injector tappet link,
remove the injector. Refer to Procedure 006-026-002.
Once the injector is removed, air must leak at the STC oil
supply tube.
If air does not leak at the oil supply tube, check the oil
transfer tube and oil supply tube for restriction at the
problem cylinder.
Listen for large air leaks at joints between the STC oil
manifold and transfer tubes, or transfer tubes and
injectors. This will indicate a missing or cut o-ring, or
leaking oil plumbing.
Replace the defective part(s).
AFC No Air Check N14
Remove the pressure gauge, tee fitting, and shutoff valve

from the STC rocker housing connection.
Connect the oil supply line to the STC rocker housing
connection.
AFC No Air Check (006-047)

Measure
NOTE: This procedure applies to STC engines only.
This no-air check must be made on a dynamometer.
Check the fuel pump code AFC no-air fuel (rail) pressure
at 1600 rpm.
• The pressure on the engine must be within 48 kPa
[7 psi] of the no-air pressure setting on the fuel pump
test stand
• The fuel pump test stand no-air values are listed in
the Fuel Pump Calibration Values Manual, Bulletin
No. 3379352, under the fuel pump code number.
NOTE: Use line, Part No. ST-435-1, furnished with the

gauge.
Install a rail pressure gauge, Part No. ST-435, to the
shutoff valve.
N14 AFC No Air Check
Install a tachometer, Part No. 3375631 or 3377462.
Remove the AFC air supply line from the air intake
manifold or the compressor air tube.
Install a plug or a cap in the intake manifold hole.
Operate the engine in the gear that will produce rated

power and or speed.
• Remove the air from the fuel and oil pressure gauge
lines while the engine is warming to operating
temperature
• Fully depress the accelerator or set the fuel pump

throttle lever wide open
AFC No Air Check N14
• Increase the load until the engine is at the specified

rpm
Check the AFC no-air rail pressure.
If the no-air setting is not within the recheck

specifications, remove the fuel pump and set the no-air
value on a fuel pump calibration stand.
CAUTION
It is illegal to adjust the fuel pump greater than the
given specifications in the Fuel Pump Calibration
Manual, Bulletin No. 3379352.
N14
Section 7 - Lubricating Oil System - Group 07 Page 7-a
Section 7 - Lubricating Oil System - Group 07

Section Contents
Page
Lubricating Oil and Filter Analysis .................................................................................................................7-62
Failure Analysis Inspection..............................................................................................................................7-62
Lubricating Oil Contamination ........................................................................................................................7-51
Fluorescent Dye Tracer...................................................................................................................................7-51
Fuel Pressure Test..........................................................................................................................................7-53
Lubricating Oil Cooler .......................................................................................................................................7-3
Clean................................................................................................................................................................7-5
Install................................................................................................................................................................7-7
Pressure Test....................................................................................................................................................7-5
Remove............................................................................................................................................................7-3
Lubricating Oil Cooler Transfer Housing ........................................................................................................7-55
Clean..............................................................................................................................................................7-55
Install..............................................................................................................................................................7-57
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 7-55
Lubricating Oil Dipstick ...................................................................................................................................7-10
Calibrate.........................................................................................................................................................7-10
Lubricating Oil Dipstick Housing ....................................................................................................................7-11
Clean..............................................................................................................................................................7-11
Install..............................................................................................................................................................7-11
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 7-11
Lubricating Oil Filter (Spin-On) .......................................................................................................................7-12
Clean..............................................................................................................................................................7-13
Install..............................................................................................................................................................7-13
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 7-12
Lubricating Oil Filter Bypass Valve ................................................................................................................7-13
Clean..............................................................................................................................................................7-14
Install..............................................................................................................................................................7-15
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 7-14
Lubricating Oil Filter Head ..............................................................................................................................7-16
Clean..............................................................................................................................................................7-16
Install..............................................................................................................................................................7-17
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 7-16
Lubricating Oil High Pressure Relief Valve ....................................................................................................7-17
Clean..............................................................................................................................................................7-19
Initial Check....................................................................................................................................................7-18
Install..............................................................................................................................................................7-20
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 7-18
Lubricating Oil Leaks ......................................................................................................................................7-22
Maintenance Check.........................................................................................................................................7-22
Lubricating Oil Pan ..........................................................................................................................................7-23
Install..............................................................................................................................................................7-24
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 7-23
Lubricating Oil Pressure Gauge ......................................................................................................................7-25
Test................................................................................................................................................................ 7-25
Lubricating Oil Pressure Regulator (Main Rifle) .............................................................................................7-26
Clean..............................................................................................................................................................7-28
Install..............................................................................................................................................................7-29
N14
Page 7-b Section 7 - Lubricating Oil System - Group 07
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 7-28
Lubricating Oil Pump ......................................................................................................................................7-30
Clean..............................................................................................................................................................7-30
Install..............................................................................................................................................................7-32
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 7-30
Lubricating Oil Pump Signal Tube ..................................................................................................................7-34
Clean..............................................................................................................................................................7-34
Install..............................................................................................................................................................7-35
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 7-34
Lubricating Oil Pump Signal Tube Orifice ......................................................................................................7-60
Finishing Steps...............................................................................................................................................7-61
Lubricating Oil System ....................................................................................................................................7-36
Drain...............................................................................................................................................................7-36
Fill...................................................................................................................................................................7-36
Prime..............................................................................................................................................................7-37
Lubricating Oil System Diagnostics ............................................................................................................... 7-57
Test................................................................................................................................................................ 7-57
Lubricating Oil Temperature Gauge ...............................................................................................................7-38
Initial Check....................................................................................................................................................7-38
Test................................................................................................................................................................ 7-38
Lubricating Oil Thermostat .............................................................................................................................7-39
Install..............................................................................................................................................................7-42
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 7-40
Test................................................................................................................................................................ 7-41
Lubricating Oil Transfer Tube .........................................................................................................................7-42
Clean..............................................................................................................................................................7-42
Install..............................................................................................................................................................7-43
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 7-42
Lubricating Oil Viscosity Sensor ....................................................................................................................7-44
Assemble........................................................................................................................................................7-47
Disassemble................................................................................................................................................... 7-45
Install..............................................................................................................................................................7-48
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 7-44
Service Tools ....................................................................................................................................................7-1
Lubricating Oil System......................................................................................................................................7-1
N14 Service Tools
Section 7 - Lubricating Oil System - Group 07 Page 7-1
Service Tools
Lubricating Oil System
Repair Location.

Pressure Gauge
Used to measure the engine intake manifold pressure.
ST-1273
Oil Filter Wrench

Used to remove spin-on filter.
3375049
Valve Spring Fixture

Measures spring force at a given spring height.
3375182
Light Duty Puller Kit

Used to remove the high oil pressure regulator retainer plug.
3375784
DFC Pressure Valve Fixture

Used to install the high pressure limit valve assembly into the
3376011 Demand Flow Cooling (DFC) Lubricating Oil Pump.
DFC Pressure Valve Mandrel

Part of Part No. 3376011 DFC Pressure Valve.
3376012
Service Tools N14
Page 7-2 Section 7 - Lubricating Oil System - Group 07

DFC Pump Locating Plate
Part of Part No. 3376011 DFC Pressure Valve Mandrel.
3376013
Tube Cutter
Used to open spin-on oil filters for troubleshooting and analysis.
3376579
Female Quick Connect Coupler

Used to connect the priming pump to the 9/16-18 UNF Compulink®
3376859 coupling nipple on the engines.
Fluorescent Tracer Dye

Add to oil. Use with black light to find leaks.
3376891
Battery Black Light/Lamp

To be used in conjunction with Part No. 3376891 and Part No.
3377394 3377438, fluorescent tracers, for fuel, oil, and coolant leaks.
N14 Lubricating Oil Cooler
Lubricating Oil Cooler (007-003)

Remove
Drain the cooling system. Refer to Procedure
008-018-005.
Disconnect the battery.
NOTE: If the coolant is not going to be used again,
dispose of used coolant and antifreeze in accordance with
federal, state, and local laws and regulations.
Remove the turbocharger oil supply tube, the bypass filter

return tube, the turbocharger drain tube, and the
turbocharger.
Remove the oil filter and the coolant filter.
For those engine applications utilizing the low mount oil

cooler arrangement, follow the same procedure.
Remove the capscrew which holds the oil cooler support

bracket to the cylinder block at the rear of the oil cooler.
Lubricating Oil Cooler N14
Remove one of the capscrews which holds the oil cooler

support to the cylinder block. Install a guide stud in the
hole.
Remove the remaining five capscrews from the oil cooler

support, and remove the cooler assembly.
WARNING
Because this part weighs more than 23 kg [50 lb], two
people or a hoist will be required to lift the oil cooler
assembly to avoid personal injury.
Remove the oil cooler core holddown capscrews.

NOTE: The oil cooler core can be removed from the
transfer housing while still installed on the engine.
Remove the oil cooler core from the oil cooler transfer
connection (housing) by pulling the oil cooler water
transfer tubes out of the o-ring adapters.
Clean
Clean the gasket material from the cooler support and the
cylinder block.
After removing the gasket material, clean with solvent and
dry with compressed air.
NOTE: Do not allow dirt or gasket material to fall into the
oil passages.
CAUTION
Do not attempt to repair a damaged oil cooler core; it
must be replaced.
Clean the gasket surfaces on the oil cooler housing and

the oil cooler core.
Pressure Test
CAUTION
Do not reuse an oil cooler core after an engine failure
since there is not a practical method to clean the
cooler core. Metal particles which can circulate
through the lubricating system can remain in the
cooler core and can cause engine damage. Do not
allow dirt or gasket material to enter the oil passages
when cleaning the oil cooler and the cylinder block
surface.
Install and clamp a short section of hose over either the

inlet or outlet transfer tube of the oil cooler. Install a plug
into the opposite end of the section of hose and install the
clamp.
Attach a regulated air pressure hose to the other water

transfer tube and apply 81 kPa [60 psi] air pressure.
Submerge the oil cooler into a tank of water heated to 82°

C [180°F] for 3 to 5 minutes and inspect for leaks.
NOTE: If leaks are found, replace the oil cooler core.
Remove the oil cooler core from the water tank.

Remove the hoses and the clamps from the oil cooler.
Use lubricating oil to flush the oil side of the cooler to
remove all the water.
Dry the oil cooler with compressed air.
Install
Lubricate new o-rings with vegetable oil and install onto
the oil cooler core transfer tubes.
Install the connection retainer and o-rings adapters with

new o-rings. Do not tighten the four retainer capscrews at
this time. Adapters must be loose so they will align with
the transfer tubes.
NOTE: Be careful to keep o-rings in place when installing
the adapters and retainer.
Install the oil cooler core onto the oil cooler transfer
connection (housing) by inserting the transfer tubes into
the o-ring adapters.
NOTE: Make sure the o-ring adapters move freely when
the transfer tubes are inserted as this will allow tubes to
be centered in the adapters.
Install the oil cooler core mounting gaskets and holddown

capscrews.
Tighten the holddown capscrews.
Alternately tighten the connection retainer capscrews.

Install two guide studs into the oil cooler support mounting
holes in the cylinder block.
Install a new oil cooler support gasket over the guide studs
with the side marked “Cooler Side” facing outward or
visible.
For those engine applications utilizing the low mount oil

cooler arrangement, follow the same installation
procedure.
Install the oil cooler assembly over the guide studs, and
push it against the cylinder block.
Install the oil cooler support bracket capscrew. Do not
tighten at this time.
Install four of the support mounting capscrew, and remove

the two guide studs.
Install the two remaining capscrews, and tighten all
support capscrews.
First, loosen the two capscrews which hold the oil cooler
support bracket to the rear of the oil cooler housing.
Then, alternately and evenly, tighten the block mounting
capscrew and the oil cooler housing capscrews beginning
with the block mounting capscrew.
Install the turbocharger, turbocharger oil supply tube, the

bypass filter return tube, and the turbocharger drain tube.
Refer to Procedure 010-033-026.
Fill and install a new oil filter and coolant filter. Refer to
Fill the cooling system. Refer to Procedure 008-018-028.

Check to make sure the lubricating oil system is full.
Prelubricate the system.
Operate the engine at low idle until the oil pressure comes
up to 69 kPa [10 psi] minimum.
Operate the engine at high idle until the water temperature
reaches 82°C [180°F], and check for oil and coolant leaks.
Lubricating Oil Dipstick N14
Lubricating Oil Dipstick (007-009)

Calibrate
Install the dipstick into the dipstick tube housing.
NOTE: Do not overtighten the dipstick.
Use clean 15W-40 oil to fill the oil pan to the specified
"LOW" oil level.
The "LOW" level oil pan capacity is 30 liters [8.0 gal].
Remove the dipstick, and scribe a mark across the

dipstick at the indicated "LOW" oil level. Mark the "LOW"
oil level with an "L".
NOTE: The dipstick will break if the scribe mark is too
deep.
NOTE: If a new blank dipstick is being used, cut off the
dipstick approximately 38 mm [1.5 inch] below the "LOW"
oil level mark.
Install the dipstick into the dipstick tube housing.

NOTE: Do not overtighten the dipstick.
Fill the oil pan to the specified "HIGH" oil level.
The "HIGH" level oil pan capacity is 36 liters [9.5 gal].
Remove the dipstick, and scribe a mark across the

dipstick at the indicated "HIGH" oil level. Mark the "HIGH"
oil level with an "H".
NOTE: The dipstick will break if the scribe mark is too
deep.
N14 Lubricating Oil Dipstick Housing
Lubricating Oil Dipstick Housing

(007-010)
Remove
Remove the four capscrews and housing.
Clean
Clean the housing gasket surface.
Clean the cylinder block gasket surface.
NOTE: Do not cut the gasket mounting surface with the
scraper.
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the dipstick guide tube.
NOTE: If the guide tube is cracked, missing, or not angled
downward in the oil pan, replace the dipstick tube
housing.
Install
Install the dipstick tube housing and a new gasket.
Install the four capscrews and tighten.
NOTE: Check the dipstick calibration. Refer to Procedure
007-009-030.
Lubricating Oil Filter (Spin-On) N14
Lubricating Oil Filter (Spin-On)

(007-013)
General Information
A full flow filter or a combination oil filter is present on the
N14. The upper portion of the combination filter contains
the full flow filter element while the lower portion contains
the bypass filter element.
Oil circulates through the full flow portion of the filter, into
the oil cooler housing, and is directed to the engine oil
rifles.
A smaller portion of the oil circulates through the lower
bypass portion of the filter and is dumped back to the oil
pan sump.
Use Cummins Premium Blue 15W-40 multi-viscosity oil or

its equivalent which meets API Classification CE or CF-4
for turbocharged engines.
CAUTION
Limited use of oils such as 5W-30 or 10W-30 can aid
in starting the engine and providing sufficient oil flow
at ambient temperatures below -5°C [23°F]. However,
the continuous use of low viscosity oils can decrease
engine life. Refer to the accompanying chart.
Remove
Use the oil filter wrench, Part Number 3375049, to remove
the filter.
N14 Lubricating Oil Filter Bypass Valve
Clean
The o-ring can stick onto the filter head. Make sure it is
removed before installing a new filter.
Clean the oil filter head surface.
Use clean vegetable oil to lubricate the gasket surface of
the filter.
Install
CAUTION
Mechanical overtightening can distort the threads or
damage the filter element seal.
Fill the filter with clean 15W-40 oil.
Install the filter onto the oil filter head. Tighten the filter
until the gasket contacts the filter head surface.
Use oil filter wrench, Part Number 3375049, to tighten the
filter an additional three-fourths to one (¾ to 1) turn, or
follow the instructions supplied with the filter.
Confirm that the oil level in the pan is to the full mark.
82°C [180°F]. Check the oil pressure and check for leaks.
Lubricating Oil Filter Bypass Valve

(007-014)
General Information
Whenever the pressure drop across the lubricating oil
filter exceeds 689 kPa [100 psi], the oil filter bypass valve
opens and allows lubricating oil to bypass the lubricating
oil filter.
This condition can occur during cold ambient (cold
lubricating oil) engine start ups.
The purpose of the bypass valve is to maintain lubricating
oil flow to the engine and to prevent an oil filter collapse.
Lubricating Oil Filter Bypass Valve N14
Remove
Loosen the retaining plug with a 5/16 inch hexagon allen
wrench.
Remove the retaining plug (1), the plunger (2), spring (3),
and poppet valve (4) from the lubricating oil cooler transfer
housing (5).
If the poppet valve sticks in the housing, it can be removed

with the aid of a bent wire or by using your finger.
Clean
Clean the poppet valve spring, plunger, and retaining plug
with solvent and dry with compressed air.
N14 Lubricating Oil Filter Bypass Valve
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the o-ring on the retaining plug for cuts or tears.
Replace the o-ring if damaged.
Inspect the teflon o-ring on the poppet valve for wear, cuts,
or tears. Replace the complete poppet valve if there is any
damage.
Use the valve spring tester, Part No. 3375182, to measure

the spring force.
Compress the spring to a height of 59.18 mm [2.330 inch].
The force required to compress the spring to the specified
height must be:
Compression Spring Force

N lbf
105.2 MIN 23.65
123.8 MAX 27.85
Install
After lubricating all pieces and the o-ring seal, install the
poppet valve (4), spring (3), and plug (1) into the
lubricating oil cooler transfer housing (5).
Lubricating Oil Filter Head N14
Tighten the retaining plug.

Lubricating Oil Filter Head (007-015)

Remove
NOTE: The oil cooler assembly does not need to be
removed to replace the oil filter head.
Remove the combination full flow/bypass lubricating oil
filter.
Remove the four filter head capscrews and the filter head.
Clean
Clean all gasket surfaces.
NOTE: Do not allow dirt or gasket material to get into the
oil passages.
N14 Lubricating Oil High Pressure Relief Valve
Install
Replace the oil filter head gasket.
Install the filter head, washers, and filter head capscrews.
Fill and install a new oil filter.
Fill and install the coolant filter.

If the oil filter head repair was done with the oil cooler
assembly installed on the engine, operate the engine until
the water temperature reaches 82°C [180°F] and check
for oil leaks.
Lubricating Oil High Pressure Relief

Valve (007-021)
General Information
The high pressure relief valve (1) is held in the closed
position by spring force (2). The valve remains in the
closed position until the oil pressure exceeds 1724 kPa
[250 psi] in the lubricating oil pump.
When the oil pressure exceeds 1724 kPa [250 psi] in the
lubricating oil pump, for instance during cold start-up, the
oil pressure in the pump overcomes the relief valve spring
force.
This allows the excess oil to return to the oil pan,
preventing possible damage to the lubricating system
components.
Lubricating Oil High Pressure Relief Valve N14
Initial Check
Measure the installed depth of the high pressure relief
valve retainer plug.
If the plug depth is less than 6.48 mm [0.255-inch], use
DFC pressure relief valve fixture, Part No. 3376011, to
install it to the correct depth of 6.48 mm to 6.98 mm [0.255-
inch to 0.275-inch].
NOTE: If the plug depth is within specifications and the

engine oil pressure is out of specifications, check the high
pressure relief valve and the lubricating oil pressure
regulator. Refer to Procedures 007-021-007 and
007-029-007, respectively.
Remove
Remove the lubricating oil pump. Refer to Procedure
007-031-002.
Remove the lubricating oil pump cover.
Remove all gasket material from the lubricating oil pump

body and cover.
Clean
Clean the high pressure relief valve assembly.
Inspect for Reuse
WARNING
Carefully remove the retainer plug (1). The high
pressure relief valve spring (4) is under compression.
Personal injury can result. Wear face and eye
protection.
Use the light duty puller kit, Part No. 3375784, or its
equivalent to remove the retainer plug (1).
Remove the valve disc (2), the washer (3), and the high
pressure relief valve spring (4).
Inspect the parts for damage.
Use valve spring tester, Part No. 3375182, to measure the

high pressure relief valve spring force.
NOTE: The force required to compress the spring must
be:
• Minimum 260 Newtons [59 lb]
• Maximum 320 Newtons [72 lb]
Lubricating Oil High Pressure Relief Valve N14
Measure the high pressure relief valve seat depth in the

lubricating oil pump. The maximum depth is 46.73 mm
[1.840 inch].
Install
Install the locating plate, Part No. 3376013, (in DFC
pressure valve fixture, Part No. 3376011), onto the
lubricating oil pump body. Use two 5/16-18 inch UNC x
1-1/4 inch capscrews. Do not tighten the capscrews at this
time.
Install the large diameter of the valve mandrel, Part No.

3376012, (in DFC pressure valve fixture, Part No.
3376011), through the locating plate into the pressure limit
valve bore in the pump body.
Tighten the capscrews, and remove the mandrel.
Install the spring (4), the washer (3), the valve disc (2), and
the retainer plug (1) into the bore in the locating plate.
Make sure the prongs on the disc are down (toward the
washer) and the cup side of the retainer plug is up (toward
the mandrel).
Install the small end of the valve mandrel, Part No.

3376012, into the bore in the locating plate.
Press the mandrel with an arbor press until the large
diameter of the mandrel is against the locating plate.
Install a new gasket and the cover to the pump body.

Install the capscrews and the washers and tighten.
Turn the gear to make sure it rotates freely.
Install the lubricating oil pump. Refer to Procedure

007-031-026.
Confirm that the oil level in the oil pan is to the full mark.
82°C [180°F]. Check the oil pressure, and check for oil
leaks.
Lubricating Oil Leaks N14
Lubricating Oil Leaks (007-024)

Maintenance Check
WARNING
When using a steam cleaner, wear protective clothing
and safety glasses or a face shield. Hot steam can
cause serious personal injury.
Use a steam cleaner or a high pressure washer to clean
the engine.
Check the engine crankcase breather element, hose, and

tube for restriction. Refer to Procedure 003-001-007.
Add fluorescent dye tracer, Part No. 3376891, to the oil.
Use a black light, Part No. 3377394, to locate leakage.
Check for a loose or missing oil dipstick tube, dipstick, or

oil filler cap.

82°C [180°F]. Inspect the exterior of the engine for
leaking gaskets, seals, o-rings, pipe plugs, or fittings.
Use a black light, Part No. 3377394, to locate leaks if
necessary. Follow the manufacturer's operating
instructions to use the black light.
NOTE: Before removing and replacing any gaskets, check
the capscrews to make sure they are tightened to the
correct torque values. Refer to Section V for capscrew
torque specifications.
N14 Lubricating Oil Pan
Lubricating Oil Pan (007-025)

Remove
Remove the capscrews and the lubricating oil transfer
tube. Refer to Procedure 007-040.
Remove the 10 lock nuts from the noise panel (if

equipped).
Remove the noise panel (if equipped) from the oil pan.
Remove the oil pan mounting capscrews, oil pan clamping

plate, and the oil pan.
Remove and inspect the flywheel housing dust shield at
the back of the oil pan.
Replace the dust shield if necessary.
WARNING
When using a steam cleaner, wear safety glasses or a
face shield, as well as protective clothing. Hot steam
WARNING
personal injury.
Remove all of the gasket material from the cylinder block
and the oil pan surfaces.
Steam clean the oil pan, and dry it with compressed air.
Lubricating Oil Pan N14
Inspect the inside and the outside of the oil pan for cracks
around the suction tube mounting studs.
Check for a cracked or broken suction tube mounting clip.
Replace if cracked or broken.
Inspect the clamping plate for cracks around the mounting

holes.
Replace the clamping plate if cracked or broken.
Install
Apply a 13 mm [½ in] bead of RTV sealant to the rear
cover, block, front cover, and block mounting faces.
The bead must extend the full width of the flange.
Install a new oil pan gasket.

Capscrew (1 through 6) are longer than the rest of the oil
pan capscrews to accommodate the thickness of the
clamping plate.
Install and finger tighten one of the 11 mm [7/16 in] oil pan
mounting capscrews on each side of the oil pan, halfway
between the front and the rear of the oil pan.
Install the clamping plate and capscrews.
Install the flywheel housing dust seal under the correct oil
pan capscrews.
Install and finger tighten the remaining capscrews.
N14 Lubricating Oil Pressure Gauge
Tighten the four 8 mm [5/16 in] capscrews in the rear of

the oil pan in the sequence shown.
Tighten the thirty-two 11 mm [7/16 in] capscrews in the
sequence shown.
Install the noise panel and lock nuts, if equipped.

Tighten the lock nuts.
Install the lubricating oil transfer tube. Refer to Procedure

007-040.
Fill and install the lubricating oil filter before putting oil into
the engine. Refer to Procedure 007-013.
Lubricating Oil Pressure Gauge

(007-028)
Test
1. Check the following for defects:
• Electrical wiring broken.
• Sending unit malfunction (refer to step No. 2).
• Plumbing loose, leaking, or broken.
2. Use a master gauge of known accuracy to verify the
reading of the suspect gauge.
3. Connect the line from the master gauge to the main
oil rifle on the fuel pump side of the engine.
4. Replace the sending unit or gauge if it is defective.
Lubricating Oil Pressure Regulator (Main Rifle) N14
Lubricating Oil Pressure Regulator

(Main Rifle) (007-029)
General Information
The pressure regulator (1) senses main rifle oil pressure
(2) to maintain the correct oil pressure and flow.
An external signal line (3) sends a signal from the main
rifle oil pressure regulator through a dampening orifice (4)
in the lubricating oil pump cover to the top of the pressure
regulator cavity.
The regulator plunger (1) is held in the upward or closed

position by spring force (2). The port in the regulator cavity
that dumps excessive oil into the oil pan (3) is blocked by
the regulator plunger when it is in the closed position.
The pressure regulator remains in the closed position until
the pressure in the main rifle reaches approximately 241
kPa [35 psi].
At that point, the oil pressure from the main rifle oil
pressure regulator, acting against the end of the regulator
plunger, overcomes the force of the regulator plunger
spring.
The pressure regulator plunger moves downward (open),
uncovering the dump port in the regulator cavity. This
allows any oil in excess of the amount required to maintain
241 kPa [35 psi] to return to the oil pan.
An internal vent drilling (1) in the pressure regulator cavity

allows any oil that has leaked past the plunger into the
spring cavity to drain back into the oil pan.
The regulator plunger remains in the downward or open
position until the main rifle oil pressure drops below 241
kPa [35 psi].
N14 Lubricating Oil Pressure Regulator (Main Rifle)
At that time, the regulator spring force is high enough to

overcome the oil pressure signal from the main rifle. The
regulator plunger moves upward or closed once again,
blocking off the dump port to the oil pan.
Step timing control (STC) engines are equipped with a

viscosity sensor which is in series with the main oil rifle
pressure signal line and the lubricating oil pump pressure
regulator. The purpose of the viscosity sensor is to
increase lubricating system pressures to the STC injector
tappets when the oil is cold.
1. Main Oil Rifle Pressure
2. To Main Oil Rifle
3. DFC Pressure Signal
4. Drain to Oil Pan
5. Viscosity Sensor
The viscosity sensor changes the oil pressure as a

function of the oil temperature. It raises the oil pressure
when the oil is cold (more viscous) and lowers the oil
pressure to normal operating pressure when the oil is
warm (less viscous).
Oil from the oil rifle (1) enters the viscosity sensor and
flows through the long annular area (2). When the oil is
cold, there is a very high pressure drop from the oil rifle to
the undercut area (3). Due to this pressure drop, the
lubricating pump regulator (5) “sees” a pressure in the
undercut area lower than oil rifle pressure. Therefore, a
higher than normal oil rifle pressure is required to achieve
the normal lubricating pump regulator line pressure
(approximately 275 kPa [40 psi]).
Lubricating Oil Pressure Regulator (Main Rifle) N14
When oil temperature increases, the viscosity of the oil

decreases, allowing it to pass through the annular area
easier. The pressure drop from the oil rifle to the undercut
area is almost zero. The lubricating pump regulator “sees”
a pressure in the undercut area the same as oil rifle
pressure. Therefore, an increase in oil rifle pressure is no
longer required to achieve normal lubricating pump
regulator line pressure. The lubricating pump delivers
normal pressure to the oil rifle while receiving a normal
regulator pressure signal.
The orifice (4) also helps to increase the oil rifle pressure
when the oil is cold by bleeding off some of the flow in the
undercut area. If the orifice is too small, the viscosity
sensor is effectively eliminated from the system and acts
as a lubricating pump signal line. If the orifice is too large,
it will bleed an unacceptable amount of the system's
capacity off to the drain (6) to the oil sump pan, reducing
the available oil flow for lubrication. If the orifice is too
large, it will also bleed off too much flow from the undercut
area. This causes the lubricating pump to deliver high oil
pressure even under warm oil temperatures. This can
decrease the life of the lubricating pump.
Remove
WARNING
Carefully remove the capscrew (1). The pressure
regulator spring (3) is under compression. Personal
injury can result. Wear face and eye protection.
Remove the capscrew (1), the retainer plug (2), the spring
(3), and the regulator plunger (4) from the lubricating oil
pump body.
Clean
CAUTION
Wear safety goggles when using an air solvent gun to
prevent possible eye injury.
Clean the oil pressure regulator assembly with solvent and
an air solvent gun.
N14 Lubricating Oil Pressure Regulator (Main Rifle)
Inspect for Reuse

Visually inspect the regulator plunger for scratches or
scoring. If scratches are deep enough to be felt with a
fingernail, the plunger must be replaced.
Visually inspect the spring for damaged or broken coils.
Use the valve spring tester, Part No. 3375182, to measure

the spring force.
The force required to compress the spring to the specified
height must be:
• Minimum 98 Newtons [22 lb].
• Maximum 116 Newtons [26 lb].
Install
Install new o-rings onto the plunger retainer plug.
Lubricate the o-rings with vegetable oil.
Install the plunger (4), the spring (3), the retainer plug (2)
and the capscrew (1).
Tighten the retainer plug capscrew.
leaks.
Lubricating Oil Pump N14
Lubricating Oil Pump (007-031)

Remove
Remove the demand flow and cooling (DFC) signal line
between the cylinder block main oil rifle and the
lubricating oil pump.
Remove the capscrews and the lubricating oil transfer
tube. Refer to Procedure 007-040-002.
Remove the five capscrews which hold the lubricating oil

pump to the cylinder block.
CAUTION
Do not pry on the lubricating oil pump mounting
flange.
Remove the lubricating oil pump from the cylinder block
gear flange. Discard the gasket.
Clean
CAUTION
Do not allow dirt or gasket material to enter the oil
passages. Bearing damage can result.
Clean the lubricating oil pump and the cylinder block
gasket surfaces.
WARNING
Carefully remove the capscrew (1). The pressure
regulator spring is under compression.
Remove the lubricating oil pressure regulator. Refer to
N14 Lubricating Oil Pump
Remove the lubricating oil pump front cover and the

lubricating oil pump driven gear.
Remove the 7/16-20 UNF straight thread with o-ring seal
adapter and the power steering pump mounting flange
cover from the lubricating oil pump cover.
Clean the gasket material from the lubricating oil pump

body and cover.
Use an acetylene torch tip cleaner or equivalent that is 1.0
mm [0.040-inch] or less in diameter to clean the orifice.
NOTE: The diameter of the orifice is 1.0 mm [0.040-inch].
Do not attempt to drill out the orifice or use a larger
diameter wire to clean the orifice.
CAUTION
Use solvent and an air solvent gun to clean the signal line,
the lubricating oil pump cover, and the body. Hold the
driven gear off of the lubricating oil pump body when
cleaning the gear bore area.
Dry with compressed air.
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the gears for freedom of rotation and cracked or
broken teeth.
Visually inspect the lubricating oil pump gears for cracked
or broken teeth. Wear on the gear teeth face has not been
detrimental to the lubricating oil pump life or low oil
pressure. Wear is acceptable if backlash is within
specifications.
Lubricating Oil Pump N14
Lock the idler gear to keep it from rotating by applying a

clamp to the gear and the pump body as shown in the
accompanying illustration.
With the gear clamped and the dial indicator in place as

shown in the illustration, rotate the external drive gear
clockwise and then counterclockwise to measure and
record the backlash in the pumping gears on the dial
indicator.
Pumping Gear Backlash

mm in
0.33 MIN 0.013
0.89 MAX 0.035
Use depth calipers or a dial indicator to measure the drive

shaft end clearance in two locations 90 degrees apart.
Drive Shaft End Clearance

mm in
0.051 MIN 0.002
0.203 MAX 0.008
Rebuild the lubricating oil pump if the driveshaft end
clearance does not meet specifications. Refer to the
Engine Shop Manual.
Install
Use 15W-40 oil to lubricate the shaft, the gears, and the
bushings. Also, lubricate the area between the driven gear
and the body.
N14 Lubricating Oil Pump
Install the driven gear onto the shaft.

Install a new gasket on the pump body and install the
cover.
Install the capscrews and tighten.
Check the gears for freedom of rotation in the pump.

Install the lubricating oil pressure regulator. Refer to
Install the power steering pump mounting flange gasket

and cover. Tighten the capscrews.
Install a new gasket onto the mounting trunion of the
Install the lubricating oil pump into the mounting hole in

the cylinder block gear flange.
Install the five mounting capscrews. Tighten the
capscrews.
Lubricating Oil Pump Signal Tube N14
Install the DFC signal line. Tighten the signal line fittings.
Install the lubricating oil transfer tube. Refer to Procedure
007-040-026.
82°C [180°F]. Check the oil pressure and check for oil
leaks.
Lubricating Oil Pump Signal Tube

(007-034)
Remove
Remove the demand flow cooling (DFC) signal line.
Clean
CAUTION
Clean the inside of the signal line and the 7/16-20 UNF
straight thread with o-ring seal adapter with solvent and
an air solvent gun.
N14 Lubricating Oil Pump Signal Tube
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the signal line for cracks or damage.
Install
Install the DFC signal line. Tighten the signal line fittings.
leaks.
Lubricating Oil System N14
Lubricating Oil System (007-037)

Drain
WARNING
Avoid direct contact of hot oil with your skin. Hot oil
WARNING
Some state and federal agencies have determined that
used engine oil can be carcinogenic and can cause
reproductive toxicity. Avoid inhalation of vapors,
ingestion, and prolonged contact with used engine
oil. If not reused dispose of in accordance with local
environmental regulations.
60°C [140°F]. Shut off the engine.
Remove the oil filter. Refer to Procedure 007-013.
Remove the oil drain plug and drain the oil immediately to
make sure all the oil and suspended contaminates are
removed from the engine.
Fill
Install the oil drain plug and tighten.
Add the specified amount of 36 liters [9.5 gal] of clean
15W-40 oil to fill the oil pan.
Check the oil level on the dipstick. It must be filled to the

"H" (high) mark. Refer to Procedure 007-009 for dipstick
calibration.
N14 Lubricating Oil System
Shut off the engine. Wait 5 to 7 minutes for the oil to drain
back to the oil pan.
Check the oil level. Add oil as necessary to bring the level
up to the "H" (high) mark on the dipstick.
Prime
CAUTION
The lubricating oil system must be primed before
operating the engine after any internal engine repairs
or extended engine storage (beyond 6 months) to
avoid internal component damage. Do not prime the
system from the bypass filter; the filter will be
damaged.
On CELECT™ engines, remove the lubricating oil

temperature sensor from the lubricating oil pump cover.
Use the coupler, Part Number 3376859, or equivalent, to
connect the priming pump to the coupling.
On N14 STC engines (Industrial), the lubricating oil pumps
are equipped with a 9/16-18 UNF Compuchek® coupling
nipple.
Use the coupler, Part Number 3376859, or equivalent, to
connect the priming pump to the coupling.
Install the priming pump oil supply hose to the lubricating

oil pump coupling. Use clean 15W-40 lubricating oil from
a drum or a container. Supply oil to the lubricating oil
pump and engine.
Allow the oil to flow until the oil pressure gauge indicates
a maximum pressure of 210 kPa [30 psi] at the main oil
rifle to prime the lubricating oil system.
Lubricating Oil Temperature Gauge N14
Remove the priming pump oil supply hose and install the
lubricating oil temperature sensor on CELECT™ engines
or the 9/16 - 18 UNF Compuchek® coupling nipple on STC
Industrial engines.
Torque Value:
Sensor 34 N•m [ 25 ft-lb ]
Torque Value:
Plug 34 N•m [ 25 ft-lb ]
Fill the engine with lubricating oil.

Operate the engine until it reaches a temperature of 82°
C [180°F], and check for leaks.
Lubricating Oil Temperature Gauge

(007-038)
Initial Check
Install an oil temperature sending unit:
1. Drain the oil from the oil pan. Refer to Procedure
007-025-005.
2. Remove the pipe plug on either side of the oil pan.
Install the oil temperature gauge sending unit.
3. Fill the oil pan with clean 15W-40 oil. Refer to
Test
Check the following for defects: > >Electrical wiring
broken> >Sending unit malfunction or leaking (refer to
the next frame)> >
N14 Lubricating Oil Thermostat
Use a master gauge of known accuracy to verify the

reading of the suspect gauge.
Replace the sending unit or the gauge if it is defective.
Drain the oil from the oil pan. Refer to Procedure

007-025-005. Remove the test gauge and replace the pipe
plug.
Fill the oil pan with clean 15W-40 oil. Refer to Procedure
007-025-028.
Lubricating Oil Thermostat (007-039)

General Information
Oil flow through the oil cooler is controlled by a
temperature sensitive bypass valve (1) in the oil cooler
transfer housing (2).
The oil thermostat is either open (retracted) or closed
(extended), or anywhere in between depending on the oil
temperature.
When the oil temperature out of the lubricating oil pump

is below 113°C [235°F], the bypass valve is in the open
(retracted) position (1).
Lubricating Oil Thermostat N14
When the bypass valve is in the open position, 100 percent

of oil from the lubricating oil pump bypasses the cooler.
When the oil temperature exceeds 124°C [255°F] out of

the lubricating oil pump, the bypass valve extends to close
the bypass loop in the cooler assembly. This will force all
of the oil to flow through the cooler core before reaching
the filter head.
After the oil is cooled below 113°C [235°F], the bypass

valve once again retracts to open the bypass loop,
allowing oil to bypass the cooler.
Remove
Remove the thermostat and the spacer plate. Refer to
Lubricating Oil Cooler Procedures 007-003-002 and
007-003-006.
N14 Lubricating Oil Thermostat
Inspect for Reuse

Visually inspect the valve for damage. Any damage to the
front face of the valve will allow oil to constantly bypass
the oil cooler.
Inspect the lubricating oil cooler transfer housing bypass
valve seat. Refer to Procedure 007-047-007.
Test
CAUTION
The flash point of new lubricating oil is approximately
221°C [430°F]. Do not allow oil temperature in the
container to exceed 149°C [300°F]. Do not allow
water droplets to enter the container of hot oil. Water
droplets will cause a violent reaction which can cause
personal injury.
Suspend the valve and a 149°C [300°F] thermometer into

a container of new lubricating oil. Do not allow the valve
or the thermometer to touch the sides or the bottom of the
container.
Heat the lubricating oil.
NOTE: The thermostat can be checked in an oven.
NOTE: Record the temperature at which the valve is fully

extended. The valve must be fully extended to at least 6
mm [0.250-inch] when the temperature reaches 123°C
[255°F]. The valve must begin to open at 113 to 115°C
[235 to 240°F].
Replace the valve if it does not operate as described.
Lubricating Oil Transfer Tube N14
Install
Install the bypass valve into the oil cooler transfer housing.
Refer to Lubricating Oil Cooler Procedure 007-003-026.
Lubricating Oil Transfer Tube

(007-040)
Remove
Remove the two capscrews from the flange at the oil pan
and also the two capscrews from the flange at the
Remove the lubricating oil transfer tube.
Remove and discard the o-ring from the oil pan flange tube
and the rectangular sealing ring from the lubricating oil
pump mounting flange.
Clean
Clean the lubricating oil transfer tube and the mounting
flanges with solvent.
N14 Lubricating Oil Transfer Tube
Inspect for Reuse

Visually inspect the tube and the flanges for cracks,
corrosion, or other damage.
Install
Install a new rectangular sealing ring into the lubricating
oil pump mounting flange.
Use clean vegetable oil to lubricate the seal.
Install a new o-ring onto the oil pan lubricating oil suction
tube.
Use clean vegetable oil to lubricate the o-ring.
Loosely install the lubricating oil transfer tube assembly

with the lubricating oil pump mounting flange, new sealing
ring, new gasket, and the mounting capscrews to the oil
pan and lubricating oil pump.
NOTE: The printed side of the mounting flange gasket on
the oil transfer tube must be toward the flange.
Lubricating Oil Viscosity Sensor N14
Tighten the capscrews in the following sequence:

• First, tighten the two capscrews (1) at the oil pan.
• Second, tighten the capscrews (2) at the lubricating
oil pump.
Fill the engine with clean 15W-40 oil. Refer to Procedure

007-025-028.
82°C [180°F], and check for oil leaks.
Lubricating Oil Viscosity Sensor

(007-041)
Remove
Remove the oil transfer tube. Refer to Procedure 007-040.
Disconnect the pressure signal line (1) from the lubricating

pump fitting.
Disconnect the rifle pressure supply line (3) from the oil
rifle fitting (4).
N14 Lubricating Oil Viscosity Sensor
Disconnect the viscosity sensor drain line from the

cylinder block fitting.
Remove the two mounting bracket capscrews from the

pan rail.
Remove the entire assembly from the engine.
Remove the hoses and bracket from the viscosity sensor.

1. Main oil rifle pressure.
2. Modified pressure signal to pressure regulator.
3. Return to oil pan.
Disassemble
Remove the viscosity sensor fittings (1) and (2), and filter
screens (3).
Remove the viscosity sensor fitting (1), the injector orifice

plug (3), and gasket (4).
WARNING
Use ultrasonic cleaners, Part Number 3376665 or
3375001, and ultrasonic cleaners solution, Part Number
33750003, to clean the viscosity sensor.
WARNING
Use mineral spirits to neutralize the solution after
cleaning.
WARNING
personal injury.
Use compressed air to blow through each port to remove
any debris.
Inspect the flex lines. Replace if plugged or restricted.
Inspect fittings (1) and filter screens (2). Replace if

damaged or plugged screens.
Inspect the injector orifice plug (3) and gasket (4). Replace
if damaged or restricted.
Assemble
Install the filter screens (3) and screen retainers (4) in the
viscosity sensor.
Install the fittings (1) and (2), with new o-rings (5), and
tighten.
Lubricate the o-rings with clean vegetable oil.
Install the injector orifice plug (3) and gasket (4).

Lubricate the o-ring with clean vegetable oil.
Install the fitting (1), using a new o-ring (2) and tighten.
Install
Install the bracket to the viscosity sensor. Install the two
bracket capscrews and tighten.
Connect the flexible hoses to the viscosity sensor fittings.
Do not allow dirt or debris to enter the oil lines.
1. Main oil rifle pressure.
2. Modified pressure signal to pressure regulator.
3. Return to oil pan.
Install the entire assembly with flex hoses attached to the

cylinder block pan rail.
Install the two capscrews and tighten.
Connect the sensor drain line (1) to the tee fitting on the
cylinder block.
Connect the pressure signal line (1) to the lubricating

pump fitting (2) and the rifle pressure supply line (3) to the
oil rifle fitting (4).
Install the oil transfer tube. Refer to Procedure 007-040.

The viscosity sensor controls the oil pressure signal to the
lubricating pump pressure regulator. It allows high oil rifle
pressure with cold, thick oil, but normal oil rifle pressure
with warm oil. The high oil pressure with cold viscous oil
highly improves oil fill of the STC injector tappets. This
provides maximum engine timing advancement and white
smoke control. The sensor allows normal oil pressure
when the oil is warm.
Effect of Viscosity Sensor on Main Oil Rifle Pressure

Oil Low Idle Oil High Idle Oil
Temperature Pressure Pressure
0°C [32°F] 450 to 690 kPa [65 490 to 770 kPa [70
21°C [70°F] 350 to 590 kPa [50 380 to 660 kPa [55
93°C [200°F] 100 kPa [15 psi] 240 to 310 kPa [35
to 45 psi]
Connect an oil pressure gauge of known accuracy to the

main oil rifle.

Observe the oil rifle pressure as the temperature of the oil
is increasing. compare results with the values given in the
Effect of Viscosity Sensor on Main Oil Rifle Pressure table.
If the results do not agree with the Effect of Viscosity
Sensor on Main Oil Rifle Pressure table, verify that the
base engine lubricating system is operating properly
before removing the viscosity sensor.
Verify the base engine lubricating system is functioning

properly by isolating the viscosity sensor from the system.
Disconnect the viscosity sensor to lubricating pump line
and the oil rifle-to-viscosity sensor line.
Plug both lines from the viscosity sensor.
Connect a pressure signal line from the oil rifle to the

lubricating pump construct a flexible hose (1) of 305 mm
[12 inch] to connect the main oil rifle (3) to the lubricating
oil pump (2).
N14 Lubricating Oil Contamination

The temperature must be between 82°C [180°F] and 93°
C [200°F].
Observe the oil rifle pressure as the oil temperatures rises.
Observe the oil pressure at the oil main rifle. The pressure
must be as follows:
Oil pressure at idle (minimum allowable) 70 kPa [10 psi]
at 93°C [200°F].
At no load governed speed: 240 to 310 kPa [35 to 45 psi].
If the pressure is within these specifications, the
lubricating system is operating properly.
Lubricating Oil Contamination

(007-044)
Fluorescent Dye Tracer
NOTE: This test is not effective on a cold engine, less than
21°C [70°F] coolant temperature, or with a loose
overhead setting.
Install an isolated fuel supply tank to the inlet and drain
lines. Add fluorescent tracer, Part No. 3376891, to the fuel
supply tank.
Remove the valve cover mounting hardware but do not

remove the valve cover.
Lubricating Oil Contamination N14
Start the engine and operate it at high idle for 30 seconds.

Let the engine go to low idle.
Complete the next step within 5 minutes.
While the engine is operating at low idle, remove the valve

cover. Refer to Procedure 003-011-002.
Use black light, Part No. 3377253 or 3377394, to find fuel

leaks from inside or around the injector. Refer to the black
light operating instructions.
NOTE: Injectors normally have a small amount of fuel
leakage.
If there is excess leakage around the outside of the

injector, check the top o-ring for damage.
Remove the injector and replace all three o-rings. Refer to
Procedure 006-026.
N14 Lubricating Oil Contamination
If there is excess leakage from inside the injector, replace

the injector. Refer to Procedure 006-026.
Fuel Pressure Test

Remove the fuel drain line from the fuel drain tee fitting.
Install a cap on the tee fitting.
Remove the fuel drain line from the gear pump check
valve. Install a plug in the fuel line.
Remove the fuel supply line from the fuel supply pump
shutoff valve.
Install a regulated air supply to the fuel supply line.
Lubricating Oil Contamination N14
Apply air pressure to the cylinder head. The maximum air

pressure is 552 kPa [80 psi].
Check for fuel leaks at each injector.

NOTE: A little engine oil is helpful to expose fuel leaks.
Some leaks can be heard.
Replace the leaking injector or replace all three outer o-

rings. Refer to Procedure 006-026.
Check the injector for normal leakage.
Remove the air line and install the fuel supply line.
N14 Lubricating Oil Cooler Transfer Housing
Remove the plug from the gear pump drain line.

Install the drain line on the gear pump check valve.
Remove the cap from the fuel drain line fitting.

Install the fuel drain line.
Lubricating Oil Cooler Transfer

Housing (007-047)
Remove
Remove the six capscrews which connect the oil cooler
support to the oil cooler transfer housing.
Remove the spacer plate or drop mount connection.
Refer to Lubricating Oil Cooler Procedure 007-003-002.
Clean
Clean all gasket surfaces.
Lubricating Oil Cooler Transfer Housing N14
Clean the filter head and the shutoff valve with solvent.
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect for cracks or damage.
Inspect the bypass valve seat.
NOTE: Do not allow dirt or gasket material to fall into the
oil passages.
Inspect the filter head and the shutoff valve and seat for
cracks, pitting, corrosion, or other damage. Replace if
damage is found.
Visually inspect the oil cooler support, housing, plate, and

support bracket for crack damage.
N14 Lubricating Oil System Diagnostics
Install
Place the spacer plate and a new spacer gasket onto the
oil cooler support. If the oil cooler is the low mount type,
use the drop mount connection and the spacer plate. Use
two of the connection retainer capscrews to keep the
gasket and the plate loosely aligned on the support.
Install the transfer housing, a new transfer connection
gasket, and the six capscrews that hold the oil cooler
support to the oil cooler transfer housing. Tighten the
capscrews.
Lubricating Oil System Diagnostics

(007-048)
Test
1. This procedure describes a test for the operation of
the lubricating oil systems for the N14 engine model.
NOTE: This procedure requires the use of 15W-40 engine
oil and the oil sump temperature to be 79 to 96°C [175 to
205°F].
2. Install a pressure gauge of known accuracy into the

oil rifle to confirm the cab pressure gauge reading.
At an oil temperature of 93°C [200°F], the pressure
must be as follows:
• Low Idle RPM - Above 70 kPa [10 psi]
• High Idle RPM - 240 to 310 kPa [35 to 45 psi]
NOTE: If the oil rifle pressure exceeds specifications,

check the lubricating oil pressure regulator, signal line,
and orifice. Refer to Procedures 007-029-007,
007-034-007, and 007-049-006, respectively.
NOTE: If the oil rifle pressure is below 70 kPa [10 psi] at
93°C [200°F] maximum and is within specifications at
high idle, proceed to step No. 6.
Lubricating Oil System Diagnostics N14
3. If the oil rifle pressure is below specifications, install

a pressure gauge of known accuracy onto the oil
cooler filter outlet passage. The filter outlet oil
pressure must be as follows:
• 1200 RPM - 207 kPa [30 psi] minimum allowable.
• Rated RPM - 240 to 310 kPa [35 to 45 psi].
NOTE: If the oil filter outlet pressure is within or exceeds

specifications at high idle and the main oil rifle pressure
is below specifications, proceed to step No. 6.
4. If the oil filter outlet pressure is below specification

at high idle, do the following:
• Install a pressure gauge of known accuracy onto the
oil cooler filter inlet passage. At high idle, the filter
inlet pressure must not be more than 70 kPa [10 psi]
greater than the oil filter outlet pressure.
NOTE: If the oil filter inlet pressure at high idle is more

than 70 kPa [10 psi] greater than the oil filter outlet
pressure, replace the oil filter and measure the oil filter
outlet pressure again (step No. 3).
N14 Lubricating Oil System Diagnostics
5. Install a pressure gauge of known accuracy into the

lubricating oil pump outlet. At high idle, the oil pump
outlet pressure must be 448 to 586 kPa [65 to 85 psi].
NOTE: If the oil pump outlet pressure is less than the

specification, check for damage to the lubricating oil
transfer tube, the lubricating oil pressure regulators, and
the lubricating oil pump. Refer to Procedures
007-040-007, 007-029-007, and 007-031-007,
respectively.
If oil pump outlet pressure exceeds specifications, change

the oil filter and repeat the measurement. If the pressure
is still high, check for restrictions in the oil transfer
passage, in the oil cooler passages, or in either pump
pressure regulator.
6. If either of the following conditions exist,

• at 93°C [200°F] maximum oil rifle pressure below 70
kPa [10 psi], or
• oil filter outlet pressure is within or exceeds
specifications and oil rifle pressure is below
specifications at high idle
7. Install a pressure gauge of known accuracy at the
back end of the piston cooling nozzle rifle. At high
idle, the oil pressure at the end of the piston cooling
rifle must be 240 to 310 kPa [35 to 45 psi].
Lubricating Oil Pump Signal Tube Orifice N14
NOTE: If the piston cooling rifle pressure is within or

exceeds specifications and the main oil rifle pressure is
below specifications, check for restrictions in the block oil
passages or for internal engine damage.
NOTE: If the piston cooling rifle pressure is below

specifications and the oil filter outlet pressure is within, or
exceeds, specifications, check for broken piston cooling
nozzles, missing piston cooling nozzle o-ring, a stuck
pressure regulator plunger, or for internal engine damage.
Lubricating Oil Pump Signal Tube

Orifice (007-049)
Preparatory Steps
WARNING
Carefully remove the capscrew. The pressure
regulator spring is under compression. Personal
injury can result. Wear face and eye protection.
Remove the lubricating oil pressure regulator plunger.
Refer to Procedure 007-029.
Remove the DFC signal line.

Remove the 7/16-20 UNF straight thread with o-ring seal
adapter from the lubricating oil pump cover.
N14 Lubricating Oil Pump Signal Tube Orifice
WARNING
WARNING
personal injury.
Use an acetylene torch tip cleaner or equivalent that is 1.0
mm [0.040 in] or less in diameter to clean the orifice.
The diameter of the orifice is 1.0 mm [0.040 in]. Do not
attempt to drill out the orifice or use a larger diameter wire
to clean the orifice.
Use solvent and an air solvent gun to wash the debris from
the orifice and the pressure regulator bore in the
WARNING
WARNING
personal injury.
Clean the inside of the signal line and the 7/16-20 UNF
straight thread with o-ring seal adapter with solvent and
an air solvent gun.
Inspect the signal line for cracks or damage.
Finishing Steps
Install the lubricating oil pressure regulator plunger. Refer
Install the DFC signal line.
82°C [180°F], and check the oil pressure.
If the oil pressure problem still exists or occurs again soon
after the above procedure has been completed, remove
the lubricating oil pump for disassembly and a thorough
cleaning. Refer to Procedure 007-031.
Lubricating Oil and Filter Analysis N14
Lubricating Oil and Filter Analysis

(007-083)
Failure Analysis Inspection
An analysis of used oil can help diagnose internal engine
damage and determine if it was caused by one of the
following:
• Intake air filter malfunction.
• Coolant leaks.
• Oil diluted with fuel.
• Metal particles causing wear.
For additional oil analysis information, refer to Cummins

Engine Oil Recommendations, Bulletin 3810340.
Do not disassemble an engine for repair based only on
the results of an oil analysis. The oil filter must also be
inspected. If the oil filter shows evidence of internal
damage, find the source of the problem and repair the
damage. Refer to the appropriate procedure(s) based on
the following oil filter inspection.
CAUTION
Carefully cut open the upper section of the
combination filter. The filter element spring is under
compression and can cause personal injury.
Use the tube cutter, Part Number 3376579, or equivalent,
to open the upper section of the combination filter.
Inspect the filter element for evidence of moisture or metal

particles.
Metal Probable Source

Copper Bearings and Bushings
Chromium Piston Rings
Iron Cylinder Liners
Lead Bearing Overlay Material
Aluminum Piston Wear or Scuffing
N14
Section 8 - Cooling System - Group 08 Page 8-a
Section 8 - Cooling System - Group 08

Section Contents
Page
Coolant Filter .....................................................................................................................................................8-9
General Information..........................................................................................................................................8-9
Install..............................................................................................................................................................8-10
Remove............................................................................................................................................................8-9
Coolant Filter Head ......................................................................................................................................... 8-10
Install..............................................................................................................................................................8-11
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 8-10
Coolant Filter Valve .........................................................................................................................................8-11
Install..............................................................................................................................................................8-13
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 8-11
Coolant Temperature Gauge .............................................................................................................................8-8
Initial Check......................................................................................................................................................8-8
Coolant Thermostat .........................................................................................................................................8-14
Test................................................................................................................................................................ 8-14
Coolant Thermostat Housing ..........................................................................................................................8-16
Install..............................................................................................................................................................8-17
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 8-16
Coolant Thermostat Seal ................................................................................................................................ 8-19
Clean..............................................................................................................................................................8-19
Install..............................................................................................................................................................8-19
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 8-19
Coolant Vent Lines ..........................................................................................................................................8-20
Initial Check....................................................................................................................................................8-20
Cooling System ...............................................................................................................................................8-20
Drain...............................................................................................................................................................8-20
Fill...................................................................................................................................................................8-21
Pressure Test..................................................................................................................................................8-24
Cooling System - Air or Combustion Gas Test ..............................................................................................8-25
Initial Check....................................................................................................................................................8-25
Air in Cooling System...................................................................................................................................8-25
Leak Test........................................................................................................................................................8-27
Fan, Shutter, or Heater Air Control Valve......................................................................................................8-27
Air Compressor............................................................................................................................................8-27
Aftercooler Core...........................................................................................................................................8-28
Cylinder Head and Cylinder Liner.................................................................................................................8-29
Combustion Gas Leak..................................................................................................................................8-29
Overflow Method..........................................................................................................................................8-33
Sight Glass Method......................................................................................................................................8-34
Drive Belt, Cooling Fan .....................................................................................................................................8-4
Inspect for Reuse..............................................................................................................................................8-4
Install................................................................................................................................................................8-5
Remove............................................................................................................................................................8-4
Drive Belt, Water Pump ....................................................................................................................................8-6
Inspect for Reuse..............................................................................................................................................8-7
Install................................................................................................................................................................8-8
Remove............................................................................................................................................................8-6
Fan Clutch, Electric .........................................................................................................................................8-36
Finishing Steps...............................................................................................................................................8-39
Initial Check....................................................................................................................................................8-36
Install..............................................................................................................................................................8-39
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 8-38
Fan Clutch, On-Off ..........................................................................................................................................8-40
Finishing Steps...............................................................................................................................................8-42
Install..............................................................................................................................................................8-41
N14
Page 8-b Section 8 - Cooling System - Group 08
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 8-40
Fan Clutch, Viscous ........................................................................................................................................8-42
Install..............................................................................................................................................................8-45
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 8-45
Test................................................................................................................................................................ 8-42
Fan Hub, Belt Driven .......................................................................................................................................8-46
Install..............................................................................................................................................................8-48
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 8-46
Fan Shroud Assembly .....................................................................................................................................8-49
Fan Spacer and Pulley ....................................................................................................................................8-49
Fan, Cooling ....................................................................................................................................................8-49
Radiator ...........................................................................................................................................................8-50
Initial Check....................................................................................................................................................8-50
Radiator Hoses ................................................................................................................................................8-51
Radiator Pressure Cap ....................................................................................................................................8-51
Test................................................................................................................................................................ 8-51
Radiator Shutter Assembly .............................................................................................................................8-52
Initial Check....................................................................................................................................................8-52
Heat Exchanger ...............................................................................................................................................8-56
Clean..............................................................................................................................................................8-56
Sea Water Pump ..............................................................................................................................................8-57
Install..............................................................................................................................................................8-58
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 8-57
Service Tools ....................................................................................................................................................8-1
Cooling System.................................................................................................................................................8-1
Water Pump .....................................................................................................................................................8-58
Clean..............................................................................................................................................................8-59
Install..............................................................................................................................................................8-60
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 8-58
Water Pump Idler Assembly ........................................................................................................................... 8-61
Install..............................................................................................................................................................8-62
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 8-61
N14 Service Tools
Section 8 - Cooling System - Group 08 Page 8-1
Service Tools
Cooling System
Repair Location.

Belt Tension Gauge
Used to check the belt tension on 11/16 to 7/8 inch width belt.
ST-1138
Belt Tension Gauge

Used to adjust or check the tension on 3/8 to 1/2 inch top width belt.
ST-1274
Belt Tension Gauge

Use to check the poly V rib belt.
ST-1293
O-Ring Pick
Used to install and remove o-rings.
3376399
Quick Connect
1/8 NPT male brass Compuchek® fitting.
3377244
Quick Connect
9/16 straight threaded o-ring, brass, Compuchek® fitting.
3377245
Service Tools N14
Page 8-2 Section 8 - Cooling System - Group 08

Thermostat Seal Driver
Used to position the thermostat seal in the thermostat housing and
ST-1225 cover.
Optical Tachometer
Measure engine rpm.
3377462
Reflective Tape (in optical tachometer, Part No. 3377462)

Used with optical tachometer, Part No. 3377462, to measure rpm.
3377464
Fluke Digital Temperature Measuring Instrument Kit

Used to measure temperatures for the fuel pump and injector test
3822666 stands.
Combustion Gas Leak Test Kit

Includes: test fluid, Part No. 3822986, adapter, Part No. 3822987,
3822985 and instructions, Part No. 3877612.
Thermocouple Extension Wire Kit

Includes: adapter, Part No. 3822989, thermocouple, Part No.
3822988 3822990, thermocouple wire assembly, Part No. 3822991, and
bushing (1/8 NPT), Part No. 3822992.
Coolant Pressure/Temperature/Flow Analyzer Kit

Includes: pressure gauge, Part No. 3822995, temperature gauge,
3822994 Part No. 3822996, flow sight glass, Part No. 3822997, Compuchek®
fitting (female), Part No. 3822998, and instructions, Part No.
3377613.
Coolant Sightglass
Use to troubleshoot the engine cooling system.
3823211
N14 Service Tools

Anti-Seize Lubricant
Use to coat the o-ring on the coolant filter shutoff valve.
3824397
Cooling System Test Kit - Fleetguard®

Use to measure Supplemental Cooling Additive (SCA) concentration.
CC-2602
Refractometer
Use to measure glycol (antifreeze) concentration.
CC-2800
Drive Belt, Cooling Fan N14
Drive Belt, Cooling Fan (008-002)

Remove
Loosen the capscrews which secure the fan hub shaft to
the bracket.
NOTE: Both two capscrew and four capscrew designs are
available.
Turn the adjusting screw counterclockwise to release

tension, and remove the belts.
Visually inspect the pulleys for cracks or broken grooves.

Replace if necessary.
Inspect for Reuse

Visually inspect the belts for the following:
• Cracks.
• Glazing.
• Tears or cuts.
Replace the belt set if one or more of the belts exhibit
cracks, glazing, tears, or cuts.
N14 Drive Belt, Cooling Fan
Visually inspect the pulley alignment. Pulley misalignment

must not exceed 0.5 mm per cm [0.0625-inch per foot] of
distance between the pulley centers. Inspect, repair, or
replace the fan hub or the fan hub support bracket if pulley
misalignment exceeds 0.5 mm per cm [0.0625-inch per
foot]. Refer to Procedure 008-036-007.
Install
Install new belts onto the pulley. When a drive pulley uses
two or more belts, replace the belts as a complete set.
NOTE: To prevent damage, do not roll a belt over the
pulley or pry it on with a tool.
Turn the adjusting screw to increase the belt tension.

NOTE: Belt tension can increase when the fan hub
mounting capscrews are tightened. Do not adjust the belt
tension to full value with the adjusting screw.
Tighten the capscrews until the fan hub is in correct

alignment with the fan hub bracket.
NOTE: Do not tighten the capscrews to full torque value.
Measure the belt tension.
Drive Belt, Water Pump N14
Refer to the Belt Tension Chart shown in Section V to

select the correct gauge and tension values for the belt
width.
A belt is considered used if it has been in operation for at
least 10 minutes.
Tighten the fan hub mounting capscrews.

Measure the belt tension again using belt tension gauge,
ST-1138. Adjust if necessary.
When satisfactory belt tension is obtained, loosen the

adjusting screw 1/2-turn to prevent breakage.
Drive Belt, Water Pump (008-003)

Remove
Remove the fan drive belts. Refer to Procedure
008-002-002.
N14 Drive Belt, Water Pump
Loosen the idler pulley shaft lock nut.

tension, and remove the water pump belt.
Inspect for Reuse

Visually inspect the idler and the water pump pulleys for
cracks or broken grooves. Replace if necessary. Refer to
Visually inspect and replace the belt for the following

characteristics:
• Cracks.
• Glazing.
• Tears or cuts.
Visually inspect the pulley alignment. Pulley misalignment

must not exceed 0.5 mm per cm [0.0625-inch per foot] of
distance between the pulley centers.
Replace the idler pulley or the water pump if they are
not in alignment. Refer to Procedures 008-064 and
008-062, respectively.
Coolant Temperature Gauge N14
Install
Install a new belt onto the pulleys.
Turn the adjusting screw to adjust belt tension.
NOTE: Belt tension can increase when the lock nut is
tightened. Do not adjust belt tension to full value with the
adjusting screw.
Use Part No. ST-1293 (Burroughs) or 3822525 (Click-

Type) Belt Tension Gauge to measure six-rib belt tension.
New Belt Tension Use Belt Tension*

710 N [160 lb] 290 to 580 N [65 to 130 lb]
* A belt is considered used if it has been in operation for

10 minutes or longer.
* If used belt tension is below the minimum, tighten to the
maximum value.
Tighten the idler pulley shaft lock nut.

Loosen the adjusting screw 1/2-turn to prevent breakage.
Measure the belt tension again. Adjust if necessary.
Coolant Temperature Gauge (008-004)

Initial Check
Check for a blown fuse in the temperature gauge sending
unit circuit.
Check the wiring from the gauge to the sending unit for a
broken connection.
N14 Coolant Filter
Coolant Filter (008-006)

General Information
Change the coolant filter at every oil and filter change
interval.
The correct coolant filter to be used is determined by the
total cooling system capacity and the oil drain interval.
Refer to Coolant Recommendations and Specifications in
Section V for the correct filter selection and test
procedures.
Remove
A manual shutoff valve is provided to prevent coolant
leakage while changing the coolant filter.
With the valve in the vertical position, the coolant flows to
and from the coolant filter. In the horizontal position, the
coolant flow is cut off to and from the coolant filter.
WARNING
Do not remove the radiator cap from a hot engine. Hot
steam will cause serious personal injury. Remove the
coolant system pressure cap, and close the coolant
filter head shutoff valve before removing the coolant
filter. Failure to do so can cause personal injury from
heated coolant spray.
Remove the radiator pressure cap.
Turn the coolant shutoff valve to the OFF position.
Remove and discard the coolant filter. Clean the gasket

surface on the filter head.
Coolant Filter Head N14
Install
CAUTION
Mechanical overtightening can distort the threads or
damage the filter head.
Apply a light film of lubricating oil to the coolant filter
gasket sealing surface before installing the coolant filter.
Install the filter as specified by the manufacturer.
CAUTION
Severe engine damage will result if the shutoff valve
is left closed.
After the filter has been changed, open the shutoff valve
and install the radiator pressure cap.
Operate the engine until the coolant temperature is above

82°C [180°F], and check for coolant leaks.
After a minimum of 30 minutes of operation, check the
coolant level and top off as needed with premixed coolant.
Coolant Filter Head (008-007)

Remove
The valve is in the "OFF" position when the valve is in the
horizontal position.
Close the manual shutoff valve.
Remove the coolant filter. Refer to Procedure
008-006-002.
N14 Coolant Filter Valve
Remove the coolant filter head insert.
Install
Install the insert into the oil cooler housing.
Tighten the insert.
Install the coolant filter.

Turn the manual shutoff valve to the "ON" position.
The valve is in the "ON" position when the valve is in the
vertical position.
Fill the engine with heavy duty coolant . Refer to
Procedure 008-018-028. Start the engine and check for
leaks.
Coolant Filter Valve (008-009)

Remove
008-018-005.
If coolant dam pressure tester, Part No. AFT-2000, is used
to draw a vacuum on the cooling system, it is not
necessary to drain the cooling system.
Coolant Filter Valve N14
WARNING
Coolant can be toxic. Dispose of in accordance with
local environmental regulations.
Remove the retaining capscrew and washer.
Remove the coolant filter valve and the o-ring.
Inspect for Reuse

Clean the filter head and the coolant filter valve with a fiber
brush and solvent.
Inspect the filter head and the coolant filter valve for
cracks, pitting, corrosion, or other damage. Replace if
damage is found.
N14 Coolant Filter Valve
Install
Install a new o-ring onto the coolant filter valve.
Lubricate the o-ring and valve with anti-seize lubricant,

Part No. 3824397, and install the coolant filter valve into
the filter head.
Install the retaining capscrew and washer.
Turn the valve to the "ON" position.
The valve is in the "ON" position when the valve is in the
vertical position.
Fill the engine with heavy duty coolant. Refer to Procedure

008-018-028. Start the engine and check for leaks.
Coolant Thermostat N14
Coolant Thermostat (008-013)

Test
WARNING
Do not remove the pressure cap from a hot engine.
Wait until the coolant temperature is below 50°C
[120°F] before removing the pressure cap. Heated
coolant spray or steam can cause personal injury.
NOTE: The N14 CELECT™ and CELECT™ Plus engines
has one engine coolant thermostat and one aftercooler
thermostat. The N14 STC engines have two engine
thermostats and no aftercooler thermostat. The illustration
reflects the N14 CELECT™ engine, but is representative
of all the engines.
The engine thermostat and the thermostat seal must
operate correctly for the engine to operate in the most
efficient temperature range. Overheating or overcooling
will shorten engine life.
Remove the upper radiator hose from the thermostat
housing.
Install a hose of the same size onto the thermostat housing

outlet long enough to reach a remote dry container used
to collect coolant.
Install and tighten a hose clamp onto the housing outlet.
Place the end of the hose into a dry container.
Operate the engine at rated rpm for one (1) minute.

Shut off the engine, and measure the amount of coolant
collected in the container.
The amount of coolant collected must not be more than
100 cc [3.3 fluid ounces].
N14 Coolant Thermostat
If more than 100 cc [3.3 fluid ounces] of coolant is

collected, the thermostat or the thermostat seal is leaking.
Follow the steps below.
Remove the thermostat. Refer to Procedure 008-014.

Inspect the thermostat seal. Refer to Procedure 008-016.
Inspect the thermostat for damage
Suspend the thermostat and a 100°C [212°F]

thermometer into a container of water. Do not allow the
thermostat or the thermometer to touch the sides of the
container.
Heat the water.
Record the temperatures at which the thermostat begins
to open and when it is fully open.
The nominal operating temperature is stamped on the

thermostat.
• The thermostat must begin to open within 1°C [2°F]
of nominal temperature.
• The thermostat must be fully open to at least 11 mm
[0.435 in] within 12°C [22°F] above nominal
temperature.
Replace the thermostat if it does not operate as
described.
Coolant Thermostat Housing N14
Coolant Thermostat Housing (008-014)

Remove
thermostats and no aftercooler thermostat. The artwork in
this procedure reflects the N14 CELECT™ engine but is
representative of all the engines.
008-018-005.
NOTE: If the coolant is to be used again, the container
must be free of oil and dirt. Before pouring coolant back
into the engine, it must be tested for SCA concentration.
Refer to Procedure 018-004-220.
Remove the upper radiator hose from the thermostat

housing, and disconnect the air compressor coolant return
line from the thermostat housing.
Remove the capscrews that attach the thermostat housing

to the rocker lever housing.
Remove the thermostat housing from the water transfer

tube.
N14 Coolant Thermostat Housing
Remove the thermostat cover capscrews and

disassemble the thermostat housing.
If the thermostat housing assembly is being replaced,
remove the CELECT™ coolant temperature sensor at this
time from the thermosat housing.
Remove the thermostat from the cover.

Inspect the thermostat seal and the thermostat cover
gasket surface. Refer to Procedure 008-016-007.
Install
Install the thermostat into the cover.
Install a new gasket onto the thermostat housing.
Install the thermostat cover and mounting capscrews.
Install the CELECT™ coolant temperature sensor into the
thermostat housing.
Coolant Thermostat Housing N14
Install the thermostat housing assembly and mounting

gasket onto the rocker lever housing and onto the water
transfer tube.
Inspect the transfer tube o-ring. Replace if necessary.
Install the mounting capscrews and washers.

Install the upper radiator hose and the air compressor

coolant return line to the thermostat housing.
Tighten all hose clamps.

008-018-028. Start the engine and check for leaks.
N14 Coolant Thermostat Seal
Coolant Thermostat Seal (008-016)

Remove
Remove the thermostat seal. Do not damage the
thermostat cover.
Clean
Clean and inspect the thermostat housing for cracks,
pitting, or other damage.
Replace if damage is found.
Inspect for Reuse

Visually inspect the thermostat seal for cracks, corrosion,
or other damage. Replace if necessary.
Install
CAUTION
When installing a new seal, the flat side of the seal
must be toward the mandrel for correct installation.
Use thermostat seal mandrel, Part No. ST-1225, and a
lead hammer to install the seal.
A counterbore in the housing bore locates the seal.
Cooling System N14
Coolant Vent Lines (008-017)

Initial Check
The cooling system must be designed to allow air to
escape while filling the coolant system.
During engine operation, coolant will continuously flow

through the engine vent line to remove air from the
coolant.
The cooling system vent line is plumbed from a special

connection located on the top of the front water manifold.
The line then goes to the radiator fill tank or auxiliary tank
above the coolant level.
Cooling System (008-018)

Drain
Position the vehicle on level ground.
N14 Cooling System
WARNING
[120°F] before removing the system pressure cap.
Failure to do so can cause personal injury from heated
coolant spray.
Remove the radiator cap after the engine is cool.
WARNING
Coolant is toxic. Keep away from children and pets. If
not reused, dispose of in accordance with local
Drain the cooling system as follows:
• Open the radiator draincocks.
• Remove the lower radiator hose(s).
If the coolant is to be used again, the container must be
free of oil and dirt. Before pouring coolant back into the
engine, it must be tested for SCA concentration. Refer to
Procedure 018-004.
• Open the engine draincock.

• Open the oil cooler draincock (or plug).
Fill
Close the radiator draincocks.
Install the lower radiator hose(s).
Tighten the hose clamps.
Cooling System N14
Close the engine draincock.

Close the oil cooler draincock (or plug).
Cummins Inc. recommends using either a 50/50 mixture

of good quality water and fully formulated antifreeze, or
fully formulated coolant when filling the cooling system.
The fully formulated antifreeze or coolant must meet TMC
RP 329 or TMC RP 330 specifications.
Good quality water is important for cooling system

performance. Excessive levels of calcium and magnesium
contribute to scaling problems, and excessive levels of
chlorides and sulfates cause cooling system corrosion.
Cummins Inc. recommends using Fleetguard® Compleat.

It is available in both glycol forms (ethelyne and propylene)
and complies with TMC standards.
N14 Cooling System
Fill the cooling system with heavy duty coolant and install
the correct service filter. Refer to Procedure 018-004.
NOTE: Some radiators have two fill locations, both of

which must be filled when the cooling system is drained.
Fill the cooling system with coolant to the bottom of the fill
neck in the radiator fill (or expansion) tank.
Install the radiator or expansion tank fill cap.

C [180°F], and check for leaks.
WARNING
Shut off the engine, and allow it to cool.
Cooling System N14
CAUTION
Do not add cold coolant to a hot engine. This can
cause engine casting damage. Allow the engine to
cool to below 50°C [120°F] before adding coolant.
Remove the radiator or fill cap, and check the coolant level
per the OEM service manual recommendations. Add
coolant if necessary. Do not over fill.
Pressure Test
WARNING
Wait until the temperature is below 50°C [120°F]
before removing the coolant system pressure cap.
Failure to do so can cause personal injury from heated
coolant spray.
To confirm and locate external cold coolant leaks, it is
not necessary to warm the engine.
Check the coolant level per the OEM service manual

recommendations and fill, if necessary.
Add heavy duty coolant. Refer to 018-004 for description.
CAUTION
Do not apply more than 140 kPa [20 psi] air pressure
to the cooling system. The water pump seal can be
damaged.
If the radiator is equipped with a pressure relief valve,
install a plug into the overflow tube (1).
Install the pressure tester onto the radiator fill neck or
surge tank (if equipped), and apply 140 kPa [20 psi]
maximum air pressure.
N14 Cooling System - Air or Combustion Gas Test
Inspect for coolant leaks and repair if necessary.

Remove the pressure test equipment and the plug from
the pressure relief valve overflow tube (if equipped).
Install the coolant system pressure cap.
Cooling System - Air or Combustion

Gas Test (008-019)
Initial Check
Air in Cooling System
WARNING
before removing the pressure cap. Heated coolant
spray or steam can cause personal injury.
Allow the engine to cool and remove the radiator cap.
The pressure cap must make a tight seal.

Install a radiator pressure cap which has had the spring
and pressure relief valve removed.
Attach a rubber hose to the radiator overflow connection.
Place the free end of the hose into a container of water.
Cooling System - Air or Combustion Gas Test N14
Operate the engine at rated rpm until it reaches a

temperature of 80°C [180°F] with the thermostat open.
Check for a continuous flow of air bubbles from the hose
into the water container.
A continuous flow of air bubbles can be caused by one of

the following:
• Fan, shutter, or heater air control thermostat valve
leaking air.
• An air compressor cylinder head leak.
If a continuous flow of air bubbles is present, perform the
combustion gas leak test as outlined in this procedure.
If one of the air control valves or the air compressor was

not the source of air entering the cooling system, perform
the combustion gas leak test outlined as outlined in this
procedure.
If air is not air is found in the cooling system, complete the

following:
• Remove the test equipment.
• Check the coolant level and fill if necessary.
• Install the radiator pressure cap.
• Operate the engine until it reaches a temperature of
Leak Test
Fan, Shutter, or Heater Air Control Valve
CAUTION
The engine can overheat with the fan control or the
shutter air control valve disconnected. Monitor the
engine coolant temperature while performing this
test. The coolant temperature must not exceed 100°
C [212°F].
Disconnect the vehicle air supply hose to the fan, the

shutter, and the heater air control valve. Install a plug into
the air supply hose. If the vehicle is equipped with more
than one air control valve, check only one valve at a time.
Start the engine and run for five minutes before testing for
air in the coolant. This will allow any trapped air to purge
from the system.
Repeat the test for air in the cooling system as previously
described in this procedure. If air is not found in the
cooling system with the air control valve(s) isolated, install
a new control valve.
Air Compressor
CAUTION
The air compressor discharge line must be
disconnected at the compressor to allow the
compressor to discharge air to the atmosphere during
this next test to prevent the compressor from
overheating. Do not run the engine over five minutes
with components isolated from the cooling system.
Component damage can occur.
Disconnect the coolant supply and the return tubes from

the air compressor.
Use a short piece of hose to connect the tubes together to
prevent coolant loss during engine operation.

described in the air in the cooling system test. If air is
not found in the cooling system, with the air compressor
isolated, repair or replace the air compressor. Refer to
Procedure 012-014.
Aftercooler Core
Disconnect the coolant supply and the return hoses from
the aftercooler. Plug the hoses after removing them from
the aftercooler.
The engine must be operated at rated speed and full load
to detect air in the cooling system because of a defective
aftercooler core.

described.
If air is notfound in the cooling system with the aftercooler
isolated, install a new aftercooler, refer to Procedure
010-001.
Cylinder Head and Cylinder Liner

Perform the air in the cooling system test outlined in this
procedure.
If the engine still fails the test for air in the cooling system
with the fan, shutter controls, and the air compressor
isolated from the cooling system, or if the combustion leak
test is positive, pressure check the cylinder heads. Refer
If leakage is not found from the cylinder head test, check

for cylinder block counterbore leaks. Refer to Procedure
001-058.
Combustion Gas Leak

Remove the front pipe plug from each rocker lever
housing water manifold and install a short nipple.
A 305 mm [12 in] clear tygon tube can be Installed a onto
each nipple.
If a tube was installed fill each tube with coolant.
Remove the water pump drive belt. Refer to Procedure

008-002.
Run the engine and insect for bubbles percolating from

the pipe nipples, or in the clear tubing if used.
A positive result from the combustion gas leak tester
indicates the following:
• Cylinder liner protrusion not correct or cracked.
• Cylinder head gasket, cylinder head casting
leakage, or injector sleeve leaking. Refer to
Procedure 002-004.
If bubbles do not appear, install the water pump drive belt.
Refer to Procedure 008-002
An optional method of testing is to use the combustion gas

tester, Part Number 3822985, or its equivalent to test for
combustion gases in the cooling system.
It is recommended that the cooling system contain a
mixture of 50 percent antifreeze and 50 percent water
during the combustion gas leak test.
The use of water only can result in a color change in the
test fluid from blue to turquoise or light green during the
test. This is not an indication of a combustion gas leak.
Drain the coolant level down approximately 50 mm [2 in]

below the radiator cap seal ledge in the radiator fill neck.
Pour the test fluid into the combustion gas leak test
instrument until it is up to the yellow fill line on the
instrument.
Insert the rubber tip of the combustion gas leak test

instrument into the radiator fill neck. Hold the instrument
down firmly and turn back and forth to make sure that an
air tight seal is formed between the tester and the radiator
fill neck.
Start the engine and run at high idle for approximately 30

minutes.
Monitor the engine temperature and color of the test fluid
during engine operation.
Do not allow the engine temperature to exceed 100°C
[212°F] during the test.
If the color of the test fluid changes from blue to yellow

anytime during the test, combustion gases are leaking into
the cooling system.
Discontinue the test if the color of test fluid changes from
blue to yellow.
If the color of the test fluid does not change from blue to
yellow during the 30 minute test period, return the engine
to low idle.
Check the test instrument to make sure it is firmly sealed

in the radiator fill neck.
Insert the tip of the rubber ball into the hole in the top of
the test instrument. Squeeze the rubber ball 2 to 3 minutes
to draw air from the radiator through the test fluid.
If the color of the test fluid remains blue, combustion
gases are not entering the cooling system.
If the color of the test fluid changes from blue to yellow,
combustion gases are entering the cooling system.
Investigation is required to determine the source of the
combustion leak.
As the cooling system warms up to operating temperature,

air will be expelled through the combustion gas tester in
the form of bubbles in the test fluid. This is because
normal expansion of the coolant.
Do not mistake the presence of air bubbles in the tester
as combustion gases or air leaks into the cooling system.
A change in the color of the test fluid from blue to yellow
is the only indication of combustion gas in the cooling
system.
A positive result from the combustion gas leak tester

indicates the following:
• Cylinder liner protrusion not correct or cracked.
• Cylinder head gasket, cylinder head casting
leakage, or injector sleeve leaking. Refer to
Procedure 002-004.
Discard the tester fluid if it has indicated positive.
A negative result from the combustion gas leak tester,

coupled with a continuous flow of air bubbles from the
previous test, indicates the following:
• Defective fan, shutter, or heater air control valve.
• Air compressor head or head gasket leakage.
• Air entrained due to a bad radiator check valve or
incorrect fill.
• Cylinder liner protrusion not correct.
• Cracked cylinder liner.
• Cylinder head or gasket leakage.
Overflow Method
WARNING
Allow the engine to cool, and remove the radiator cap.
Install a radiator pressure cap which has had the spring

and the pressure relief valve removed to allow free flow
from the overflow tube.
Attach a rubber hose to the radiator overflow connection.
Put the free end of the hose below the water level in a
container of water.
The pressure cap must be tightly sealed in the top of the
radiator fill neck.
The engine coolant temperature must be stable to

perform this test. An increasing coolant temperature will
give a false indication of air due to expansion of the
coolant in the system.
Operate the engine at rated rpm until it reaches a
temperature of 82°C [180°F].
Check for a continuous flow of air bubbles from the hose
in the water container.
Sight Glass Method

The cooling system diagnostic kit, Part Number 3822994,
contains a sight glass and can be used to detect air or
combustion gases in the cooling system.
The needle valve (1) on the coolant sight glass analyzer,

Part Number 3823211, must be installed on the block
pressure side of the sight glass (2).
Install coolant sight glass analyzer, Part Number 3823211,
to the engine block pressure and water pump inlet
pressure Compuchek® fittings.
The coolant sight glass analyzer, Part Number 3823211,

must be full of water or coolant before the test is begun.
Air in the analyzer can lead to false indications of air in the
cooling system.
To fill the analyzer with coolant, complete the below listed
steps.
Install a male quick connect fitting, Part Number 3377244

or 3377245, into the water pump inlet pressure side of the
analyzer.
Place the water pump inlet pressure side of the analyzer
in a bucket.
Open the needle valve on the analyzer.

Install the block pressure side of the analyzer to the
engine.
After the analyzer is full of coolant, disconnect the male
quick connect and continue with the test.
WARNING
Loosen the radiator cap to prevent any pressure buildup
in the top tank.
Start the engine.

Open the needle valve between 1/16 and 1/4 turn and look
for bubbles in the sight glass.
Presence of bubbles indicates air or combustion gases in
the cooling system.
Use the needle valve to control the coolant flow through

the sight glass. Restricting the flow permits easier
detection of air bubbles.
Fan Clutch, Electric N14
A continuous flow of air bubbles indicates the following:

• Entrained air because of incorrect fill or inadequate
venting.
• Defective fan, shutter, or heater air control valve.
• Air compressor head or head gasket leakage.
• Cylinder liner protrusion not correct.
• Cylinder head or gasket leakage.
• Cracked cylinder liner.
If no air is found in the system, do the following:

• Remove the test equipment.
• Check the coolant level and fill if necessary.
• Install the radiator pressure cap.
• Operate the engine until it reaches a temperature of
Fan Clutch, Electric (008-026)

Initial Check
This type of fan clutch is activated when zero VDC from
the vehicle electrical system is applied.
The clutch will disengage when 12 VDC is applied.
If the fan does not operate within the temperature range

on the Thermal Control Setting Chart located in the front
of this section, the fan clutch and the controls must be
checked. Refer to the fan clutch manufacturer's service
manual.
N14 Fan Clutch, Electric
To operate, the Cummins® electric fan clutch must

receive zero VDC to engage and 12 VDC to disengage. To
make sure correct electrical connections have been
made, refer to the CELECT™ Troubleshooting and Repair
Manual, Bulletin 3666084 or CELECT™ Plus
Troubleshooting and Repair Manual, Bulletin 3666130.
Inspect the wires and harnesses to make sure none are
broken or shorted. Replace harnesses or wires that are
broken.
The Cummins® electric fan clutch contains an

electromagnetic coil. If the fan is not operating and all the
electrical circuits are okay, the coil can have an open
circuit.
Measure the continuity across the isolated coil. Connect
one volt-ohm meter lead to pin A in the fan clutch
connector. Connect the other lead to pin B.
The resistance must be approximately 8 ohms. If the
resistance is not 8 ohms, replace the fan clutch.
Preparatory Steps
WARNING
reduce the possibility of arcing, remove the (-)
negative battery cable first and attach the negative
battery cable last.
Disconnect the batteries.
Disconnect the fan clutch connector on the base harness

from the fan clutch.
Fan Clutch, Electric N14
Remove the cooling fan from the engine. Refer to

Procedure 008-040.
Loosen the fan idler pulley shaft lock nut.

the fan belt tension.
Remove the fan drive belt. Refer to Procedure 008-002.
Remove
Remove the fan hub, clutch, and capscrews from the
engine.
N14 Fan Clutch, Electric
Install
Install the fan hub, clutch, and capscrews. Tighten the
capscrews alternately and evenly.
Finishing Steps
Install the fan belt onto the engine. Refer to Procedure
008-002.
Install the cooling fan. Refer to Procedure 008-040.
Connect the fan clutch connector on the base harness to

the fan clutch.
Fan Clutch, On-Off N14
WARNING
reduce the possibility of arcing, remove the (-)
negative battery cable first and attach the negative
battery cable last.
Connect the batteries.
Fan Clutch, On-Off (008-027)

Preparatory Steps
Remove the cooling fan. Refer to Procedure 008-040.
Do not discard the fan spacers. The spacers provide the
thickness needed to install the fan in the correct position.
Disconnect the signal line.
Remove
Loosen the capscrews which attach the fan hub to the
bracket.
N14 Fan Clutch, On-Off
Remove the fan hub adjusting capscrew, and remove the

fan belts.
Remove the fan hub capscrews, and remove the fan hub.
Install
Install the fan hub assembly onto the fan hub bracket. The
capscrew must not be tightened at this time.
Install the fan drive belts onto the fan hub and the
accessory pulley. Do not tighten the belts.
Fan Clutch, Viscous N14
Install the fan hub adjusting screw.
Finishing Steps
Install the cooling fan. Refer to Procedure 008-040.
Install the fan hub signal line.

Tighten the fan belts. Refer to Procedure 008-002.
Fan Clutch, Viscous (008-028)

Test
Use a fan RPM measuring device to check the operation
of the viscous fan hub. A strobe or Cummins optical
tachometer, Part No. 3377462, can be used.
N14 Fan Clutch, Viscous
Mark a spot on the fan hub pulley and on one fan blade
so the measuring device can determine the pulley and the
fan speed. Reflective tape, Part No. 3377464, in Cummins
optical tachometer, Part No. 3377462, can be used to
mark the fan blade and the pulley. (Refer to Service Tools
Instruction, Bulletin No. 3377544, for more information.)
While the engine is still warm and the vehicle is shut off,
cover the radiator grill.
Leave a hole approximately 0.3 m [1-foot] in diameter in
the cardboard to allow some air flow to the viscous fan
hub.
Start the engine. Idle the engine for 3 to 5 minutes. Lock

the throttle in a "HIGH IDLE" position.
On CELECT™ engines, use the PTO option to operate the
engine at maximum PTO engine RPM.
Refer to the CELECT™ System Troubleshooting and
Repair Manual, Bulletin No. 3666084.
WARNING
The fan will engage when the engine is started. To
avoid personal injury, do not put your hands in the
path of the rotating fan.
CAUTION
Do not exceed 100°C [212°F] (104°C [220°F] for the
N14-460E) coolant temperature. Higher coolant
temperatures can damage the engine.
Fan Clutch, Viscous N14
When the coolant temperature reaches 91°C [195°F],

measured fan speed must reach a minimum of 85 percent
of a pulley speed.
The measured fan speed divided by the measured fan hub
(pulley) speed must be greater than or equal to 0.85.
Measured Fan Speed >= 0.85
Fan Hub (Pulley) Speed
While the engine is still at high idle, remove the radiator

grill cover. The fan speed must begin to decrease after
one (1) minute and eventually drop to a maximum of 50
percent of the input pulley speed.
If the viscous fan hub fails this test, have it checked by an
authorized fan hub dealer for repair or replacement.
If the fan does not operate within the temperature range

indicated in the Thermal Control Settings Chart shown in
the front of this section, the fan clutch and the controls
must be checked. Refer to the fan clutch manufacturer's
service manual.
If a fan speed measuring device is not available and the

complaint is overheating, remove the viscous fan hub
bimetal strip and the control pin. This will cause the fan
hub to operate all the time.
N14 Fan Clutch, Viscous
If the overheating complaint does not occur with the

control pin removed, install the control pin and take the
fan hub to an authorized fan hub dealer for repair or
replacement.
Remove
Loosen and remove the capscrews or the hexagon nuts
which hold the viscous fan clutch to the fan hub.
NOTE: Do not discard the fan spacers. The spacers
provide the thickness needed to install the fan in the
correct position.
Carefully remove the fan and clutch assembly from the fan
shroud, and put it on a workbench with the pin side up.
Remove the capscrews or the hexagon nuts which hold
the fan to the clutch.
NOTE: If the control pin is removed, the control pin side
of the assembly must be up to prevent fluid loss which will
result in incorrect fan clutch performance.
Install
Install the fan on the viscous fan clutch. Install the
capscrews or the hexagon nuts which hold the fan to the
clutch.
Fan Hub, Belt Driven N14
Make sure the correct number of spacers are still on the

fan hub.
Tighten the mounting capscrews or hexagon nuts.
Refer to the manufacturer's recommendation for torque
value.
Carefully install the fan and clutch assembly into the fan
shroud.
Tighten the mounting capscrews to the vehicle
manufacturer's specifications.
Fan Hub, Belt Driven (008-036)

Remove
NOTE: Do not discard the fan spacers. The spacers
provide the thickness needed to install the fan in the
correct position.
Remove the fan.
tension. Remove the adjusting screw, and remove the
belts. Refer to Procedure 008-002.
NOTE: Optional two capscrew or four capscrew designs

are available.
Remove the capscrews and the fan hub.
N14 Fan Hub, Belt Driven
Remove the fan drive belts. Refer to Procedure 008-002.
Inspect for Reuse

Remove the fan drive belts. Refer to Procedure 008-002.
Inspect the fan hub for the following:

• Freedom of rotation
• Cracks
• Grease seal leakage.
Repair or replace the fan hub if the fan hub does not rotate
freely or if there is evidence of cracks or grease seal
leakage.
Measure the fan hub end clearance. The end clearance is

dependent upon the fan hub style.
Replace the fan hub if the end clearance is not within
specifications.
Fan Hub, Belt Driven N14
The end clearance on “Through-Bore” fan hubs (with

bearing spacers) must be 0.08 mm to 0.40 mm [0.003-inch
to 0.016-inch].
The end clearance on “Step-Bore” fan hubs (without

bearing spacers) must be 0.08 mm to 0.25 mm [0.003-inch
to 0.010-inch].
Install
Install the new fan hub and the capscrews.
Use your fingers to tighten the capscrews.
Install the fan drive belts onto the fan hub and the
accessory drive pulley. Do not tighten the belts.
N14 Fan, Cooling
Install the fan.

Adjust and tighten the fan drive belts. Refer to Procedure
008-002.
Tighten the mounting capscrews to the vehicle
Fan Shroud Assembly (008-038)

Inspect for Reuse
Inspect the fan shroud for the correct fan clearance. Refer
to the vehicle manufacturer's specifications.
Visually inspect the shroud for cracks, air leaks, or
damage. Replace if necessary. Refer to the
manufacturer's instructions.
Fan Spacer and Pulley (008-039)

Inspect for Reuse
Visually inspect the fan spacer and pulley (if used) for
cracks or damage. Replace if necessary.
Fan, Cooling (008-040)

Inspect for Reuse
WARNING
Do not rotate the engine by pulling or prying on the
fan. The fan blade(s) can be damaged and cause the
fan to fail and cause personal injury or property
damage. Use the accessory drive shaft or the
crankshaft barring tool to rotate the crankshaft.
Radiator N14
A visual inspection of the cooling fan is required daily.

Check for cracks, loose rivets, and bent or loose blades.
Check the fan to make sure it is securely mounted.
Tighten the capscrews, if necessary.
WARNING
Do not straighten a bent fan blade or continue to use
a damaged fan. A bent or damaged fan blade can fail
during operation and cause personal injury or
property damage.
Replace original equipment fan that is damaged with a fan

of the identical part number. Cummins Inc. must approve
any other fan changes to be covered under warranty.
Refer to the vehicle or equipment manufacturer's
specifications for capscrew torque.
Radiator (008-042)
Initial Check
Visually inspect the radiator for plugged radiator fins.
Use 550 kPa [80 psi] air pressure to blow the dirt and
debris from the fins. Blow the air in the opposite direction
of the fan air flow.
Inspect the CAC and the clearance between the CAC and
the radiator for trapped debris. Remove if necessary.
Remove any debris found.
N14 Radiator Pressure Cap
Visually inspect the radiator for bent or broken fins.

NOTE: If the radiator must be replaced due to bent or
broken fins which can cause the engine to overheat, refer
to the manufacturer's replacement procedures.
Visually inspect the radiator for core and gasket leaks.
WARNING
If a liquid refrigerant system must be removed before
removing the radiator, wear eye and face protection.
Wrap a cloth around the fittings before removing.
Liquid refrigerant can cause serious eye and skin
injury.
For environmental protection, federal law requires Freon
be recycled and not vented into the atmosphere.
Radiator Hoses (008-045)

Inspect for Reuse
Inspect all hoses for cracks, cuts or collapsing.
NOTE: The silicone engine coolant hose will exhibit
swelling due to the elasticity of the hose.
Radiator Pressure Cap (008-047)

Test
WARNING
Do not remove the radiator pressure cap until the
coolant temperature is below 50°C [120°F]. Failure to
do so can cause personal injury from heated coolant
spray.
Remove the radiator pressure cap.
Radiator Shutter Assembly N14
Pressure test the radiator cap.

The pressure cap must seal within 14 kPa [2 psi] of the
value stated on the cap, or it must be replaced.
Inspect for Reuse
WARNING
Do not remove the radiator pressure cap until the
coolant temperature is below 50°C [120°F]. Failure to
do so can cause personal injury from heated coolant
spray.
Remove the radiator cap.
Visually inspect the rubber seal of the pressure cap for

damage.
Visually inspect the radiator or expansion tank fill neck for
cracks or other damage.
Refer to the radiator manufacturer's or vehicle
manufacturer's instructions if the fill neck is damaged.
NOTE: Make sure the correct pressure cap is used. Refer
to Cooling System Specifications.
Radiator Shutter Assembly (008-049)

Initial Check
Check the shutterstats and the thermatic fan annually for
cooling system temperature actuated systems.
Dual control systems are required for automatic radiator
shutters and thermatic fans. Shutters must open and fans
turned "ON" whenever the intake manifold air temperature
rises above its sensor set point or whenever the engine
coolant outlet temperature rises above its sensor set point.
Either condition high coolant temperature or high intake
manifold temperature must activate the shutters and/or
fan.
N14 Radiator Shutter Assembly
If winterfronts or radiator covers are used, a minimum

fixed opening of 3048 sq. mm [120 sq. in] (i.e., 254 x 305
mm [10 x 12 in], 127 x 610 mm [5 x 24 in], etc.) is required
at all times.
Shutterstat and thermatic fan controls must operate in
the same temperature range as the thermostat with which
they are used. Use the Thermal Control Settings Graph in
the front of this section.
Install a master temperature gauge which is known to be

accurate into the thermostat housing. A thermocouple can
be used.
Restrict the radiator air flow.

Operate the engine at maximum power.
When the coolant temperature reaches the temperature

stamped on the control, check the shutters to see if they
are open.
The shutters must be fully open.
Radiator Shutter Assembly N14
Return the engine to idle, and remove the radiator air

restriction.
When the coolant temperature drops to approximately 6°

C [10°F] below the temperature stamped on the control,
the shutters will be fully closed.
If the shutters do not operate correctly, refer to the shutter

manufacturer's service manual.
Begin the intake air temperature actuation test with the

engine cold (any stabilized coolant temperature at 60°C
[140°F] or below).
Install the engine onto the engine or chassis
dynamometer. Refer to Procedure 014-002 or 014-005.
N14 Radiator Shutter Assembly
Install a Fluke digital thermometer, Part Number 3822666,

and attach thermocouple wire kit, Part Number 3822988,
into the intake manifold.
Run the engine at low idle until oil pressure reaches 69

kPa [10 psi] minimum.
Immediately load the engine to full power so that air

temperature rises more quickly than the coolant
temperature.
Observe air sensing shutterstat switch actuating shutters

when the intake air reaches temperatures of 66°C to 99°
C [150°F to 210°F].
Heat Exchanger N14
If the air sensing shutterstat switch does not actuate the

shutters when the intake air temperature reaches 99°C
[210°F], the shutterstat sensor is defective.
Air sensing shutterstat switch will not actuate the shutters
until the intake manifold air temperature rises to 66°C to
99°C [150°F to 210°F] even though the sensing switch is
labeled 66°C [150°F].
Return the engine to idle speed. The shutters will typically

close when the intake manifold air temperature cools to
49°C to 66°C [120°F to 150°F].
If the shutters do not operate correctly, refer to the shutter

manufacturer's service manual.
Heat Exchanger (008-053)

Clean
Back flush the sea water passages of the heat exchanger.
N14 Sea Water Pump
Sea Water Pump (008-057)

Remove
Shut off the sea water inlet valve.
Remove the screws, cover, and gasket from the sea water
pump housing.
Note the rotation of the impeller before removing.

Remove the spline seal and impeller.

CAUTION
If the impeller has failed, the heat exchanger must be
flushed. Impeller debris can also drop into the pump
inlet opening. Make sure all debris is flushed before
installing the new impeller.
Inspect for damage such as rips, tears, or chunks of
material missing.
Replace as necessary.
Clean the impeller housing.
Remove any old gasket from the pump housing and cover
plate.
Check the housing for cracks or other damage.
Water Pump N14
Install
If installing the used impeller, note that the impeller is
returned to the housing with the same rotation as when it
was removed.
Use clean glycerin, silicone spray, or non-petroleum-base
lubricant to lubricate the impeller before installing it into
the housing.
Install the cover plate and a new gasket if necessary.
Open the sea water inlet valve.
Water Pump (008-062)

Remove
Drain the cooling system. Refer to Procedure 008-018.
N14 Water Pump
WARNING
Coolant is toxic. Keep away from children and pets. If
not reused, dispose of in accordance with local
008-003.
Remove the fan hub and the water pump idler assembly.
Refer to Procedures 008-036 and 008-064.
Remove the coolant inlet transfer connection from the

water pump.
NOTE: The water pump must be removed carefully to

prevent damage to the impeller.
Remove the six mounting capscrews from the water
pump.
Remove the water pump from the engine.
Remove the water pump out and in a downward direction
to clear the dowel pin, and disconnect the water transfer
tube attached to the thermostat housing.
Clean
Clean the water pump gasket surface on the cylinder
block.
Water Pump N14
Install
CAUTION
The water pump must have a dowel pin locating hole
(2) and an oil cooler return passage (1). Engine
damage can occur due to lack of coolant flow through
the oil cooler if this oil cooler return passage does not
exist.
Install the water transfer tube attached to the thermostat

housing into the water pump.
Inspect the transfer tube o-ring. Replace, if necessary.
Install the water pump to the block, using the six mounting
capscrews. Tighten the capscrews to the following torque
values:
Install the coolant inlet transfer connection and a new

gasket onto the water pump.
N14 Water Pump Idler Assembly
Install the fan hub and the water pump idler assembly.
Refer to Procedures 008-036 and 008-064.
Install and adjust the water pump belt. Refer to Procedure

008-003.
tightened.

008-018.
Start the engine and check for leaks.
Water Pump Idler Assembly (008-064)

Remove
008-003.
Water Pump Idler Assembly N14
Remove the lock nut and the washer from the back of the
idler pulley shaft.
Remove the adjusting screw.
Remove the idler pulley from the water pump body.
Install
NOTE: Do not tighten the lock nut until the water pump
drive belt has been installed and adjusted.
Install the new idler pulley into the water pump body.
Install the washer and the lock nut onto the back of the
pulley shaft.
Install the adjusting screw into the idler pulley shaft.

tightened. Do not adjust belt tension to full value with the
adjusting screws.
Install and adjust the water pump belt. Refer to Procedure
008-003.
N14
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09 Page 9-a
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09

Section Contents
Page
Accessory Drive ................................................................................................................................................9-2
Assemble..........................................................................................................................................................9-7
Clean and Inspect for Reuse.............................................................................................................................9-5
Disassemble.....................................................................................................................................................9-4
Finishing Steps...............................................................................................................................................9-10
Initial Check......................................................................................................................................................9-3
Install................................................................................................................................................................9-9
Measure............................................................................................................................................................9-6
Preparatory Steps.............................................................................................................................................9-2
Remove............................................................................................................................................................9-2
Accessory Drive Pulley ...................................................................................................................................9-11
Clean..............................................................................................................................................................9-12
Install..............................................................................................................................................................9-12
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 9-11
Accessory Drive Pulley Wear Sleeve ..............................................................................................................9-14
Install..............................................................................................................................................................9-14
Remove.......................................................................................................................................................... 9-14
Service Tools ....................................................................................................................................................9-1
Drive Units........................................................................................................................................................9-1
N14
Page 9-b Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09

N14 Service Tools
Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09 Page 9-1
Service Tools
Drive Units
Repair Location.

Standard Puller
Use to remove drive pulleys, impellers, air compressor weights, etc.
ST-647
Pulley Installation Assembly Tool

Use to assemble the accessory drive.
3376326
Seal/Wear Sleeve Installation Tool

Use to drive the accessory drive oil seal and wear sleeve into the gear
3824451 cover while mounted.
Wear Sleeve Removal Tool

Use to remove the accessory drive wear sleeve.
3824452
Accessory Drive N14
Page 9-2 Section 9 - Drive Units - Group 09
Accessory Drive (009-001)

Preparatory Steps
The air compressor and the fuel pump can be removed as
an assembly.
Remove the fuel pump. Refer to Procedure 005-016.
Remove the air compressor. Refer to Procedure 012-014.
The timing marks on the accessory drive gear and the

camshaft gear must be aligned so that the valve and the
injector set marks on the accessory drive pulley show the
correct adjustment position.
Timing marks can be seen through the gear cover straight
thread plug inspection hole.
Remove the accessory drive pulley. Refer to Procedure

009-004.
Remove the inspection hole straight thread plug in the
gear cover.
Remove
Check to make sure the timing marks on the camshaft
gear and the accessory drive gear are aligned with each
other.
If only the timing mark on the accessory drive gear is
visible through the inspection hole, rotate the crankshaft
one complete revolution in the direction of rotation to align
the timing marks on the camshaft gear and the accessory
drive gear.
N14 Accessory Drive
CAUTION
If the accessory drive dowel pin has not been
correctly installed in the accessory drive shaft, the
dowel pin must be removed before attempting to
remove the accessory drive to prevent damage to the
accessory drive bushing.
Remove the five capscrews and the accessory drive

assembly.
Clean the cylinder block and the accessory drive gasket
surfaces.
Remove the accessory drive seal. Refer to Procedure

001-003.
Initial Check
WARNING
WARNING
personal injury.
Remove all gasket material from surfaces (1) and (2).
Clean the exterior of the drive with solvent.
Accessory Drive N14
Measure the drive shaft end clearance.

mm in
0.05 MIN 0.002
0.225 MAX 0.009
If the shaft end clearance does not meet these
specifications, replace the drive unit.
Inspect the housing for cracks or damaged mounting

holes.
Inspect the drive gear (1) and splined coupling for
damaged teeth and wear.
Inspect the shaft (2) for scratches, scoring, or other
damage.
Replace as necessary.
Disassemble
CAUTION
Install a 3/8-16 X 3/4-inch capscrew (1) without the
washer into the shaft to prevent damage to the shaft
while the gear is being removed.
If the accessory drive is being disassembled for gear or
shaft replacement, inspect the housing.
Remove the special capscrew and washer.
Use coupling puller, Part Number 3376663, to remove the

splined coupling.
Use a three-jaw puller to remove the hub-type coupling.
Remove the capscrew.
N14 Accessory Drive
Remove the clamping washer.

Remove the gear and shaft assembly.
Remove the straight thread o-ring plugs from the housing.
WARNING
WARNING
personal injury.
Clean the parts with solvent.
Inspect the parts for damage.

If the gear or the shaft is damaged it must be replaced.
Inspect the shaft bore in the housing for scoring or

damage.
Accessory Drive N14
Measure
Measure the inside diameter of the shaft bore in the drive
housing.
Drive Shaft Bore Inside Diameter

mm in
33.426 MIN 1.3160
33.515 MAX 1.3194
Measure the drive shaft outside diameter.
Drive Shaft Journal Outside Diameter

mm in
Point 1 25.476 MIN 1.0030
25.489 MAX 1.0035
Point 2 33.274 MIN 1.3100
33.325 MAX 1.3120
Point 3 50.622 MIN 1.9930
50.673 MAX 1.9950
Point 4 34.963 MIN 1.3765
34.976 MAX 1.3770
Point 5 48.374 MIN 1.9045
48.387 MAX 1.9050
Measure the inside diameter of the splined coupling gear

or the hub coupling.
Splined Coupling Inside Diameter

mm in
25.400 MIN 1.0000
25.425 MAX 1.0010
Hub Coupling Inside Diameter

mm in
25.424 MIN 1.0010
25.438 MAX 1.0015
Measure the inside diameter of the drive pulley bore.
Drive Pulley Bore Inside Diameter

mm in
34.925 MIN 1.3750
34.945 MAX 1.3758
N14 Accessory Drive
Assemble
Use clean 15W-40 oil to lubricate the housing shaft bore.
Use Lubriplate® 105 or its equivalent to lubricate the front

thrust face on the housing.
Install the shaft and the gear.
Use Lubriplate® 105 or its equivalent to lubricate the rear

thrust face on the housing.
Install the clamping washer over the shaft.
The splined-type coupling must be installed with the

relieved area facing the clamping washer. The hub-type
coupling must be installed with the drive tangs facing
away from the clamping washer.
With the gear and shaft assembly supported in an arbor
press, use a mandrel to install the coupling. Push the
coupling until it touches the clamping washer.
Accessory Drive N14
CAUTION
The capscrew must contain an oil drilling if an air
compressor is to be mounted on the engine.
Install the washer and the capscrew.
Install the straight thread o-ring plugs in the housing.

Tighten the o-ring plugs.
Torque Value:
Aluminum 3 N•m [ 30 in-lb ]
Housing 5/16-24
Cast Iron Housing 6 N•m [ 50 in-lb ]
5/16-24
Aluminum 6 N•m [ 50 in-lb ]
Housing 3/8-24
Cast Iron Housing 11 N•m [ 100 in-lb ]
3/8-24
Rotate the shaft to check for correct assembly.

Measure the drive shaft end clearance at the end of the
shaft for accurate measurement.

mm in
0.10 MIN 0.004
0.225 MAX 0.009
If the end clearance is not within specifications, make sure

the coupling is positioned tightly against the clamping
washer.
N14 Accessory Drive
Install
Rotate the crankshaft until the accessory drive timing
marks on the camshaft gear are at approximately the 1:00
o'clock position.
Install a new gasket onto the accessory drive assembly.

Put the accessory drive shaft dowel pin at approximately
the 12:00 o'clock position when facing the shaft from the
pulley end.
Install the accessory drive assembly into the gear housing

accessory drive mounting hole.
Check the alignment of the camshaft gear and the
accessory drive gear timing marks.
Install and tighten the five accessory drive mounting

capscrews.
Accessory Drive N14
Install the accessory drive assembly into the gear housing

accessory drive mounting hole.
Check the alignment of the camshaft gear and the
accessory drive gear timing marks through the inspection
hole in the gear cover.
Install and tighten the five accessory drive mounting

capscrews.
Check the o-ring on the inspection hole plug. Replace the
o-ring if it is damaged.
Install and tighten the plug.
Finishing Steps
Install a new accessory drive seal into the gear cover.
Install the dowel pin into the accessory drive shaft (if
removed).
Install the accessory drive pulley. Refer to Procedure
009-004.
N14 Accessory Drive Pulley
Install the air compressor. Refer to Procedure 012-014.

Install the fuel pump. Refer to Procedure 005-016.

C [180°F] , and check for coolant or lubricating oil leaks.
Accessory Drive Pulley (009-004)

Remove
Remove the fan drive and the water pump belts. Refer to
Remove the freon compressor drive belt, if equipped.
Refer to the manufacturer's instructions.
Remove the pulley retaining nut.
CAUTION
The gear cover will be damaged if the puller
capscrews extend beyond the rear face of the
accessory drive pulley.
Use standard puller, Part No. ST-647, to remove the
pulley.
Accessory Drive Pulley N14
Remove the dust excluder seal from the back of the pulley.
Inspect the dust excluder for damage or wear. Replace if
necessary.
Clean
Clean the mating face and pulley bore. Inspect each area
for damage.
Inspect for Reuse

Visually inspect the pulley for cracks, wear in the belt
grooves, or other damage.
Install
Install the dust excluder seal by hand over the flange on
the back of the pulley. Locate the seal so that it is flush
with the hub of the pulley.
N14 Accessory Drive Pulley
NOTE: Make sure the pipe plug behind the pulley is

installed and tightened before pulley installation.
Apply a film of Lubriplate® 105 or its equivalent to the
accessory drive shaft.
Align the keyway in the pulley with the dowel pin in the
shaft.
Use your hand to partially push the pulley onto the shaft.
Install pulley installation tool, Part No. 3376326, onto the

accessory drive shaft; and press the pulley onto the shaft
until it fits against the shaft flange.
The dust excluder seal will automatically locate itself into
the correct position.
Install the washer and the flanged retaining nut onto the
accessory drive shaft. Keep the crankshaft from rotating
and tighten the nut.
Install the water pump and fan drive belts. Refer to

Install the freon compressor drive belt, if equipped. Refer
to the manufacturer's instructions.
Accessory Drive Pulley Wear Sleeve N14
Accessory Drive Pulley Wear Sleeve

(009-005)
Remove
After the seal has been removed, position the wear sleeve
removal tool, Part No. 3824452, on the accessory drive
wear sleeve so that the rounded end makes contact along
the entire wear sleeve and tap with a hammer until the
sleeve loosens.
NOTE: The wear sleeve will not break open but will
loosen to allow removal.
Remove the sleeve.
Inspect for Reuse

If the oil seal wear surface on the accessory drive shaft is
mutilated or has a groove worn deep enough that it can
be felt with a fingernail, a wear sleeve must be installed.
Install
Accessory Drive Shaft Wear Sleeve (if required)
Installation Replacement
Clean the shaft where the wear sleeve is to be installed.
Remove dents or burrs if present.
Screw the inner portion of the pusher tool, Part No.

3376085, onto the end of the accessory drive shaft.
N14 Accessory Drive Pulley Wear Sleeve
Place the wear sleeve to be installed in position. Install the

seal/wear sleeve installation tool, Part No. 3824451, on
the shaft against the wear sleeve with the small end
toward the wear sleeve. Screw the outer portion of the
pusher tool, Part No. 3376085, on the inner portion.
Tighten until the installation tool touches the end of the
shaft.
NOTE: Make sure the wear sleeve is square to the
installation tool at the start and maintain squareness as
the wear sleeve is being pushed.
Accessory Drive Pulley Wear Sleeve N14
Notes
N14
Section 10 - Air Intake System - Group 10 Page 10-a
Section 10 - Air Intake System - Group 10

Section Contents
Page
Aftercooler .......................................................................................................................................................10-2
Clean..............................................................................................................................................................10-4
Install..............................................................................................................................................................10-6
Pressure Test..................................................................................................................................................10-4
Remove..........................................................................................................................................................10-2
Air Intake Manifold ..........................................................................................................................................10-8
Install..............................................................................................................................................................10-9
Remove..........................................................................................................................................................10-8
Air Intake Restriction .................................................................................................................................... 10-18
Measure........................................................................................................................................................10-18
Air Leaks, Air Intake and Exhaust Systems .................................................................................................10-10
Maintenance Check.......................................................................................................................................10-10
Charge-Air Cooler ..........................................................................................................................................10-12
Clean and Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................................................... 10-13
Install............................................................................................................................................................10-14
Leak Test......................................................................................................................................................10-14
Pressure Differential Test..............................................................................................................................10-16
Preferred Method....................................................................................................................................... 10-16
Optional Method.........................................................................................................................................10-17
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................10-12
Temperature Differential Test........................................................................................................................10-15
Service Tools ...................................................................................................................................................10-1
Air Intake System............................................................................................................................................10-1
Turbocharger .................................................................................................................................................10-19
Check for Correct Component.......................................................................................................................10-24
General Information.......................................................................................................................................10-19
Inspect for Reuse..........................................................................................................................................10-20
Install............................................................................................................................................................10-22
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................10-19
Turbocharger Axial Clearance ......................................................................................................................10-24
Measure........................................................................................................................................................10-24
Turbocharger Blade Damage ........................................................................................................................10-25
Install............................................................................................................................................................10-26
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................10-25
Turbocharger Compressor Seal Leaks .........................................................................................................10-26
Leak Test......................................................................................................................................................10-26
Turbocharger Radial Bearing Clearance .......................................................................................................10-27
Measure........................................................................................................................................................10-27
Turbocharger Turbine Seal Leaks ................................................................................................................10-28
Leak Test......................................................................................................................................................10-28
N14
Page 10-b Section 10 - Air Intake System - Group 10

N14 Service Tools
Section 10 - Air Intake System - Group 10 Page 10-1
Service Tools
Air Intake System
Repair Location.

Dial Depth Gauge
Use to measure turbocharger axial motion.
ST-537
Fluorescent Tracer
Add to oil. Use with black light to find oil leaks.
3376891
Black Light (AC)

Inspect for oil or fuel leak.
3377253
Black Light (DC)

Inspect for oil or fuel leak.
3377394
Aftercooler N14
Page 10-2 Section 10 - Air Intake System - Group 10
Aftercooler (010-001)
Remove
WARNING
Coolant can be toxic. Dispose of in accordance with
local environmental regulations.
008-018-005.
Remove the air crossover connection or tube.
Remove the support clamps from the aftercooler transfer

tubes.
Remove the hoses from the aftercooler coolant inlet and
outlet connections.
Remove the air compressor air inlet tube.

Remove the AFC signal tube and any other hoses which
are attached to the aftercooler housing (turbocharger
boost pressure, etc.).
N14 Aftercooler
Remove one mounting capscrew and washer at each end

of the housing.
Install a guide stud in each capscrew mounting hole.
NOTE: Two guide studs are required to support the
aftercooler assembly during removal.
Remove the remaining mounting capscrews and washers.
WARNING
Because this assembly weighs more than 23 kg [50
lbs], two people or a hoist will be required to lift the
aftercooler assembly to avoid personal injury.
Remove the aftercooler assembly.
Remove the gaskets.
Remove the coolant inlet connection.

Remove the coolant outlet connection.
Aftercooler N14
Remove the capscrews and washers which secure the

aftercooler to the housing.
Remove the aftercooler core from the housing.
Remove the strip seal.
Clean
Steam clean the parts, and dry with compressed air.
NOTE: Clean the aftercooler core with a solvent or
chemical which will not harm copper or aluminum.
If the engine experiences a turbocharger failure or any
other occasion where oil or debris is put into the
aftercooler, the afterccoler must be cleaned.
Inspect for Reuse

Visually inspect the parts for cracks or damage.
NOTE: Pressure test the aftercooler core. Refer to
Pressure Test
Remove and disassemble the aftercooler assembly. Refer
to Procedure 010-001-002.
N14 Aftercooler
Install the hose (1), the hose clamps (2), and the solid pipe
plug (3) on the water outlet pipe.
Install the hose (4), the hose clamps (5), and the water inlet
tube (6) on the water inlet pipe.
Install the hose (7), the hose clamps (8), and the air
pressure gauge (9).
Connect the air pressure gauge to a regulated air supply,

and apply 276 kPa [40 psi] air pressure.
Submerge the core or aftercooler assembly in a tank of
water heated to 80°C [180°F].
If air bubbles appear, the core is damaged. Replace the
core or aftercooler assembly.
Remove the core or aftercooler assembly from the water

tank.
Remove the test equipment.

Aftercooler N14
Assemble and install the aftercooler. Refer to Procedure

010-001-026.
Install
Install a new strip seal and the aftercooler cover to the
housing.
Install and tighten the capscrews.
Install two guide studs in the cylinder heads.
WARNING
Because its assembly weighs more than 23 kg [50
aftercooler assembly to avoid personal injury.
Install new gaskets, and install the aftercooler assembly
on the guide studs.
Install the capscrews and washers.

Remove the guide studs, and install the remaining two
capscrews and washers.
N14 Aftercooler
Tighten the capscrews in the sequence shown to the

following:
Install the coolant inlet and the outlet connections.

Tighten the hose clamps.
Install the air compressor air inlet tube.

Install the AFC signal tube and any other hoses which are
attached to the aftercooler housing (turbocharger boost
pressure, etc.).
Install the air crossover connection or tube.

Air Intake Manifold N14
Fill the cooling system. Start the engine, and check for
leaks. Refer to Procedure 008-013-028.
Air Intake Manifold (010-023)

Remove
Disconnect the intake air piping from the CAC to the inlet
air connector.
Disconnect the air supply line from the air compressor to

the intake manifold.
Remove the Compuchek® sensors.

Remove the intake manifold temperature and pressure
sensors.
N14 Air Intake Manifold
Remove the four capscrews that attach the intake air

connector to the intake manifold.
Remove the nine capscrews and remove the intake
manifold.
Inspect for Reuse

Visually inspect the intake manifold for cracks, fretting, or
other damage.
Clean and visually inspect mating surfaces on the cylinder
head for cracks and fretting.
Replace the manifold if cracks or other damage are found.
Install
Use new gasket(s) and install the intake manifold onto the
cylinder head mounting surfaces.
Install and tighten the nine capscrews.
Install the compressor supply air line from the air

compressor to the intake manifold.
Air Leaks, Air Intake and Exhaust Systems N14
Install the intake air connector and tighten the four

capscrews.
Install the intake air piping from the CAC to the air inlet
connection on the intake manifold and tighten the clamp.
Torque Value:
Connection 34 N•m [ 25 ft-lb ]
Clamp 8.5 N•m [ 75 in-lb ]
Install all Compuchek® sensors.

Install the intake manifold temperature and pressure
sensors.
Torque Value:
Intake Manifold 34 N•m [ 25 ft-lb ]
Temperature
Sensor
Intake Manifold 30 N•m [ 22 ft-lb ]
Pressure Sensor
Intake Manifold 1.4 N•m [ 115 in-lb ]
Compuchek®
Sensor
(Pressure)
Air Leaks, Air Intake and Exhaust

Systems (010-024)
Maintenance Check
CAUTION
Engine intake air must be filtered to prevent dirt and
debris from entering the engine. If intake air piping is
damaged or loose, unfiltered air will enter the engine
and cause premature wear.
Visually inspect for loose clamps or damage between the
intake air piping, air cleaner, turbocharger, CAC, and
intake manifold.
Replace damaged pipes, and tighten loose clamps.
Torque Value: 8.5 N•m [ 75 in-lb ]
N14 Air Leaks, Air Intake and Exhaust Systems
Operate the engine at full throttle and maximum load and

check for air leaks. Listen for whistling noise caused by
high pressure air leaks.
The noise can be caused by an air leak from the following:

Turbocharger to CAC elbow connection.
• Inspect the connection and o-ring seal for damage.
• Tighten the V-band clamps.
Any CAC piping or connecting hose.

• Inspect the hose and piping for damage.
• Tighten the hose clamps.
Turbocharger to exhaust manifold mounting gasket.

• Replace the gasket. Refer to Procedure
010-033-026.
Charge-Air Cooler N14
Turbine housing sealing surface air leak.

• Tighten the V-band clamp.
• Check for an air leak.
• If an air leak is still present, remove and replace the
turbocharger. Refer to Procedures 010-033-002 and
010-033-026.
Compressor housing sealing surface air leak.

• Tighten the V-band.
• Check for an air leak.
• If an air leak is still present, remove and replace the
turbocharger. Refer to Procedures 010-033-002 and
010-033-026.
Charge-Air Cooler (010-027)

Remove
If the engine experiences a turbocharger failure or any
other occasion where oil or debris is put into the charge-
air cooler, the charge-air cooler must be cleaned.
Remove the charge-air cooler from the vehicle. Refer to
the vehicle manufacturer's instructions.
N14 Charge-Air Cooler
WARNING
for cleaning. Wear goggles and protective clothing to
CAUTION
Do not use caustic cleaners to clean the charge-air
cooler. Damage to the charge-air cooler will result.
Flush the charge-air cooler internally with solvent in the
opposite direction of normal air flow. Shake the charge-air
cooler and lightly tap on the end tanks with a rubber mallet
to dislodge trapped debris. Continue flushing until all
debris or oil is removed.
Make sure that the tubes are in the vertical direction when
flushing.
If the debris can not be totally removed from the charge-
air cooler, the charge-air cooler must be replaced.
WARNING
personal injury.
CAUTION
The charge-air cooler must be rinsed, dried, and free
of solvent, oil, and debris or engine damage will
result.
After the charge-air cooler has been thoroughly cleaned
of all oil and debris with solvent, wash the charge-air
cooler internally with hot soapy water to remove the
remaining solvent. Rinse thoroughly with clean water.
Blow compressed air into the charge-air cooler in the
opposite direction of normal air flow until the charge-air
cooler is dry internally.
Inspect the charge-air cooler for cracks, holes, or damage.

Inspect the tubes, fins, and welds for tears, breaks, or
other damage. If any damage causes the charge-air cooler
to fail the air leak check mentioned earlier in this
procedure, the charge-air cooler must be replaced.
Install
Install the charge-air cooler. Refer to the vehicle
manufacturer's instructions.
Leak Test
To check the charge air cooler for an air leak perform the
following steps.
To check the charge-air cooler for cracked tubes or
header, remove the inlet and outlet hoses from the cooler.
The charge-air cooler does not have to be removed from
the chassis.
WARNING
To prevent possible injury if either plug blows off
during the test, secure safety chains on the test plugs
to any convenient capscrew on the radiator assembly.
This test must not be performed without securely
fastened safety chains.
Install a plug or cap on the outlet side of the cooler.
Install a pressure gauge, air supply line, and air pressure
regulator to the inlet side of the cooler.
Apply 207 kPa [30 psi] of air pressure to the cooler. Close
the air pressure regulator.
Determine if pressure decay is caused by a leak in the
charge-air cooler or from a leaky connection.
Use a spray bottle filled with soapy water and apply to all
hose connections.
Watch for bubbles to appear at the location of the leak.
If the pressure decay is caused by a leaky connection,

repair the connection and repeat the test. If the leak is
within the charge-air cooler, repeat the test to verify the
accuracy of the pressure decay measurement. Similar
pressure decay readings must be obtained in at least
three consecutive tests before the reading can be
considered accurate.
Monitor the pressure gauge and determine the rate of

pressure decay with a stop watch.
If the pressure drop is greater than 49 kPa [5 psi] in 15
seconds, the charge-air cooler must be replaced.
Refer to the manufacturer's repair manual for
replacement instructions.
If a charge-air cooler leaks more than 49 kPa [5 psi] in 15
seconds, it will appear as a major leak in a leak tank.
Charge air coolers are not designed to be 100 percent
leak free. If the pressure decay is less than 49 kPa [5 psi]
in 15 seconds, then the charge-air cooler does not need
to be replaced.
Temperature Differential Test

Inspect the charge-air cooler fins for obstructions to air
flow.
Remove obstructions such as a winterfront or debris.
Manually lock the shutters, if equipped, in the “OPEN”
position.
Lock the fan drive in the "ON" mode to prevent erratic test
results. This can be done by installing a jumper across the
temperature switch.
Install Fluke digital thermometer, Part Number 3822666,

and thermocouple wire kit, Part Number 3822988, into the
intake manifold at the 1/8 inch NPT tap near the air horn
connection with the intake manifold.
Install another thermocouple at the air cleaner inlet to the
outside of the vehicle.
Perform a road test with the engine at peak power and a

vehicle speed of 30 mph or greater.
Record the intake manifold temperature and the ambient
air temperature.
Calculate the differential temperature:
Intake manifold temperature - ambient air temperature =
differential temperature.
If the temperature differential is greater than the

specifications, check the charge-air cooler for dirt and
debris on the fins and clean as necessary.
If the problem still exists, check the charge-air cooler for
debris in the fins or between the charge-air cooler and the
radiator.
Confirm full fan engagement.
Pressure Differential Test

Preferred Method
Measure the charge-air cooler system pressure drop with
a mercury manometer.
Install one end of the manometer to the 1/8inch pipe tap

in the turbocharger compressor outlet elbow.
Install the other end of the manometer to the 1/8 inch pipe
tap in the intake manifold.
Operate the engine at the maximum advertised

horsepower and correlating RPM.
Record the readings on the manometer.
If the differential pressure is greater than 152 mm Hg [6.0
in Hg] or 21 kPa [3 psi], check the charge-air cooler and
associated piping for plugging.
Clean or replace if necessary.
Optional Method
Obtain two (2) pressure gauges, Part Number ST-1273.
Check both gauges on the same pressure source at 206
kPa [30 psi] to make sure of consistency.
Install pressure gauge, Part Number ST-1273, to the 1/8
inch fitting in the turbocharger compressor outlet.
Install another pressure gauge, Part Number ST-1273,

into the intake manifold.
Air Intake Restriction N14
Operate the engine at the maximum advertised

horsepower and correlating RPM.
Record the readings on the two gauges.
If the differential pressure is greater than 152 mm Hg [6.0
in Hg] or 21 kPa [3 psi], check the charge-air cooler and
associated piping for plugging, restrictions, or damage.
Clean or replace if necessary.
Air Intake Restriction (010-031)

Measure
Install a vacuum gauge or water manometer in the intake
air piping.
NOTE: The gauge adapter must be installed at a 90
degree angle to the air flow in a straight section of pipe,
127 mm [5.0 inch], before the turbocharger compressor
inlet.
Operate the engine at full throttle and maximum

horsepower RPM with maximum load.
Record the reading on the gauge or manometer.
NOTE: Restriction must not exceed 635 mm H 2 0 [25.0
inch H 2 0].
If the restriction exceeds specifications, do the following:

• Replace or clean the air filter element. Refer to the
equipment manufacturer's instructions.
N14 Turbocharger
• Visually inspect the intake air piping for damage.

Check for collapsed and dented piping or elbows,
and loose connections. Refer to the equipment
manufacturer's repair instructions.
Turbocharger (010-033)
General Information
A turbocharger bearing housing bracket is available.
Using the bracket prevents the turbocharger housing from
rotating.
Remove
Remove the oil drain tube and the optional bearing
housing bracket.
Remove the oil supply tube from the turbocharger.
Turbocharger N14
Remove the intake and the exhaust pipes from the

turbocharger.
Remove the charge air cooler piping from the discharge
elbow.
If the turbocharger mounting nuts do not loosen freely,

split the nuts to avoid breaking a mounting stud.
Remove the four turbocharger mounting nuts.
Remove the turbocharger, and discard the gasket.
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the turbocharger casings and replace if through
cracks are found in the outer walls.
Cracks on the turbocharger mounting flange longer than

15 mm [0.6 in] are not acceptable.
N14 Turbocharger
Cracks on the turbocharger mounting flange must not

reach the mounting holes.
Two cracks on the turbocharger mounting flange must be

separated by 6.4 mm [0.25 in].
Through cracks at the dividing wall are acceptable and

can be any length.
They must be separated by at least 12.5 mm [0.5 in].
Inspect the exhaust manifold gasket surfaces and the

mounting studs for cracks or damage.
Replace any cracked manifolds or damaged mounting
studs.
Turbocharger N14
Inspect the turbocharger compressor V-band outlet and

the discharge elbow V-band connection for dents or
fretting.
Replace the turbocharger or discharge elbow if damaged
so that the compressed air will not leak.
Install
Apply a film of high-temperature antiseize compound, Part
Number 3823097, or equivalent, onto the turbocharger
mounting studs.
Install a new mounting gasket, the turbocharger, and the

four mounting nuts.
Tighten the mounting nuts.
Install the discharge elbow and clamp onto the charge air
cooler pipe connection.
Do not tighten the clamp until the elbow is installed on the
turbocharger.
N14 Turbocharger
Install a new o-ring seal, the clamp, and the discharge

elbow to the turbocharger.
Tighten the clamps.
Install a new gasket, oil drain tube, optional bracket and

capscrews.
Pour 50 to 60 cc [2.0 to 3.0 oz] of clean engine oil into the

turbocharger oil supply opening.
CAUTION
Proper routing of the turbocharger oil supply tube is
critical to avoid failure. Avoid any tube-to-metal
contact. The inlet supply fitting must be oriented
slightly off-vertical to allow proper alignment.
If installing a new turbocharger, install the male union
elbow.
Install the turbocharger oil supply tube on the elbow.
Turbocharger Axial Clearance N14
Install the intake and exhaust pipes to the turbocharger,

and tighten the clamps.
Operate the engine, and check for air and oil leaks.
Check for Correct Component

Compare the assembly number (1) on the turbocharger
dataplate with the turbocharger specified in the engine
Control Parts List (CPL) Manual (2). Both numbers must
match.
The CPL number for each engine is listed on the engine
dataplate (3).
If the correct turbocharger was not installed, remove it

and install the correct turbocharger.
Turbocharger Axial Clearance

(010-038)
Measure
Measure the axial clearance (end to end) using dial depth
gauge, Part Number ST-537, or equivalent.
Push the rotor assembly away from the gauge.
Set the gauge on zero (0).
N14 Turbocharger Blade Damage
Push the rotor assembly toward the gauge and record the
clearance.
Axial Clearance
mm in
0.03 MIN 0.001
0.10 MAX 0.004
Replace the turbocharger if the axial clearance does not
meet the specifications. Refer to Procedure 010-033.
Install the intake and exhaust pipes to the turbocharger

Operate the engine and check for air leaks.
Turbocharger Blade Damage (010-039)

Remove
Remove the intake and the exhaust pipes from the
turbocharger.
Inspect for Reuse

Visually inspect the turbocharger compressor impeller
blades for damage.
Rebuild or replace the turbocharger if damage is found.
Refer to Procedures 010-033-002 and 010-033-026.
Turbocharger Compressor Seal Leaks N14
If the compressor impeller is damaged, inspect the intake

air piping and the filter element for damage.
NOTE: Repair any damage before operating the engine.
Inspect the turbine wheel for damage.

Rebuild or replace the turbocharger if damage is found.
Install
Install the intake and exhaust pipes to the turbocharger
Turbocharger Compressor Seal Leaks

(010-040)
Leak Test
Remove the air intake and CAC piping from the
turbocharger.
N14 Turbocharger Radial Bearing Clearance
Examine the compressor intake and discharge for oil.

If oil is present in the compressor intake as well as the
discharge, check upstream of the turbocharger for the
source of the oil.
If oil is present only in the discharge side, check for intake

restriction. Refer to Procedure 010-031-001.
If no intake restriction is found, replace the turbocharger.
Install the air intake and CAC piping to the turbocharger

and tighten the clamp.
Operate the engine at full throttle and maximum load, and
check for air leaks.
Turbocharger Radial Bearing

Clearance (010-047)
Measure
NOTE: Use a 0.050 mm [0.002 in] blade type feeler gauge
to measure the clearance between the compressor wheel
and the housing.
Insert the feeler gauge between the compressor wheel
and the housing.
Push the compressor wheel toward the compressor
housing and the feeler gauge.
Gently remove the feeler gauge.
Repeat this procedure three times approximately 120
degrees apart.
Turbocharger Turbine Seal Leaks N14
NOTE: Some dragging of the feeler gauge can be felt as

it passes along the compressor wheel blade, but force will
not be required to remove the gauge.
Replace the turbocharger if any signs of pinching or
binding occur when the feeler gauge is being removed.
Turbocharger Turbine Seal Leaks

(010-049)
Leak Test
Add one unit of fluorescent tracer, Part No. 3376891, to
each 38 liters [10.0 U.S. gallons] of engine lubricating oil.
Operate the engine at low idle for 10 minutes.
Shut off the engine.

Allow the turbocharger to cool, and remove the exhaust
pipe from the turbine.
Use a high intensity black light, Part No. 3377253 or

3377394, to inspect the turbine outlet for oil.
NOTE: A dark blue glow indicates fuel, and a yellow glow
indicates oil.
N14 Turbocharger Turbine Seal Leaks
If oil is found inside the turbine housing, remove the oil

drain tube and check for restrictions. Clear any restrictions
found or replace damaged components as required.
If no drain tube restriction is found, check for restrictions

in the engine breather or the breather tube. Clear any
restrictions found or replace damaged components as
required.
If no turbocharger drain or engine breather tube restriction
is found, remove the turbocharger. Refer to Procedure
010-033-002.
Use a high intensity black light, Part No. 3377253 or

3377394, to inspect the turbine inlet for leaks.
NOTE: A yellow glow indicates an oil leak from the engine.
If a yellow glow is not seen in the turbine inlet, replace
the turbocharger.
Install the turbocharger. Refer to Procedure 010-033-026.
Install the exhaust pipe to the turbocharger and tighten the

clamp.
Turbocharger Turbine Seal Leaks N14
Notes
N14
Section 11 - Exhaust System - Group 11 Page 11-a
Section 11 - Exhaust System - Group 11

Section Contents
Page
Exhaust Manifold, Dry .....................................................................................................................................11-1
Assemble........................................................................................................................................................11-2
Clean..............................................................................................................................................................11-1
Disassemble...................................................................................................................................................11-1
Install..............................................................................................................................................................11-2
Remove..........................................................................................................................................................11-1
Exhaust Restriction .........................................................................................................................................11-4
Initial Check....................................................................................................................................................11-4
N14
Page 11-b Section 11 - Exhaust System - Group 11

N14 Exhaust Manifold, Dry
Section 11 - Exhaust System - Group 11 Page 11-1
Exhaust Manifold, Dry (011-007)

Remove
Remove the turbocharger. Refer to Procedure
010-033-002.
Remove two capscrews, and install two guide studs.
WARNING
exhaust manifold assembly to avoid personal injury.
Remove the remaining ten capscrews, the exhaust
manifold assembly, and the manifold gaskets.
NOTE: Two dowels are used in each cylinder head to align
the exhaust manifold assembly.
Disassemble
Remove the exhaust manifold end sections.
Clean
Use a 240 grit emery cloth to remove carbon deposits from
the sealing surfaces.
Steam clean and dry with compressed air.
Exhaust Manifold, Dry N14
Page 11-2 Section 11 - Exhaust System - Group 11
Inspect for Reuse

Visually inspect for cracks or damage.
Visually inspect the manifold seal bore for wear.
Assemble
Install the exhaust manifold end sections to the center
section.
NOTE: The exhaust manifold sections must be
assembled on a flat surface for proper alignment.
Install
Install two guide studs.
Use an adhesive or heavy grease to hold the gaskets in
place on the cylinder head.
NOTE: The side of the gasket marked "OUT" must be
away from the cylinder heads.
Special capscrews with spacers are required for this

particular manifold.
Do not use short capscrews.
N14 Exhaust Manifold, Dry
Section 11 - Exhaust System - Group 11 Page 11-3
WARNING
exhaust manifold assembly to avoid personal injury.
Install the exhaust manifold and ten capscrews.
Remove the guide studs, and install the remaining two
capscrews.
NOTE: To aid in future capscrew removal, apply a film of
high temperature anti-seize compound to the capscrew
threads.
Tighten the capscrews in the sequence shown to 47 N•m

[35 ft-lb]. Repeat the sequence and tighten the capscrews
to a torque value of 81 N•m [60 ft-lb].
Install the turbocharger. Refer to Procedure 010-033-026.
Operate the engine and check for leaks and engine

operation.
Exhaust Restriction N14
Page 11-4 Section 11 - Exhaust System - Group 11
Exhaust Restriction (011-009)

Initial Check
Install a vacuum gauge or water manometer into the
exhaust air piping.
NOTE: The gauge adapter must be installed at a 90
degree angle to the air flow in a straight section of pipe,
127 mm [5 inch], from the turbocharger turbine outlet.
Operate the engine at full throttle and at maximum

horsepower RPM with maximum load, and record the
manometer reading.
NOTE: Exhaust pressure must not exceed 1016 mm H
2 0 [40 in H 2 0]
If exhaust pressure exceeds the specifications, visually

inspect the exhaust piping, muffler, and rain cap for
damage and restrictions. Refer to the equipment
manufacturer's repair instructions.

N14
Section 12 - Compressed Air System - Group 12 Page 12-a
Section 12 - Compressed Air System - Group 12

Section Contents
Page
Air Compressor ............................................................................................................................................. 12-12
Finishing Steps............................................................................................................................................. 12-14
Install............................................................................................................................................................12-13
Preparatory Steps......................................................................................................................................... 12-12
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................12-13
Air Compressor Carbon Buildup .....................................................................................................................12-3
Initial Check....................................................................................................................................................12-3
Air Compressor Cylinder Head (Holset® QE Models) ...................................................................................12-24
Assemble......................................................................................................................................................12-30
Clean............................................................................................................................................................12-27
Disassemble..................................................................................................................................................12-24
Air Compressor Cylinder Head (Holset® SS and E-Type Models) ................................................................12-19
Assemble......................................................................................................................................................12-22
Clean............................................................................................................................................................12-20
Disassemble..................................................................................................................................................12-19
Air Compressor Cylinder Head (Holset® ST Models) ....................................................................................12-41
Assemble......................................................................................................................................................12-51
Clean............................................................................................................................................................12-48
Disassemble..................................................................................................................................................12-41
Air Compressor Pin Bore Wear .......................................................................................................................12-5
Initial Check....................................................................................................................................................12-5
Air Compressor Unloader and Valve Assembly .............................................................................................12-8
Clean............................................................................................................................................................12-10
Initial Check....................................................................................................................................................12-8
Install............................................................................................................................................................12-10
Remove..........................................................................................................................................................12-9
Air Governor (Air Compressor Pumps Continuously) ..................................................................................12-16
Initial Check..................................................................................................................................................12-16
Air Governor (Air Compressor Will Not Pump) .............................................................................................12-15
Initial Check..................................................................................................................................................12-15
Air Leaks, Compressed Air System ..............................................................................................................12-18
Initial Check..................................................................................................................................................12-18
Service Tools ...................................................................................................................................................12-1
Compressed Air System..................................................................................................................................12-1
N14
Page 12-b Section 12 - Compressed Air System - Group 12

N14 Service Tools
Section 12 - Compressed Air System - Group 12 Page 12-1
Service Tools
Compressed Air System
Repair Location.

Ball Joint Vise
Use to hold the air compressor for disassembly or assembly.
ST-302
Mounting Plate
ST-749 Use to mount the air compressor to the vise.
or
3823597
Valve Spring Tester

Use to check the exhaust valve, intake valve, and unloader valve cap
3375182 springs.
O-Ring Pick
Use to remove and install o-rings.
3376399
Coupling Puller
Use to remove the spline coupling hub.
3376663
Air Compressor Seat Installation Tool

Use to install the exhaust valve seats.
3377415
Service Tools N14
Page 12-2 Section 12 - Compressed Air System - Group 12

Air Compressor Seat Removal Tool
Use to remove the exhaust valve seats.
3377416
Air Compressor Seat Socket

Use to remove the exhaust valve seat and the inlet valve cage.
3823528
Spacer
Use with coupling puller, Part No. 3376663, to remove the hydraulic
3823923 pump drive coupling.
N14 Air Compressor Carbon Buildup
Air Compressor Carbon Buildup

(012-003)
Initial Check
Holset®
WARNING
Compressed air can drive debris into eyes and ears.
Keep head well away and wear protective eye wear.
NOTE: The illustrations shown will be of the SS model
single cylinder air compressor. Differences in procedures
for SS, QE and ST model Holset® air compressors will be
shown where necessary.
Open the drain cock on the wet tank to release
compressed air from the system.
WARNING
Air discharge lines can be very hot. Be sure the lines
are cool before touching to prevent personal injury.
Remove the air inlet and outlet connections from the air
compressor.
Measure the total carbon deposit thickness inside the air

discharge line as shown.
NOTE: The carbon deposit thickness must not exceed
1.6 mm [0.06 (1/16)-inch].
Air Compressor Carbon Buildup N14
WARNING
The air discharge line must be capable of
withstanding extreme heat and pressure to prevent
personal injury and property damage. Refer to the
NOTE: If the total carbon deposit thickness exceeds
specification, remove and clean, or replace the air
discharge line. Refer to the manufacturer's material
specifications.
WARNING
The air discharge line must be capable of
withstanding extreme heat and pressure to prevent
personal injury and property damage. Refer to the
Continue to check for carbon buildup in the air discharge
line connections up to the first connection, or wet tank.
Clean or replace any lines and fittings with carbon
deposits greater than 1.6 mm [0.06 (1/16)-inch]. Refer to
the manufacturer's specifications for cleaning or
replacement instructions.
CAUTION
Do not use a sharp object to remove carbon. The
sealing surfaces can be damaged.
Remove the air compressor head and valve assembly.
Refer to the Holset® Air Compessor Master Repair
NOTE: Not all air compressors referenced may be used
on your engine or application.
CAUTION
Do not use caustic cleaners on aluminum parts.
Clean the compressor head and valve assembly
components with solvent and a nonmetallic brush to
remove carbon.
Inspect the valve assembly components for reuse. Refer
to the Holset® Air Compessor Master Repair Manual,
Bulletin No. 3666121.
N14 Air Compressor Pin Bore Wear
Assemble the air compressor using new gaskets and o-

rings. Refer to the Holset® Air Compessor Master Repair
Manual.
Install and tighten the air inlet and outlet connections.
Close the wet tank drain cock.

Air Compressor Pin Bore Wear

(012-010)
Initial Check
Holset®
NOTE: This procedure applies to SS and ST models only.
WARNING
The unloader valve body is installed with spring
tension. Use care when removing to prevent personal
injury. Always wear protective eye wear.
Hold the unloader valve body down and remove the two
captive washer capscrews and the two plain washers.
Remove the unloader valve body.
Remove the o-ring seal.
Remove the rectangular ring seal.
Air Compressor Pin Bore Wear N14
Remove the unloader valve cap and the unloader valve

spring.
NOTE: Disassembly of the center unloader valve on
Holset® two cylinder air compressors is similar to the
single cylinder unloader valve.
Remove the intake valve seat and valve.
Remove the intake valve spring.
To avoid damage to the air compressor, do not allow any
debris to fall into the air compressor cylinder.
NOTE: Do not use a screwdriver. A screwdriver can

gouge the top of the piston.
Insert the small end of a 3/8 inch drive socket extension
(6 to 10 inches long) through the exhaust valve seat onto
the top of the piston.
Bar the crankshaft over until the compressor piston

reaches top dead center (TDC), and the extension starts
to move downward approximately 3 to 6 mm [1/8 to 1/4
inch].
NOTE: To prevent damage to the top of the piston, do

not use a hammer.
Give a quick, hard push downward on the extension and
listen for a metallic click as wear clearance is taken up.
N14 Air Compressor Pin Bore Wear
If significant piston motion is felt or a metallic click is

heard, the pin bores can be worn, and the compressor
must be examined further.
If no motion or sound is heard, the compressor is in

satisfactory condition and does not need to be replaced.
NOTE: All air compressors will not exhibit pin bore wear.
Remove the extension.
Install the intake valve spring with the tang down.

Install the intake valve.
Install the intake valve seat with the flange side up.
Install the unloader valve cap spring.
Install the unloader valve cap.
Use high temperature grease (Accrolube Lubrication
Teflon Grease or equivalent) to lubricate the outside
diameter of the cap.
Air Compressor Unloader and Valve Assembly N14
NOTE: The rectangular ring seal must be installed with

the grooved side up.
Install the rectangular ring seal.
Install the o-ring seal.
Use clean 15W-40 engine oil to lubricate the o-ring seal.
Install the unloader valve body.
NOTE: Press the unloader valve body down to be sure the
tangs of the unloader valve cap are in the three slots of
the intake valve seat.
CAUTION
Do not overtorque. Compressor damage will result.
Hold the unloader body down and install the two plain
washers and captive washer capscrews.
Air Compressor Unloader and Valve

Assembly (012-013)
Initial Check
WARNING
Air pressure must be released from system before
removing the air governor to prevent personal injury.
NOTE: The following procedures are for Holset® air
compressors only. The illustrations shown will be of the
SS model single cylinder air compressor. Differences in
procedures for SS, QE and ST model Holset® air
compressors will be shown where necessary.
Remove the air governor or air governor hose from the air
compressor unloader body.
Operate the engine to activate the air compressor.

If the air compressor is not pumping, the unloader valve
is malfunctioning and must be repaired or replaced.
N14 Air Compressor Unloader and Valve Assembly
Remove
Holset® SS, E-Type, and ST Models
WARNING

spring.
NOTE: Disassembly of the center unloader valve on
Holset® two cylinder air compressors is similar to the
single cylinder unloader valve.
Holset® QE Models
WARNING
The unloader body is installed with spring tension.
Use care when removing to prevent personal injury.
Always wear protective eye wear.
Hold the unloader valve body down and remove the four
capscrews.
Remove the unloader valve spring.
Remove the unloader valve cap.
Remove the unloader body gasket and unloader valve cap

rectangular ring seal.
Air Compressor Unloader and Valve Assembly N14
Clean
CAUTION
Do not use caustic cleaners. Caustic cleaners may
cause damage to component parts.
Remove all carbon and varnish from the unloader valve
cap body.
Inspect for Reuse

Use a valve spring tester to check the unloader spring.
Refer to the Compressor Spring Force Specifications
chart shown at the beginning of this section.
Replace the unloader spring if it does not meet the
specifications shown, or the wrong spring has been used.
NOTE: For Holset® two cylinder air compressors, check
both cylinder and center unloader springs. Holset
Engineering Co., Inc., recommends that new springs be
installed during rebuild.
NOTE: If the compressor has a flat hat type unloader cap

(1), it must use an unloader spring and valve seat different
than that used with the three prong unloader.
Install
Holset® SS, E-Type, and ST Models
Assemble the air compressor.
Grease rectangular ring seal, unloader cap and unloader
body bore with high temperature grease (Accrolube
Lubrication Teflon Grease or equivalent).
Operate the engine and check the compressor for air
leaks.
N14 Air Compressor Unloader and Valve Assembly
Holset® QE Models
Install the new rectangular V-seal into the unloader body.
NOTE: The seal must be installed with the grooved side
up.
Liberally lubricate the unloader valve bore above and
below the rectangular ring seal with high temperature
grease (Accrolube Lubrication Teflon Grease or
equivalent).
Install a new o-ring seal on the unloader valve body.
Use clean 15W40 engine oil, Accrolube Lubrication Teflon

Grease, or equivalent to lubricate the seal.
Liberally lubricate the unloader valve body bore and

unloader cap with high temperature grease (Accrolube
Lubrication Teflon Grease or equivalent).
Install the unloader cap.
Install the unloader spring.
Air Compressor N14
Lubricate the unloader screw threads and underhead with

clean engine oil (SAE 15W40), before installation.
NOTE: The two unloader body screws must not be used
to attach any brackets.
Assemble the unloader components and attach the

unloader assembly to the valve plate with the four
NOTE: The longer capscrews are used to mount the
manifold to the air compressor.
Operate the engine and check the air compressor for air
leaks.
Air Compressor (012-014)

Preparatory Steps
WARNING
When using a steam cleaner, wear protective clothing
and safety glasses or a face shield. Hot steam can
cause serious personal injury.
WARNING
personal injury.
for SS, QE, and ST model Cummins air compressors will
be shown where necessary.
Use steam to clean the air compressor. Dry with
compressed air.
Remove the fuel pump. Refer to Procedure 005-016.
N14 Air Compressor
Drain the engine coolant. Refer to Procedure 008-018.

Remove the coolant lines from the air compressor.
Remove
Remove the air connections from the air compressor.
Remove the air compressor support bracket and
capscrews.
Remove the four capscrews, the air compressor, and
splined coupling.
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the compressor housing for cracks or damage.
Inspect the splined coupling for cracks or damage.
Install
NOTE: It is not necessary to time the air compressor on
the NT engine. Although the Big Cam III through 88NT
publications have specified air compressor timing, this is
not required on any NT engine.
Position the timing mark on the air compressor crankshaft
at the 12-o'clock position.
Position the accessory driveshaft dowel pin at the 2-
o'clock position as view from the front of the engine.
Air Compressor N14
Install the splined coupling onto the accessory drive shaft.

Make sure the gasket surfaces of the accessory drive and
the air compressor are clean and not damaged.
Use a new gasket and install the air compressor and four
capscrews to the accessory drive.
Install the air compressor support bracket.

Finishing Steps
NOTE: If rubber grommets are used on the coolant lines,
make sure they are installed carefully to prevent cuts or
tears to the grommets which will cause coolant leaks.
When flexible tubing is used, make sure that it does not
rub any other surfaces.
Install the coolant and air lines to the air compressor and
tighten.
Install the fuel pump drive coupling onto the air
compressor.
N14 Air Governor (Air Compressor Will Not Pump)
Install the fuel pump. Refer to Procedure 005-016.
Fill the engine cooling system. Refer to Procedure

008-018.
Operate the engine and check for leaks.
Air Governor (Air Compressor Will Not

Pump) (012-017)
Initial Check
for Holset® models SS, QE, ST, and Cummins air
Remove the air governor or air governor line from the air
compressor unloader body.

If the air compressor is pumping, the air governor is
malfunctioning and must be repaired or replaced. Refer
to the manufacturer's instructions.
Air Governor (Air Compressor Pumps Continuously) N14
NOTE: Not all air compressors referenced can be used

If the air compressor does not pump, remove, clean, and
inspect the air compressor unloader valve assembly.
Refer to Air Compressor Unloader Valve. Refer to the
Holset® Air Compressor Master Repair Manual, Bulletin
3666121.
If the unloader valve assembly is okay, clean and inspect
the exhaust valve assembly. Refer to the Holset® Master
Repair Manual, Bulletin 3666121.
Air Governor (Air Compressor Pumps

Continuously) (012-018)
Initial Check
for Holset® models SS, QE, ST, and Cummins air
Remove the air accessory air lines from the air
compressor governor.
Install pipe plugs in the air governor unloader ports where

accessory air lines were removed.
If the air compressor stops pumping (air pressure stops
rising) at the governed air pressure, there is a leak in an
accessory or an accessory air line. Refer to the equipment
manufacturer's instructions for troubleshooting and
repair.
If the air compressor does not stop pumping (air pressure

continues to rise) at the governed air pressure, connect a
regulated shop air pressure line to one of the following:
The air compressor unloader valve port
One of the air governor unloader valve ports.
N14 Air Governor (Air Compressor Pumps Continuously)
NOTE: Be sure the air pressure gauge is accurate, and

the supply lines and fittings are in good condition before
performing any air pressure checks.
Use a master gauge of known accuracy to check the air
pressure gauge.
Apply 690 kPa [100 psi] air pressure to the unloader port.
If the air compressor stops pumping (air pressure stops
rising), the air governor is malfunctioning and must be
repaired or replaced, or the air governor mounting gasket
is leaking. Refer to the manufacturer's instructions.
If the air compressor continues to pump (air pressure

continues to rise), the unloader valve is malfunctioning
and must be repaired or replaced. Refer to Air
Compressor Unloader Valve, Procedure 012-013.
Remove the pipe plugs from the unloader ports used for
accessory air lines.
Install and tighten the accessory air lines.
Connect the line to the unloader valve.
Air Leaks, Compressed Air System N14
Air Leaks, Compressed Air System

(012-019)
Initial Check
WARNING
Compressed air can propel debris into eyes and ears.
Keep head away and wear protective eyewear.
NOTE: The illustrations shown will be of the single
cylinder air compressor. Differences in procedures for
Holset® models SS, QE, ST, and Cummins air
Open the drain cock on the wet tank to release air from
the system. Close the drain cock after the pressure is
released.

With the air compressor pumping between 550 to 690 kPa
[80 to 100 psi], use a solution of soapy water to check for
air leaks in the following areas:
Air compressor cover gasket
Unloader body o-ring (Holset® only)
Air compressor head gasket
Air compressor valve plate gasket (Holset® QE models
only)
Hose and fitting leaks
If air leaks are found, replace the leaking gasket or o-ring.
Refer to the Holset® Air Compressor Master Repair
NOTE: Not all air compressors referenced can be used
N14 Air Compressor Cylinder Head (Holset® SS and E-Type Mod [...]
Air Compressor Cylinder Head

(Holset® SS and E-Type Models)
(012-103)
Disassemble
WARNING

spring.
Remove the capscrews, lock washers and plain washers

that hold the cover and head to the crankcase.
Remove the cover and discard the gasket.
Air Compressor Cylinder Head (Holset® SS and E-Type Mod [...] N14
Remove the head and discard the gasket.

Hold the head bottom side up, and use thumb pressure to
remove the exhaust valve seat assembly.
NOTE: If the exhaust valve seat assembly can not be
removed by thumb pressure, use valve seat puller, Part
No. 3822674. A press and air compressor seat removal
tool, Part No. 3377416, can be used to remove the exhaust
valve seat.
Remove the o-ring seal from the exhaust valve seat or
head. Remove the exhaust valve.
Remove the compression spring and wear plate from the
head.
Clean
WARNING
for use. Wear goggles and protective clothing.
Soak the parts in a kerosene emulsion-based cleaner
designed to remove carbon. The cleaner must have a pH
of 9.5 or less to avoid turning aluminum parts black. The
cleaner manufacturer or supplier must be contacted
about solution concentration, temperature and soak time.
NOTE: Do not use a scraper to remove carbon and scale,

the sealing surfaces can be damaged.
The parts can be scrubbed with a stiff nonmetallic bristle
brush.
Inspect for Reuse

Visually inspect the intake and the exhaust valves for
cracks or damage.
Measure the flatness of the intake and exhaust valves.

Both valves must be flat within 0.03 mm [0.001-inch].
NOTE: Holset Engineering Co., Inc. recommends that
new valves be installed.
Apply a bluing compound to the exhaust valve seating

surface.
Install the exhaust valve on the valve seating surface and
check the seating area. Replace the seat if the contact
area is not 100 percent.
Measure the exhaust valve seat height.

If the seat height is less than 12.32 mm [0.485-inch],
replace the seat.
Apply a bluing compound to the intake valve seating

surfaces.
Install the intake valve on the valve seating surface and
check the seating area. Replace the seat if the contact
area is not 100 percent.
Air Compressor Cylinder Head (Holset® SS and E-Type Mod [...] N14
Measure the intake valve seat height.

If the seat height is less than 6.86 mm [0.270-inch],
replace the seat.
Use valve spring tester, Part No. 3375182, to check the

intake, exhaust and unloader valve springs. Replace any
springs that do not meet specifications.
new springs be installed.
Refer to the Compressor Spring Force Specifications
chart shown at the front of this section.
Assemble
Install the wear plate and compression spring in the head
as shown.
Install the exhaust valve on the exhaust valve seat.
Install the o-ring seal on the seat.
Use clean 15W-40 oil to lubricate the o-ring seals.
Use hand pressure to install the exhaust valve assembly
in the head.
NOTE: For SS-296 and ST-676 air compressor models, a
press and air compressor seat installation tool, Part No.
3377415, can be used. Exhaust valve seat puller, Part No.
3822674, can also be used to install the valve seat.
Use new gaskets to install the cylinder head and cover.

Install the flat washers, lock washers and capscrews.
Tighten the cylinder head capscrews of the single cylinder

compressor in an alternating sequence.
Install the intake valve spring with the tang down.

Install the intake valve seat with the flange side up.
Install the unloader valve cap spring.
Install the unloader valve cap.
Use high temperature grease (Accrolube Lubrication
Teflon Grease or equivalent) to lubricate the outside
diameter of the cap.
Install the new rectangular ring seal into the unloader

body.
up.
Install a new o-ring seal on the unloading valve body.

Air Compressor Cylinder Head (Holset® QE Models) N14
Use clean 15W-40 oil to lubricate the seal.
Install the compression spring.

Use Accrolube Lubrication Teflon Grease to lubricate the
outside diameter of the unloader cap and install it into the
unloading valve body.
Install the unloading valve body.
CAUTION
Do not overtorque these screws. Compressor damage
will result.
Hold the unloader body down and install the two plain
washers and captive washer capscrews.

(Holset® QE Models) (012-104)
Disassemble
NOTE: If the cylinder head is removed while the air
compressor is on the engine, drain the engine coolant.
Refer to the engine manual.
NOTE: Since the valve plate, head and unloader body are
indexible, marking of these parts is recommended to
make sure they are reassembled in the proper orientation.
N14 Air Compressor Cylinder Head (Holset® QE Models)
WARNING
The unloader body is installed with spring tension.
Use care when removing to prevent personal injury.
Hold the unloader valve body down and remove the four
capscrews.
Remove the unloader valve spring.
Remove the unloader valve cap.
Remove the unloader body gasket and unloader valve cap

Remove the intake manifold and gasket.
Loosen, but do not remove, the center head capscrew.

Mark the head for orientation during assembly.
Loosen and remove the four corner head capscrews. Save

the capscrews for reuse.
Remove the head, cover, and valve plate assembly and

place it on a clean work surface with the intake valve
facing upward.
NOTE: If continuing with disassembly of the head, valve
plate, and cover, be sure the work surface is clean. Grit
pushed into the valve sealing surfaces by setting
components on a dirty surface will cause a malfunction
after reassembly.
Some units have a press-fit intake valve retainer. If

present, carefully remove it to prevent part damage.
Remove the intake valve.
Turn the head assembly over and set it on a clean surface.

Remove the center capscrew. This capscrew can be
reused.
NOTE: The center capscrew is shorter than the four
corner capscrews.
Remove the cover, cover gasket, head, and head gasket.
Remove the two wave washers, exhaust valve retainer

and exhaust valve.
NOTE: The wave washers must be replaced.
Clean
WARNING
Soak the parts in a kerosene emulsion-based cleaner
cleaner manufacturer or supplier can be contacted about
solution concentration, temperature and soak time.

brush.
Inspect for Reuse

Visually inspect the intake and exhaust valves for cracks
or damage.
Measure the flatness of the intake and exhaust valves.

Both valves must be flat within 0.03 mm [0.001-inch].
Replace valves if cracked, damaged, or not flat.
NOTE: Holset Engineering Co., Inc., recommends new
valves be installed.
Inspect the upper part of the unloader valve cap where the
rectangular V-seal operates. Check for scoring.
Inspect the valve seat surfaces.

NOTE: Inspection of the valve seats in the valve plate
requires specialized equipment and is beyond the scope
of field service.
If the valve seat is visibly damaged, or cannot be cleaned,
a new valve plate is available in a service kit. Otherwise,
a QE valve plate service assembly can be used.
Gasket sealing surfaces must be clean and free of all old

gasket material, carbon, rust, and other buildup. Surfaces
must be free of scratches, gouges, burrs, and other
deformities.
After making sure all gasket surfaces are clean and free
of the above, inspect the head and cover for flatness. Use
the flat plate and the feeler gauges.
Single cylinder heads must be flat within 0.03 mm [0.001-

inch] between any two adjacent capscrew holes.
Single cylinder top cover must be flat within 0.06 mm

[0.0024-inch] between any two adjacent capscrew holes
and 0.10 mm [0.004-inch] total.
Use valve spring tester, Part No. 3375182, to check the

unloader valve spring. Replace any spring that does not
meet specifications.
NOTE: Holset Engineering Co., Inc., recommends that
new springs be installed.
Refer to the Compressor Spring Specifications chart
shown at the front of this section.
Assemble
QE, Non-European
Install the exhaust valve over the post in the valve plate.
Apply a thin coating of antiseize to the inside diameter of

the exhaust valve retainer.
Slide the exhaust valve retainer over the valve plate. Make
sure that the end of the retainer with the groove faces
upward.
Align the wave spring gaps 180 degrees from each other
so they do not overlap.
Place the wave springs in the retainer groove.
Determine the final orientation of the valve plate (air intake

location) and the head (coolant ports with respect to air
inlet or manifold location). Align the kidney-shaped slots
in the head with the kidney shaped slots in the gasket.
If orientation marks were made before disassembly, use
them.
Assemble the cover, cover gasket, head, head gasket,

and valve plate.
NOTE: Make sure corner capscrew holes are aligned.

Lubricate the threads under the head.
Install the shorter capscrew with washer through the
center hole.
Install the valve plate gasket.
Carefully place the intake valve in the valve plate. Install

the intake valve retainer.
Install the valve plate assembly.

Lubricate the threads under the head and washer of the

capscrews if initially installed.
Install the four head capscrews and washers.
Tighten all five capscrews.


up.
equivalent).

Use clean 15W-40 oil or Accrolube Lubrication Teflon

Grease (or equivalent) to lubricate the seal.

Lubrication Teflon Grease or the equivalent).
Lubricate the unloader screw threads and underhead with

clean engine oil (SAE 15W-40), before installation.

QE, European
Install the exhaust valve over the post in the valve plate.
Apply a thin coating of antiseize to the inside diameter of

the exhaust valve retainer.
Slide the exhaust valve retainer over the valve plate. Make
sure that the end of the retainer with the groove faces
upward.
Align the wave spring gaps 180 degrees from each other
so they do not overlap.
Place the wave springs in the retainer groove.
Fabricate or reuse the four guide pin tools.
Insert the larger end of two guide pins in opposite corner

holes of the valve plate.
Determine the final orientation of the valve plate (air intake

location) and the head (coolant ports with respect to air
inlet or manifold location). Align the kidney-shaped slots
in the head with the kidney shaped slots in the gasket.
If orientation marks were made before disassembly, use
them.
Install the head gasket onto the guide pins (either side up,
but with correct slot orientation). Install the head onto the
guide pins with the kidney-shaped slots aligned and
toward the valve plate. Install the cover gasket over the
guide pins.
Assemble the cover.
Install the shorter capscrew with washer, if initially

installed, through the center hole.
Place the remaining two guide pins in the crankcase head

capscrew holes (that will not interfere with the guide pins
already in the head assembly). Install the valve plate
gasket.
Carefully place the intake valve on the crankcase, located

by the valve plate gasket. Do not allow the valve to overlap
the gasket.
Install the head assembly over the guide pins. Be careful

not to disturb the location of the intake valve. The
compressor will not work if the valve overlaps the gasket
and is pinched.
Carefully remove two of the guide pins and replace with

two head capscrews and washers, if initially installed.
Tighten the two head capscrews.

Remove the remaining two pins and replace with two head
capscrews and washers if initially installed.
Tighten all five capscrews.


up.
equivalent).

Use clean 15W-40 oil or Accrolube Lubrication Teflon

Grease (or equivalent) to lubricate the seal.

Lubrication Teflon Grease or the equivalent).
Lubricate the unloader screw threads and under the head

with clean engine oil (SAE 15W-40) before installation.

N14 Air Compressor Cylinder Head (Holset® ST Models)

(Holset® ST Models) (012-106)
Disassemble
The component weighs 23 kg [50 lb] or more. To avoid
personal injury, use a hoist or get assistance to lift the
component.
Use two 5/16 - 18 x 1 1/4 inch capscrews to mount the air
compressor on the mounting plate, Part No. ST-749 which
is used with the ball joint vise, Part No. ST-302.
Remove the center unloader body hexagon head

capscrew and lock washer.
Remove the retaining clamp.
CAUTION
tension. Carefully remove to avoid personal injury.
Wear face and eye protection.
Remove the unloading valve body.
Air Compressor Cylinder Head (Holset® ST Models) N14
Remove the unloader valve cap, if installed.
Remove and discard the o-ring seal.
Use an o-ring pick, Part No. 3376399, to remove the

rectangular ring seal, if installed.
Discard the seal.
Remove the unloader valve cap spring.

Use a o-ring pick, Part No. 3376399, to remove the o-ring

seal.
Discard the seal.
Loosen the two unloader body hexagon head capscrews.
WARNING
The unloader body is installed with spring tension, it
must be removed carefully to avoid personal injury.
Hold down on the unloader body and slowly remove the
two unloader body capscrews and the two plain washers
so as to prevent the unloader body from being thrown free
and causing personal injury.

Remove the unloader cap.
Remove and discard the top o-ring seal.
Remove and discard the bottom o-ring seal.
Use an o-ring pick, Part No. 3376399, to remove the

Discard the seal.
Remove the unloader cap spring.

Repeat the last eight steps to remove the other unloader
body assembly.
For the ST676, remove the ten remaining hexagon head

capscrews and two lock washers.
For the ST773, remove the eight captive washer
capscrews and the two hexagon head capscrews and lock
washers.
Remove the cover.
Remove and discard the cover gasket.

Remove the intake valve seat.
Remove the intake valve.

Repeat the last three steps to remove the other intake
valve assembly.
Remove the head.

Remove and discard the head gasket.
Use a press and an air compressor seat removal tool, Part

No. 3377416, to remove the exhaust valve seat assembly
from the head.
Remove the exhaust valve.
Remove and discard the o-ring seal.

Remove the exhaust valve spring.
Remove the wear plate.

Repeat the last five steps to disassemble the other
exhaust valve seat assembly.
Clean
WARNING
Soak the parts in a kerosene emulsion based cleaner
cleaner manufacturer or supplier must be contacted
about solution concentration, temperature and soak time.

brush.
Inspect for Reuse

Measure the exhaust valve seat press fit diameter in the
cylinder head.
Replace if worn larger than 20.688 mm [0.8145-inch].
Measure the exhaust valve seat press fit diameter.

Replace if worn smaller than 20.714 mm [0.8155-inch].
Apply "bluing" to the exhaust seating surface to check the

seat.
If the seating surface is not 100 percent true discard and
replace the valve seat.
Measure the exhaust valve seat height.

If the height is less than 12.32 mm [0.485-inch] replace the
exhaust valve seat.
Apply "bluing" to the intake valve seating surface.

If the seating surface is not 100 percent true replace the
intake valve seat.
Measure the intake valve seat height.

If the height is less than 6.86 mm [0.270-inch] replace the
intake valve seat.
Inspect the exhaust and intake valves for cracks and

damage.
Measure valves for flatness. The valves must be flat within
0.03 mm [0.001-inch].
Replace the valves if cracked, damaged, or not flat.
NOTE: Holset® Engineering Co., Inc. recommends that
new valves be installed during rebuild.
Use a valve spring tester, Part No. 3375182, to check the

springs.
Replace if not within limits listed in the Compressor
Spring Force Specifications Table at the front of this
section.
new springs be installed during rebuild.
Inspect the upper part of the unloader cap where the

rectangular ring seal seats for scoring.
Replace if scored.
Assemble
Install the wear plate.
Install the exhaust valve spring with the tang end down.
Install a new o-ring seal.

Install the exhaust valve.

new exhaust valves be installed during rebuild.
NOTE: Do not use excessive pressure on the exhaust

valve seats, to do so can distort the valve.
Use a hand press and an air compressor seat installation
tool, Part No. 3377415, to press the exhaust valve seat
into the head.
Repeat the last six steps to install the other exhaust valve
assembly.
Install a new cylinder head gasket.

Install the head.
Install a new cover gasket.
Install the cover.
For the ST676, install the eight hexagon head capscrews

and finger tighten.
For the ST773, install the eight captive washer capscrews.
Use an o-ring pick, Part No. 3376399, to correctly install

the new o-ring seal.
Install the unloading spring.

CAUTION
The rectangular ring seal must be installed with the
grooved side up; failure to do so will result in air
system damage and brake failure.
the new rectangular ring seal, if the unloader body has a
cavity for this o-ring.
Install a new o-ring seal.

Use antiseize compound to lubricate the outside diameter

of the unloader valve cap.
Install the cap into the unloading valve body.
CAUTION
The unloader valve body is installed under spring
tension. Carefully install to avoid personal injury.
Wear face and eye protection.
Install the body into the cover.
Install the retaining clamp and the three lock washers and
the three hexagon head capscrews.
Tighten the capscrews in the sequence shown.

Install the intake valve spring with the tang end down.

new intake valves be installed during rebuild.
Install the intake valve seat with the flange end up.
Install the unloader cap spring.

Use antiseize compound to lubricate the outside diameter

of the unloader valve cap.
Install the cap into the cover and make sure the three
tangs are in the three slots of the intake valve seat.
CAUTION
The rectangular ring seal must be installed with the
grooved side up; failure to do so will result in air
system damage and brake failure.
the new rectangular ring seal.
Install a new bottom o-ring seal.
Install a new top o-ring seal.
Use clean 15W-40 oil to lubricate the seals.

Install the unloading body into the cover.
CAUTION
The unloader body is installed with spring tension. It
must be installed as described to prevent personal
injury.
Hold down on the unloading body firmly and install the
capscrews and plain washers so as to prevent the
unloader body from being thrown free and causing
personal injury.

Repeat the last thirteen steps to install the other unloading
body assembly.
Notes
N14
Section 13 - Electrical Equipment - Group 13 Page 13-a
Section 13 - Electrical Equipment - Group 13

Section Contents
Page
Alternator .........................................................................................................................................................13-2
Initial Check....................................................................................................................................................13-2
Install..............................................................................................................................................................13-4
Remove..........................................................................................................................................................13-3
Batteries ..........................................................................................................................................................13-6
Initial Check....................................................................................................................................................13-6
Battery Cables and Connections ....................................................................................................................13-6
Initial Check....................................................................................................................................................13-6
Drive Belt, Alternator ......................................................................................................................................13-4
Adjust.............................................................................................................................................................13-4
Service Tools ...................................................................................................................................................13-1
Electrical Equipment.......................................................................................................................................13-1
Starter Magnetic Switch ..................................................................................................................................13-7
Current Check.................................................................................................................................................13-7
Starter Solenoid .............................................................................................................................................13-11
Voltage Check...............................................................................................................................................13-11
Starter Switch ..................................................................................................................................................13-9
Voltage Check.................................................................................................................................................13-9
Starting Motor ................................................................................................................................................13-14
Install............................................................................................................................................................13-14
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................13-14
N14
Page 13-b Section 13 - Electrical Equipment - Group 13

N14 Service Tools
Section 13 - Electrical Equipment - Group 13 Page 13-1
Service Tools
Electrical Equipment
Repair Location.

Belt Tension Gauge
Used to check the alternator belt tension
ST-1138
Inductive Charging - Cranking Systems Analyzer

Used to test generators, alternators, relays, starting motors,
3377193 regulators, and batteries. Contains built-in voltmeter and ammeter.
Refractometer
The Fleetguard® refractometer is used to check the charge condition
CC-2800 of a conventional battery.
Belt Tension Gauge

Used to check the alternator belt tension.
3822524
Alternator N14
Page 13-2 Section 13 - Electrical Equipment - Group 13
Alternator (013-001)
Initial Check
Connect a carbon pile load (battery tester) across the
batteries in one of the battery boxes.
Clamp an induction pickup type ammeter around the
battery cable, or use digital multimeter, Part No. 3377161,
with clamp or current probe, Part No. 3823574.
Disconnect any cables that lead to any other battery boxes

in the circuit.
Operate the engine at high idle and measure the alternator
voltage output to the batteries with digital multimeter, Part
No. 3377161. Refer to the equipment manufacturer's
specifications.
Operate the engine at high idle and adjust the battery

tester to apply the maximum rated amperage load to the
alternator. Refer to the manufacturer's specifications.
NOTE: The alternator maximum rated amperage output is
normally stamped or labeled on the alternator.
Measure the alternator amperage output. Refer to the
alternator manufacturer's specifications.
If the gauge on the carbon pile load testing equipment

does not indicate approximately the same output as the
induction-type ammeter, determine which is defective and
replace it. Refer to the equipment manufacturer's
instructions.
If the alternator output (amps) is not within 10 percent of
rated output, repair or replace the alternator. Refer to the
manufacturer's instructions for repair procedures.
N14 Alternator
Shut off the engine and remove the test equipment.
Remove
Remove the electrical connections from the batteries.
Remove the electrical connections from the alternator.
Loosen the alternator to alternator support nut and

capscrew.
Loosen the adjusting link capscrew.
Push the alternator toward the engine to release tension
on the alternator belt, and remove the belt(s).
Remove the adjusting link capscrew and the adjusting

link.
Remove the alternator to alternator support bracket nut,
washer, capscrew, and the alternator.
Drive Belt, Alternator N14
Install
NOTE: Do not tighten the alternator mounting and
adjusting link capscrews and nuts until the alternator belt
is installed and adjusted.
Install the alternator, capscrew, washer, and nut to the
alternator mounting bracket.
Install the adjusting link and mounting capscrews.
Install and adjust the alternator belt. Refer to Procedure

013-005-029.
Install and tighten the electrical connections to the

alternator.
batteries.
Drive Belt, Alternator (013-005)

Adjust
Loosen the alternator-to-alternator support bracket nut
and capscrew.
Loosen the adjusting link capscrew.
N14 Drive Belt, Alternator
Use a pry bar between the engine and the alternator to

tighten the alternator belt.
Use Part Number ST-1138 (Burroughs) or 3822524 (click-

type) belt tension gauge to measure the ½ in width V-belt
tension.
New Belt Tension Used Belt Tension
620 N [140 lb] 270 to 490 N [60 to 110 lb]
A belt is considered used if it has been in operation for 10

minutes or longer.
If used belt tension is below the minimum value, tighten
to the maximum value.
Replace the belt if it will not maintain the correct tension.
Tighten the adjusting link capscrews to the following

torque values (grade 5 or higher):
Torque Value:
5/16-18 20 N•m [ 15 ft-lb ]
7/16-14 34 N•m [ 25 ft-lb ]
½-13 68 N•m [ 50 ft-lb ]
Tighten the alternator-to-alternator support capscrew and

nut to the following torque values (grade 5 or higher):
Torque Value:
3/8-16 41 N•m [ 30 ft-lb ]
7/16-20 88 N•m [ 65 ft-lb ]
½-13 108 N•m [ 80 ft-lb ]
Battery Cables and Connections N14
Batteries (013-007)
Initial Check
If conventional batteries are used, remove the cell caps or
covers and check the electrolyte, water, and sulfuric acid
solution level.
NOTE: Maintenance-free batteries are sealed and do
not require the addition of water.
Fill each battery cell with distilled water. Refer to the
Use the Fleetguard® refractometer, Part No. CC-2800, to

check the specific gravity of the battery electrolyte.
Refer to the battery fluid column in the refractometer to
determine the state-of-charge of each battery cell.
NOTE: If water has been added to a dry cell, recharge the
battery to mix the added water with the existing battery
electrolyte to prevent incorrect readings.
Use analyzer, Part No. 3377193, to load test the state-of-

charge of maintenance free batteries. If the state-of-
charge is low, use a battery charger to charge the battery.
Refer to the manufacturer's instructions. Replace the
battery if it will not charge to the manufacturer's
specifications or will not maintain a charge.
Battery Cables and Connections

(013-009)
Initial Check
There are two types of heavy duty battery connections:
• Battery terminal and clamp (1)
• Threaded battery terminal and nut (2)
N14 Starter Magnetic Switch
Remove and inspect the battery cables and connections

for cracks or corrosion.
Replace broken terminals, connectors, or cables.
If the connections are corroded, use a battery brush or

wire brush to clean the connections until shiny.
Make sure all debris is removed from the connecting
surfaces.
Install the cables and tighten the battery connections.

Coat the terminals with grease to prevent corrosion.
Starter Magnetic Switch (013-017)

Current Check
WARNING
Be sure the starter switch is in the "OFF" position to
prevent electrical shock.
Remove the cable connecting the magnetic switch to the
starter solenoid from the magnetic switch terminal.
Connect the leads of the digital multimeter, Part No.
3377161, to the two large switch terminals.
Starter Magnetic Switch N14
Set the multimeter to measure resistance (OHMS).

With the starter switch off, the multimeter must indicate
resistance at infinity, open circuit.
Turn the starter switch to the "START" position.
The multimeter must indicate zero (0) resistance, closed
circuit.
If the multimeter indicates resistance at infinity with the

starter switch in the "START" position:
• Turn the starter switch off
• Remove the ground wire which is connected to one
of the small magnetic switch terminals
• Set the multimeter scale to indicate volts, 24 volts or

more.
• Connect the positive lead of the multimeter to the
magnetic switch ground terminal and the other lead
to the ground wire
• Turn the starter switch to the "START" position
• The multimeter must indicate vehicle electrical
system voltage.
• If the multimeter does not indicate voltage, refer to

"Starter Switch - Check" in this section
N14 Starter Switch
• Turn the starter switch to the "OFF" position

• Remove the multimeter leads
• Connect the starter solenoid cable to the magnetic
switch terminal, and the ground wire to its
corresponding terminal on the magnetic switch
Starter Switch (013-018)

Voltage Check
WARNING
Remove the wire connecting the starter switch to the
magnetic switch from the starter switch terminal.
Connect the positive lead of digital multimeter, Part No.
3377161, to the starter switch terminal and the negative
lead to the chassis or an engine ground location.
• Set the multimeter to indicate D.C. volts

With the starter switch in the "OFF" position, there must
not be a voltage reading. If the meter indicates a voltage,
the starter switch is malfunctioning and must be replaced.

The multimeter must indicate a voltage in order for this
check to be normal.
Starter Switch N14
If there is not a voltage:

• Check the cable from the positive voltage terminal of
the starter solenoid to the starter switch for breaks.
Also check for loose or corroded connections.
• If the cable is good and the connections are clean

and tight, the starter switch is malfunctioning and
must be replaced.
WARNING
Remove the wire connecting the starter switch to the
magnetic switch from the starter switch terminal.
Connect the positive lead of digital multimeter, Part No.
3377161, to the starter switch terminal and the negative
lead to the chassis or an engine ground location.
• Set the multimeter to indicate D.C. volts

With the starter switch in the "OFF" position, there must
not be a voltage reading. If the meter indicates a voltage,
the starter switch is malfunctioning and must be replaced.
N14 Starter Solenoid

The multimeter must indicate a voltage in order for this
check to be normal.
If there is not a voltage:

• Check the cable from the positive voltage terminal of
the starter solenoid to the starter switch for breaks.
Also check for loose or corroded connections.
• If the cable is good and the connections are clean

and tight, the starter switch is malfunctioning and
must be replaced.
Starter Solenoid (013-019)

Voltage Check
Use digital multimeter, Part No. 3377161, with the switch
set to indicate D.C. volts.
Connect the multimeter positive lead to the starter
solenoid positive cable terminal and the negative lead to
a chassis or engine ground location.
The multimeter must show a voltage with the sterter
switch off to be normal.
Starter Solenoid N14
If the multimeter does not indicate a voltage, check the

cable connecting the starter solenoid and battery for
breaks. Also check for loose or corroded connections.
If the multimeter indicates a voltage, but the starter will

not operate, check the wire connecting the starter
solenoid to the starter switch for breaks, and also check
for loose or corroded connections.
If the wire connecting the starter solenoid and starter

switch is not loose or damaged, and the starter will not
operate:
• Remove the cable connecting the starter and starter
solenoid from the solenoid terminal
• Connect the multimeter positive lead to the solenoid
positive terminal and the negative lead to the chassis
or an engine ground location
• Turn the starter switch to the `'START" position

• If the multimeter indicates a voltage, the starter
solenoid is malfunctioning and must be replaced
N14 Starter Solenoid
• If the multimeter does not indicate a voltage, check

the wire connecting the starter solenoid to the
magentic switch for breaks, and for loose or
corroded connections
If the wire connecting the starter solenoid to the magnetic

switch is not loose or damaged and the starter will not
operate:
• Check the cable connecting the starter solenoid to
the starting motor for breaks, and for loose or
corroded connections
• Check the cable connecting the starting motor to the

battery for breaks, and for loose or corroded
connections
• If the cables are not loose or damaged, the starting

motor is defective and must be replaced
Starting Motor N14
Starting Motor (013-020)

Remove
Remove the electrical connections from the batteries.
Remove the electrical connections from the starting
motor.
Remove the three capscrews, starting motor, and starting

motor spacer (if used).
Install
CAUTION
Make sure to use the same thickness of starting motor
spacer (if used) as the one removed to install the
starting motor to prevent engine or starting motor
damage.
Install the starting motor and the three capscrews.
Install and tighten the electrical connections to the starting
motor.

batteries.
N14
Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 Page 14-a
Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14

Section Contents
Page
Dynamometer Worksheet ................................................................................................................................14-4
Worksheet.......................................................................................................................................................14-4
Engine Run-in (Chassis Dynamometer) ........................................................................................................14-17
Run-In Instructions........................................................................................................................................14-17
Engine Run-in (Engine Dynamometer) ..........................................................................................................14-31
Engine Run-in (Without Dynamometer) ........................................................................................................14-20
On-Highway Applications............................................................................................................................14-20
Engine Testing (Chassis Dynamometer) ........................................................................................................14-5
Setup..............................................................................................................................................................14-5
Test................................................................................................................................................................14-7
Engine Speed (rpm)......................................................................................................................................14-8
Fuel Pressure...............................................................................................................................................14-8
Fuel Rate.....................................................................................................................................................14-9
Fuel Inlet Restriction.....................................................................................................................................14-9
Fuel Drain Line Restriction......................................................................................................................... 14-10
Intake Manifold Pressure............................................................................................................................14-11
Intake Manifold Air Temperature Control - Chassis Dynamometer test........................................................ 14-11
STC............................................................................................................................................................14-12
Charge Air Cooler Restriction.....................................................................................................................14-13
Intake Air Restriction..................................................................................................................................14-14
Exhaust Air Restriction...............................................................................................................................14-14
Engine Blowby........................................................................................................................................... 14-15
Lubricating Oil Pressure.............................................................................................................................14-15
Engine Coolant Pressure............................................................................................................................14-16
Engine Testing (Engine Dynamometer) ........................................................................................................14-21
Setup............................................................................................................................................................14-21
Coolant Plumbing.......................................................................................................................................14-22
Intake Air Temperature Control...................................................................................................................14-22
Intake Air Restriction..................................................................................................................................14-24
Exhaust Air Restriction...............................................................................................................................14-25
Lubricating Oil Pressure.............................................................................................................................14-25
Intake Manifold Pressure............................................................................................................................14-25
Engine Blowby........................................................................................................................................... 14-26
Fuel Rate................................................................................................................................................... 14-26
Fuel Inlet Restriction...................................................................................................................................14-26
Engine Speed (rpm)....................................................................................................................................14-27
Fuel Pressure.............................................................................................................................................14-27
Fuel Drain Line Restriction......................................................................................................................... 14-27
Air Compressor.......................................................................................................................................... 14-28
Starting Motor............................................................................................................................................ 14-28
Engine Throttle Control...............................................................................................................................14-28
Engine Testing (Portable Dynamometer or Load Bank) ...............................................................................14-34
General Information.......................................................................................................................................14-34
Service Tools ...................................................................................................................................................14-1
Engine Testing................................................................................................................................................14-1
N14
Page 14-b Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14

N14 Service Tools
Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14 Page 14-1
Service Tools
Engine Testing
Repair Location.

Vacuum Gauge
Used to check fuel filter or intake air restriction.
ST-434
Pressure Gauge
Included in snap rail pressure gauge, Part No. 3375932. Used to
ST-435-6 measure fuel pressure.
Manometer
Used with tool, Part No. 3375150, for measuring blowby.
ST-1111-3
Lubricating Oil Sampling Filter

Used to monitor oil contamination.
ST-1135
Pressure Gauge
Used to measure intake manifold pressure.
ST-1273
Pressure Gauge (0-160 psi)

Used to measure lubricating oil pressure.
3375275
Service Tools N14
Page 14-2 Section 14 - Engine Testing - Group 14

Pressure Gauge (0-300 psi)
Used to measure fuel pressure. Includes necessary hoses and
3375932 hardware to attach to a fuel pump. Part No. ST-435-1 is the hose and
Part No. ST-435-6 is the pressure gauge.
Fuel Measuring Device

Measure the rate of fuel consumption of a Cummins diesel engine.
3376375
Digital Optical Tachometer

Used to measure engine speed (RPM).
3377462
Blowby Check Tool

Used with manometer, Part No. ST-1111-3, to measure the engine
3822566 crankcase pressure.
CELECT™ Engine Dyno Control

Used on an engine dyno to control the CELECT™ engine and in the
3823948 troubleshooting OEM wiring harness and throttle pedal failures.
Dyno-Room Charge Air Cooler

Used to cool intake air when an air to air engine is used on a engine
3823978 dyno.
Echek™ Tool Kit

Used to troubleshoot and adjust CELECT™ or CELECT™ Plus system.
3824511 Kit includes Echek™ tool and all necessary power cords and cables.
Requires the correct cartridge for whichever application is being
used.
Data Link Adapter Kit

Inline adapter and associated cables are used to connect a computer
3824592 to an engine data link.
N14 Service Tools

INSITE™ Software Kit
This kit contains INSITE™ Software Kit, Part No. 3885790, for use with
3885825 CELECT™ engines, and INSITE™ Software Kit, Part No. 3885810, for
use with CELECT™ Plus engines. Each software kit can also be
ordered separately. The kits are used to troubleshoot, program, and
adjust the electronic system.
Dynamometer Worksheet N14
Dynamometer Worksheet (014-001)

Worksheet
Date: Repair Order Number Operator:
ESN: CPL: Fuel Pump Code:
Complaint: SC Code:
Parameter Code Specifications Actual Reading

Fuel Pressure (psi @ rpm) Use Specifications - Engine Testing
Fuel Rate (lb/hr)
Intake Manifold. Pressure (in.Hg) See Fuel Pump Code
Intake Manifold. Temperature
*Intake Air Restriction 25 in. H 2O, Maximum
*Exhaust Air Restriction 3 in. Hg, Maximum
*Fuel Inlet Restriction Use Specifications - Engine Testing
*Fuel Drain Line Restriction 3.5 in. Hg
Engine Blowby (New Engines) Maximum: 12 in. H 2 0
Engine Blowby (Used Engines) Maximum: 18 in. H 2 0
* Recorded at maximum horsepower speed and full load
Road Speed Limit Engine High Speed Limit

Check Oil Level Low High OK Fuel Quality OK Not OK
Turboch
Fuel arger Intake Manifold Coolant Engine Lubrica
Engine Fuel *Rate/ HP or
Tempera Inlet Air Temperature/ Temperature/ Blowb ting Oil
Speed Pressure Torque
te Tempera Pressure Pressure y Press
ture
* Be sure that the fuel rate is corrected for temperature.
Fuel Temperature Correction for Flow Rate

Less than 7°C [45°F] Flow meter not accurate
7 to 13°C [45 to 55°F] Subtract 2% from flow rate reading
13.0 to 20.0°C [55 to 68°F] Subtract 1% from flow rate reading
20.0 to 29°C [68 to 85°F] No Correction
29 to 42°C [85 to 108°F] Add 1% to flow rate reading
42 to 56°C [108 to 132°F] Add 2% to flow rate reading
56°C above [132°F] Flow meter not accurate
N14 Engine Testing (Chassis Dynamometer)
Pressure Conversions
1 in. H 2 0 = 0.074 in. Hg = 0.036 psi
1 in. Hg = 13.514 in. H 2 0 = 0.491 psi
1 psi = 2.036 in. Hg = 27.7 in. H 2 0
This page can be copied for convenience.
Engine Testing (Chassis

Dynamometer) (014-002)
Setup
The performance of an engine installed in "on-highway"
vehicles can be tested on a chassis dynamometer.
Because of driveline inefficiencies and engine-driven
accessories, the rated horsepower will be reduced by
approximately:
• 20 percent for single axle vehicles
• 25 percent for tandem axle vehicles
The net horsepower available is called wheel horsepower.
These percentages are used for engine run-in only and
are not to be used as absolute figures.
CAUTION
Before installing or operating a vehicle on a chassis
dynamometer, follow all of the vehicle manufacturer's
safety precautions.
CAUTION
Low profile radial tires are more sensitive to heat than
bias ply tires. Excessive operating time at full load can
damage tires due to overheating. Check the tire
manufacturer's recommendations for the maximum
allowable chassis dynamometer operating time.
Engine Testing (Chassis Dynamometer) N14
The following are general safety precautions to be

observed while operating the chassis dynamometer:
Use tires that have more than 160 kilometers [100 miles]
on them. Do not use new tires.
Do not use recapped tires or tires of different sizes or
designs.
Make sure the tires are inflated to the manufacturer's

specifications.
Remove all rocks or other material from the tread of all
tires that will be rotating on the dynamometer rollers.
Make sure there is correct overhead clearance for exhaust

stacks, air deflectors, or other attachments above the cab.
CAUTION
The "tie down" chains must have slack to prevent
damage to the chassis dynamometer.
Carefully position the vehicle onto the rollers.
Attach the "tie down" chains to the rear of the vehicle, and
put wheel chocks in front of the front wheels.
WARNING
Diesel exhaust contains carbon monoxide, a deadly
poison. Make sure all exhaust gases are vented to the
fresh outside air.
Adjust the vehicle and dynamometer room exhaust
system to make sure all exhaust gases are removed from
the room.
Refer to the chassis dynamometer and vehicle
manufacturer's recommendations and specifications for
testing procedures.
Test
WARNING
CAUTION
Do not add cold coolant to a hot engine. This can
cause engine casting damage. Allow the engine to
cool to below 50°C [120°F] before adding coolant.
Check the engine coolant level to make sure it is filled to
the correct level.
Check the engine lubricating oil level to make sure it is

filled to the correct level.
Use a known source of "good" quality Number 2 diesel
fuel. This is very important since Number 1 diesel fuels,
along with most other alternate fuels, are lighter (lower
specific gravity, higher API gravity) than Number 2 diesel
fuel. The lighter the fuel, the lower the energy content
(BTU) per gallon (liter, etc.).
To correctly monitor engine performance, record the

following parameters. To limit dynamometer operating
time, instrument the engine to make as many checks as
possible.
Check the engine speed rpm with a verified tachometer.
Check the fuel pressure
Check the fuel rate using fuel measuring device, Part
Number 3376375.
Check the fuel temperature if needed to check the fuel
rate.
Check the fuel inlet restriction.
Check the fuel drain line restriction.
Check the intake manifold pressure.
Check the intake air restriction.

Check the exhaust restriction.
Check the coolant temperature.
Check the engine blowby.
Check the lubricating oil pressure.
Check the coolant pressure.
Check the inlet manifold air temperature.
Check the turbocharger air inlet temperature.
Check the oil temperature.
Engine Speed (rpm)

Use digital optical tachometer, Part Number 3377462, to
check and verify engine speed.
Fuel Pressure
Pressure gauge, Part Number ST-435-6, is included with
snap rail pressure gauge, Part Number 3375932.
Measure the fuel pressure. Install the pressure gauge,
Part Number ST-435-6, or the pressure gauge in the fuel
measuring device, Part Number 3376375, to the fitting on
the fuel shutoff valve.
Fuel Rate
Use fuel measuring device, Part Number 3376375, to
measure the rate of fuel consumption. For more
information, refer to “Engine Testing — General
Information.”
Connect the fuel return hose from the engine to the fuel
measuring device (A).
Connect the fuel inlet hose to the fuel filter inlet (B).
Connect the return hose from the device (C) to the fuel
tank.
Connect the fuel inlet hose from the device to the fuel tank
suction line (D).
Adjust the fuel rate to compensate for temperature
variation if required.
Inlet Fuel Temperature

°C °F
15.5 MIN 60
48.9 MAX 120

Do not measure fuel inlet restriction with the fuel
measuring device installed. This will not measure the inlet
restriction of the vehicle's supply plumbing.
Measure the fuel inlet restriction. Install a vacuum gauge,
Part Number ST-434, between the fuel filter and the gear
pump inlet.
The gauge will not measure the correct vacuum if the

gauge is not held at the same level as the gear pump.
Hold the gauge at the same level as the gear pump.
NOTE: On CELECT™ and CELECT™ Plus it is not

necessary to operate the engine to maximum horsepower
—only to high idle.
Operate the engine at maximum horsepower rpm on STC
engines.
Observe the reading on the gauge.
Fuel Inlet Restriction CELECT™ and CELECT™ Plus

mm Hg in Hg
Dirty Filter 254 MAX 10
Fuel Inlet Restriction STC Engines

mm Hg in Hg
Correct the restriction or replace the fuel filter.

Do not measure fuel drain line restriction with the fuel
measuring device installed. This will not measure the
drain line restriction of the vehicle's return plumbing.
Use pressure gauge, Part Number ST-1273, to measure
fuel drain line restriction.
The gauge will not measure the correct pressure if the

gauge is not held at the same level as the connection.
Hold the gauge at the same level as the connection.
NOTE: On CELECT™ and CELECT™ Plus it is not

necessary to operate the engine to maximum horsepower
—only to high idle.
Operate the engine at maximum horsepower rpm on STC
engines.
Observe the reading on the gauge.
Fuel Drain Line Restriction CELECT™ and CELECT™

Plus
mm Hg in Hg
89 MAX 3.5
Fuel Drain Line Restriction STC Engines

mm Hg in Hg
Without Check Valves 63 MAX 2.5
With Check Valves 165 MAX 6.5
Intake Manifold Pressure

Measure the intake manifold pressure (turbocharger
boost). Install pressure gauge, Part Number ST-1273, in
the intake manifold as shown.
Observe the reading on the pressure gauge.
Intake Manifold Air Temperature Control - Chassis

Dynamometer test
When operating an engine on a chassis dynamometer,
follow these steps for best results and safe operation.
For CELECT™ and CELECT™ Plus engines, lock the
cooling fan in the "ON" mode. This can be done by
installing a jumper across the temperature switch or by
supplying shop air to the control valve. Refer to the fan
drive manufacturer for the recommended procedure.
Monitor the intake manifold air temperature using

INSITE™ in the monitor mode, or install Fluke digital
thermometer, Part Number 3822666, and thermocouple
wire kit, Part Number 3822988, into the intake manifold.
The intake manifold air temperature must not exceed the
maximum allowable temperature. The engine protection
system will disrupt performance if the temperatures
exceed this level. Maintain intake manifold air
temperature at the nominal level or below during chassis
dynamometer operation.
Intake Manifold Air Temperature

°C °F
77 MAX 170
66 NOM 150
If the intake manifold temperature exceeds 77°C [170°F],

shut off the engine. Allow the engine to cool.
Inspect the charge air cooler fins for obstructions to the
air flow.
Check the fan drive. Make sure the fan is locked in the
"ON" mode.
Remove any obstructions such as a winterfront or debris.
Manually lock the shutters in the "OPEN" position if
equipped.
Inspect the dynamometer room for adequate supply of
suitably cool or outside air. Make sure that dynamometer
room recirculation is not an issue.
Resume the test.
STC
Lock the cooling fan in the “ON” mode. This can be done
by installing a jumper across the temperature switch or by
supplying shop air to the control valve. Refer to the fan
drive manufacturer for the recommended procedure.
Remove any obstructions to the air flow across the

radiator such as a winterfront. Manually lock the shutters
in the “OPEN” position, if equipped.
Install a Fluke digital thermometer, Part Number 3822666,
and attach thermocouple wire kit, Part Number 3822988,
into the intake manifold. Monitor the intake manifold
temperature. The temperature must not exceed 77°C
[170°F].
If the intake manifold temperature exceeds the above
limits, shut off the engine. Allow the engine to cool.
Inspect the radiator fins for obstructions to the air flow.
Check the fan drive to make sure it is locked in the “ON”
mode.
Resume the test.
Charge Air Cooler Restriction

Measure the intake pressure drop across the charge air
cooler.
This test can be done with a mercury manometer or two
separate gauges, Part Number ST-1273. If two gauges are
being used, calibrate both gauges on a common pressure
source at 206 kPa [30 PSI] to ensure consistency.
Install one pressure gauge, Part Number ST-1273, into the
fitting in the turbocharger compressor outlet elbow. Install
the other pressure gauge into the fitting in the intake
manifold.
Charge Air Cooler Restriction

mm Hg in Hg
152 MAX 6
When measuring the pressure drop, operate a

dynamometer at the rpm that delivers the maximum
horsepower of engine tested. Engine speed will be 1600
to 1700 rpm on most engines.
Intake Air Restriction

The gauge adapter must be installed at a 90 degree angle
to the air flow in a straight section of pipe at a minimum of
one pipe diameter before the turbocharger.
Measure the inlet air restriction. Install the vacuum gauge,
Part Number ST-434, or a manometer in the intake air
piping.
Operate the engine at maximum horsepower rpm and

advertised horsepower.
Observe the reading on the gauge or manometer.

mm H2O in H2O
635 MAX 25
Exhaust Air Restriction

The gauge adapter must be installed near the
turbocharger in a straight section of pipe at the turbine
outlet.
Measure the exhaust air restriction. Install the vacuum
gauge, Part Number ST-1273, or a manometer in the
exhaust air piping.

advertised horsepower.
Observe the gauge or manometer.

mm Hg in Hg
76 MAX 30
Engine Blowby
Measure the engine crankcase pressure.
Use blowby checking tool, Part Number 3375150, and
water manometer, Part Number ST-1111-3.
Install a plug into the crankcase breather vent tube.

Remove the "bottle stopper" oil filler cap and install the
blowby checking tool, Part Number 3375150.
Install the water manometer to the blowby checking tool.

Observe the engine blowby.
Engine blowby must not exceed the following
specifications:
Blowby Specifications
New, Rebuilt Engines* Used Engines**
30.5 cm H 2 0 [12.0 in H 2 0] 46.0 cm H 2 0 [18.0 in H 2 0]
*Less than 160,000 km [100,000 miles] or 3600 hours.
*Over 160,000 km [100,000 miles] or 3600 hours.
Lubricating Oil Pressure

Use pressure gauge, Part Number 3375275, to measure
lubricating oil pressure.
Install the pressure gauge to the main oil rifle and observe
the oil pressure.
Low Idle At 1300 RPM
(Minimum (minimum At Advertised RPM
allowable) allowable)
276 to 345 kPa [40 to
70 kPa [10 psi] 205 kPa [30 psi]
50 psi]
Engine Coolant Pressure
WARNING
All pressure measurements are made at 1800 rpm with the
engine loaded or unloaded and the coolant pressure cap
removed. Removal of the pressure cap eliminates the
effect the coolant temperature has on the block pressure
at the time of testing.
Remove the pressure cap.
Use coolant pressure/temperature/flow analyzer kit, Part
Number 3822994, to measure engine coolant pressure.
Connect the analyzer to the high pressure manifold.
Coolant Pressure at High Pressure Manifold

kPa psi
152 ± 21 MIN 22 ± 3
275 MAX 40
WARNING
An alternate location to measure the coolant pressure is
the rocker housing water manifold.
All pressure measurements are made at 1800 rpm with the
engine loaded or unloaded and the coolant pressure cap
removed. Removal of the pressure cap eliminates the
effect the coolant temperature has on the block pressure
at the time of testing.
Remove the pressure cap.
Use coolant pressure/temperature/flow analyzer kit, Part
Number 3822994, to measure engine coolant pressure.
Connect the analyzer to the high pressure manifold.
Connect the analyzer to the rocker housing water
manifold.
Coolant Pressure at Rocker Housing Water Manifold

kPa psi
124 ± 21 MIN 18 ± 3
N14 Engine Run-in (Chassis Dynamometer)
Engine Run-in (Chassis Dynamometer)

(014-003)
Run-In Instructions
Refer to Chassis Dynamometer Operation, Procedure
014-002-011, for general operating procedures and safety
precautions.
Operate the vehicle in a gear that produces a road speed
of 90 to 100 km/h [55 to 60 mph] at maximum horsepower
rpm.
Install a Cummins electronic service tool on CELECT™

and CELECT™ Plus engines for monitoring engine
performance variables, system pressures, temperatures,
etc.
Monitor and record the following measurements during
run-in:
• Lubricating oil pressure
• Coolant temperature
• Fuel pressure
• Engine Torque
• Crankcase Blowby
• Engine speed (rpm)
• Fuel rate (use fuel measuring device, Part No.
3376375)
• Intake manifold air temperature
• Intake manifold pressure
• Turbocharger inlet air temperature
• Oil temperature
Refer to the Engine Dynamometer Worksheet in this

section.
Cummins Engine Company, Inc. recommends monitoring
block coolant pressure during run-in to aid in early
indication of a cooling system problem.
Engine Run-in (Chassis Dynamometer) N14
Obtain the CPL number from the engine dataplate and the
fuel pump code from the fuel pump dataplate.
Engine performance specifications and fuel system
calibration values are listed for specific engine CPL and
fuel pump codes in the following publications:
1. Fuel Pump Calibration Values, Bulletin No. 3379352.
2. Injector Parts Flow and Cross Reference, Bulletin
No. 3379664.
3. Engine Data Sheets
During the test, if a sudden increase in blowby occurs or

if blowby exceeds the maximum allowable limit during any
run-in, return to the previous step and continue the run-in.
If blowby does not reach an acceptable level during the
next step, discontinue the run-in and determine the cause.
Do not proceed to the next step until a steady, acceptable
blowby reading is obtained.
NOTE: Blowby must be measured by using blowby
checking tool, Part No. 3375150 or 3822566 with a
manometer, Part No. ST-1111-3, or its equivalent. Blowby
checking tool, Part No. 3375150, as shown, utilizes a
chamfered 7.67 mm [0.302 in] orifice.
Move the throttle to obtain 1200 rpm engine speed, and

apply a test load sufficient to develop 25 percent rated fuel
pressure on STC engines or 25 percent fuel rate on
CELECT™ and CELECT™ Plus engines.
Operate the engine at this speed and load level until the
coolant temperature reaches 70°C [158°F].
Check all gauges and record the data.
Operate the engine at maximum horsepower rpm and 75

percent of rated fuel pressure on STC engines or 75
percent fuel rate on CELECT™ and CELECT™ Plus
engines for 3 minutes. Check the gauges, and record the
readings.
NOTE: Do not proceed to the next step until a steady,
acceptable blowby reading is obtained.
N14 Engine Run-in (Chassis Dynamometer)

advertised horsepower with a wide open throttle for 5
minutes. Check the gauges, and record the readings.
Operate the engine at nominal torque peak rpm, full load,

and wide open throttle for 5 minutes. Check the gauges,
and record the readings.
Refer to the engine "Data Sheet" for the torque peak rpm
of the engine model being tested.

advertised horsepower with a wide open throttle for 5
minutes. Check the gauges, and record the readings.
Compare the readings to those published on the
appropriate engine "Data Sheet".
CAUTION
Do not shut off the engine immediately after the run-
in is completed. Allow the engine to cool by operating
it at 700 to 900 rpm for a minimum of 3 to 5 minutes
to avoid internal component damages. This allows the
turbocharger and other components to cool.
Engine Run-in (Without Dynamometer) N14
Make sure all instrumentation is removed before removing

the vehicle from the chassis dynamometer.
Engine Run-in (Without Dynamometer)

(014-004)
Run-In Instructions
On-Highway Applications
CAUTION
Refer to “Engine Testing — General Information” and
“Specifications — Engine Testing” at the front of this
section before operating the engine to avoid internal
component damage.
Operate the vehicle pulling the heaviest available trailer
allowed for the first 80 to 160 km [50 to 100 miles] after
rebuild. Operate the vehicle in the highest gear possible
within the normal operating rpm range of the engine. It is
necessary to operate the engine at or near full throttle at
75 percent to 85 percent of maximum horsepower rpm
indicated on the dataplate.
Do not idle the engine for more than 5 minutes at any one
time during the first 160 km [100 miles] of operation.
N14 Engine Testing (Engine Dynamometer)
Off-Highway Applications
CAUTION
Refer to “Engine Testing — General Information” and
“Specifications — Engine Testing” at the front of this
section before operating the engine to avoid internal
component damage.
Operate the engine under the highest load possible at full
throttle within the normal operating rpm range of the
engine for the first 3 hours of operation after rebuild.
Do not idle the engine for more than 5 minutes at any one
time during the first 3 hours of operation after a rebuild.
Engine Testing (Engine Dynamometer)

(014-005)
Setup
Make sure the dynamometer capacity is sufficient to
permit testing at 100 percent of the engine rated
horsepower. If the capacity is not enough, the testing
procedure must be modified to the restrictions of the
dynamometer.
Use engine lifting fixture, Part Number 3822512, to install
the engine to the test stand. Align and connect the
dynamometer. Refer to the manufacturer's instructions for
aligning and testing the engine.
Refer to Service Bulletin 3666005, Dynamometer and
Road Engine Testing, for detailed instructions on auxiliary
aftercooling system attachment.
Some engines are equipped with fittings used for
Compuchek® testing sensors. The sensor probes used for
Compuchek® and dynamometer testing are not
compatible. If the same location is used, remove the
Compuchek® fitting and install adapters for the
dynamometer sensor.
Install the coolant pressure sensor (1).
Install the coolant temperature sensor (2).
Engine Testing (Engine Dynamometer) N14
Coolant Plumbing
Connect the coolant supply to the water inlet connection.
Connect the coolant return to the water outlet connection.
Install the drain plugs and close all of the water drain
cocks.
Loosen the cooling system vent line.

Fill the system with coolant until it flows from the vent.
Tighten the vent line and finish filling the system.
Intake Air Temperature Control

The use of a remote aftercooler is mandatory whenever a
Cummins® charge-air cooler engine is attached to an
engine dynamometer for the purpose of engine run-in,
performance testing, and engine diagnostics.
Do not attempt to run a Cummins® charge-air cooler
engine without any means of controlling the intake
manifold air temperature.
Dyno-room charge air cooler, Part Number 3823978,
utilizes twin Big Cam III aftercooler assemblies arranged
for parallel air and water flow to cool the intake air to
acceptable levels.
The parallel air flow circuit heat exchangers provide

optimum performance by delivering air to the intake
manifold at temperatures no higher than 66°C [150°F],
and with less than the maximum allowable intake air
pressure drop (102 mm Hg [4 in Hg]).
The remote aftercooler removes energy from the intake air
which is compressed and heated by the turbocharger to
temperatures as high as 210°C [410°F] and then cooled
to temperatures of 66°C [150°F] using city water at 16°C
[60°F].
Water from a city tap line flows to the aftercoolers via a

one inch inside diameter neoprene hose.
Testing has shown the 12 gallon per minute (GPM ) city
water flow is required (6 GPM per aftercooler core) to
adequately cool the intake air for the 435 through 500
horsepower rated engine.
A typical garden hose is not suitable for this flow due to
the excessive restriction.
A low restriction ball type or gate valve is suitable for the
operation provided the required flow rates are obtained.
Water returns to the drain or reservoir from the
aftercoolers via a one inch inside diameter hose.
A low restriction gate valve or ball valve must be placed
on the drain line(s) to allow regulation of the water flow
through the aftercoolers.
This enables one to maintain optimum intake air
temperature during the test or run-in procedure.
The condensate that will develop, as the intake air is
cooled in the remote aftercooler, is allowed to drain at all
times through a hole at the bottom of the tubular steel
manifold between the aftercoolers.
This fitting must remain unobstructed throughout each
use of the aftercoolers.
Some air flow will escape through the condensate drain
opening, but it is insignificant compared to the total air
flow.
The air flow piping requires four inch inside diameter

aluminized steel piping.
The flow circuit must have as few bends as possible,
maximizing the length of straight sections. However, when
bends are required, use long elbows.
Do not use square elbows or anything that changes the
air flow direction quickly.
To reduce intake air restriction, air flow direction changes
must occur gradually.
During engine test, monitor the pressure drop through the

remote aftercooler.
Install one end of a manometer to the Compuchek® fitting
in the turbocharger compressor outlet elbow.
Install the other end of the manometer to the Compuchek®
fitting in the intake manifold.
Although less accurate than a manometer, two individually
calibrated pressure (in Hg) gauges can be used to monitor
pressure drop.
The pressure drop between these two locations must
not be greater than 152 mm Hg [6 in Hg] (21 kPa [3 psi]).
If the pressure drop is greater than 152 mm [6 in Hg] (21
kPa [3 psi]), check the remote aftercoolers and air flow
piping for plugging. Clean and replace if necessary.
During engine test, also monitor intake manifold

temperature.
Install a thermocouple (Fluke) into the 1/2 inch pipe tap in
the intake manifold.
The intake air heats up as it passes through the intake
manifold so the temperature must be measured as close
to the intake manifold elbow as possible.
If the intake manifold temperature exceeds 66°C [150°F]
during the test, make sure that there is an ample supply
of clean cool water flowing through the aftercoolers.
Under no circumstances must the intake air temperature
be allowed to exceed 77°C [170°F].
Inspect the engine for coolant leaks.

Repair all leaks found.

Install a water manometer to the air inlet pipe of the
turbocharger to measure inlet restriction.
The manometer adapter must be installed at a 90 degree
angle to the air flow in a straight section of pipe, one pipe
diameter before the turbocharger.
A vacuum gauge can be used to record the intake air
restriction.
Minimum gauge capacity: 760 mm H 2 0 [30 inches H 2 0].

Connect a mercury manometer to a straight section of the
exhaust piping near the turbocharger outlet to measure
exhaust restriction.
Protect the hose from heat by using a 305 mm [12 in]
minimum length of metal tubing leading from the exhaust
pipe connection.

On STC engines remove the pipe plug from the main oil
rifle drilling in the cylinder block.
Install the lubricating oil pressure gauge, Part Number
3375275.
On CELECT™ and CELECT™ Plus engines use a
Cummins® electronic service tool to monitor the
lubricating oil temperature.
Use a Cummins electronic service tool to monitor the

Intake Manifold Pressure

On STC engines remove the pipe plug in the intake
manifold just below the inlet air connection, and install the
intake manifold pressure gauge, Part Number ST-1273.
Install the lubricating oil pressure gauge, Part Number
3375275.
On CELECT™ and CELECT™ Plus engines use a
Cummins® electronic service tool to monitor the
Engine Blowby
Install the Part Number 3822566, engine blowby tool, to
the breather on the rocker lever cover to measure engine
crankcase pressure.
A pressure gauge can be used to record the engine
blowby.
Fuel Rate
The fuel measuring device, Part Number 3376375, is used
during the performance check to measure fuel
consumption. For more details, see the “Engine Testing
— General Information.”
Install the fuel measuring device as follows:
• The fuel return hose from the engine to the fuel
measuring device (A).
• The fuel inlet hose to the fuel filter inlet (B).
• The return hose from the device (C) to the fuel tank.
• The fuel inlet hose to the device from the fuel tank
suction line (D).
Adjust the fuel rate to compensate for temperature
variation if required. The fuel temperature must be
between 15.5°C and 48.9°C [60°F and 120°F] for
accurate measurement.

Measure the fuel inlet restriction. Install a vacuum gauge,
Part Number ST-434, between the fuel filter and the gear
pump inlet.
Do not measure fuel inlet restriction with the fuel
inlet restriction of the vehicle's supply plumbing.
Hold the gauge at the same level as the gear pump.

The gauge will not measure the correct vacuum if the
gauge is not held at the same level as the gear pump.
Engine Speed (rpm)

Use digital optical tachometer, Part Number 3377462, to
check and verify engine speed.
Fuel Pressure
Measure the fuel pressure. Install the pressure gauge,
Part Number ST-435-6, or the pressure gauge in the fuel
measuring device, Part Number 3376375, to the
Compucheck® fitting on the fuel shutoff valve.
Pressure gauge, Part Number ST-435-6, is included with
snap rail pressure gauge, Part Number 3375932.

Use pressure gauge, Part Number ST-1273, to measure
fuel drain line restriction.
Do not measure fuel drain line restriction with the fuel
drain line restriction of the vehicle's return plumbing.
Hold the gauge at the same level as the connection.
The gauge will not measure the correct pressure if the
gauge is not held at the same level as the connection.
Air Compressor
All air compressors manufactured by Cummins Inc. must
be operating during the engine run-in. During the
performance check, all air compressors must be in the
unload or non-operating mode.
Connect a source of compressed air capable of producing
665 kPa [95 psi] to the air compressor unloader (1).
This air line must contain a valve between the source and
the unloader.
The compressed air load in the accompanying illustration
must be attached to the air compressor outlet (2).
Use an air tank (2). Install an air regulator (3) capable of

maintaining 345 to 517 kPa [50 to 75 psi] air pressure at
both minimum and maximum engine rpm.
Install a steel tube or high temperature hose (1).
Hose temperature (minimum): 235°C [500°F].
Connect the tube or hose (1) to the air compressor outlet.
Starting Motor
Inspect the voltage rating on the starting motor before
installing the electrical wiring.
Install the electrical wiring to the starting motor and
batteries, if used.
If another method of starting the engine is used, follow the
manufacturer's instructions to make the necessary
connections.
Engine Throttle Control

CELECT™ and CELECT™ Plus Engines which are run on
an engine dynamometer require that the engine harness
be installed and connected to the engine.
Additionally, a special engine dynamometer version of the
OEM wiring harness and throttle control must be installed.
A special wiring harness and throttle control, Part Number

3823948, has been developed to enable engine operation
out of chassis.
Connect the dynamometer test OEM wiring harness amp

connector to the ECM. Tighten the connector capscrews
to the ECM.
Connect the dynamometer test OEM wiring harness 3-pin

connector to the engine harness power connector
(shroud).
To save, adjust, and write parameters to and from the
ECM, refer to the applicable Cummins electronic service
tool.
Parameters must be returned to their original value when
the test or run-in is completed.
Connect the dynamometer test OEM wiring harness 9-pin

connector to the engine harness 9-pin connector.
WARNING
Batteries can emit explosive gasses. To reduce the
cable last
Connect battery power to the starter.
Connect the dynamometer test OEM wiring harness

starter solenoid lead (yellow) to the starter solenoid.
Connect the ground lead (black) to the starter or battery
negative or ground side.
Connect the positive 12 VDC power lead (red) to either the
starter or battery positive (+12 VDC) side.
Connect the keyswitch panel datalink cable to the

Cummins electronic service tool.
Set up for dyno mode.
The setup is now completed, and the auto/manual throttle
control can be used to control engine speed.
N14 Engine Run-in (Engine Dynamometer)
Engine Run-in (Engine Dynamometer)

(014-006)
Run-In Instructions
Measurements from these indicators and gauges must
be observed closely during all phases of the engine run-
in period. Engine measurements taken are:
• Engine speed
• Engine horsepower
• Lube oil pressure
• Lube oil temperature
• Coolant out temperature
• Fuel pressure
• Crankcase blowby
• Fuel rate (using fuel measuring device, Part No.
3376375)
• Intake manifold air temperature
• Intake manifold pressure
• Turbocharger inlet air temperature
Refer to the Engine Dynamometer worksheet in

Cummins Engine Company, Inc. recommends monitoring
block coolant pressure during run-in to aid in early
indication of a cooling system problem.
It is a good practice to observe these measurements even

if engine performance meets specifications. If engine
performance does not meet specifications, these
measurements can indicate possible reasons for
underperformance. The measurements taken are:
• Fuel inlet restriction at fuel pump inlet
• Fuel temperature
• Exhaust system back pressure
• Air inlet restriction pressure
• Fuel drain pressure
• Coolant pressure
• Oil patch test
Engine Run-in (Engine Dynamometer) N14
Obtain the CPL number from the engine dataplate and the
fuel pump code from the fuel pump dataplate. Engine
performance specifications and fuel system calibration
values for specific engine CPL and fuel pump codes are
listed in the following publications:
1. Fuel Pump Calibration Values, Bulletin No. 3379352.
2. Injector Parts Flow and Cross Reference, Bulletin
No. 3379664.
3. Engine Data Sheets.
If a sudden increase in blowby occurs or if blowby exceeds

the maximum allowable limit during any run-in step, return
to the previous step and continue the run-in. If blowby
does not reach an acceptable level during the next step,
discontinue the run-in and determine the cause.
Do not proceed to the next step until a steady blowby
reading is obtained.
NOTE: Blowby must be measured by using blowby
checking tool, Part No. 3375150 or 3822566, with a
manometer, Part No. ST-1111-3, or its equivalent. Blowby
checking tool, Part No. 3375150, as shown, utilizes a
chamfered 7.67 mm [0.302 inch] orifice.
Start the engine.

Move the throttle to obtain 1200 rpm engine speed, and
apply a test load sufficient to develop 25 percent of rated
fuel pressure or 25 percent fuel rate on CELECT™ and
CELECT™ Plus engines.
Operate the engine at this speed and load level until the
coolant temperature is 70°C [158°F]. Check all gauges
and record the data.
Open the throttle to obtain speed at which maximum

horsepower is developed, and adjust the dynamometer
load to achieve 75 percent of rated fuel pressure or 75
percent fuel rate on CELECT™ and CELECT™ Plus
engines. Operate the engine at this speed and load level
for 3 minutes.
NOTE: Do not proceed to the next step until blowby is
stable within specifications.
N14 Engine Run-in (Engine Dynamometer)
Move the throttle lever to its fully opened position, and

increase the dynamometer load until 100 percent rated
fuel pressure or 100 percent fuel flow on CELECT™ and
CELECT™ Plus engines is developed. Operate the engine
at this condition and load level for 5 minutes or until the
blowby becomes stable within specifications.
Increase the dynamometer load until the engine speed

reduces to the engine's torque peak rpm.
Operate the engine at torque peak rpm for 7 minutes.
Reduce the dynamometer load until the engine speed

increases to the engine's maximum horsepower rpm.
Operate the engine at maximum horsepower rpm for 5
minutes.
Compare the readings to the specifications listed in the
previously mentioned publications.
CAUTION
Shutting off the engine immediately after operating at
full load will damage the turbocharger and internal
components. Always allow the engine to cool before
shutting it off.
Remove the dynamometer load completely, and operate
the engine at 700 to 900 rpm for 3 to 5 minutes. This period
will allow the turbocharger and other components to cool.
Engine Testing (Portable Dynamometer or Load Bank) N14
Make sure all instrumentation is removed before removing

the engine from the engine dynamometer.
Engine Testing (Portable

Dynamometer or Load Bank) (014-009)
General Information
When it is not possible to load an engine immediately after
rebuild or repair (example: on-highway tractor that must
be “bobtailed” for delivery, a stand-by generator or fire
pump that can not be operated because of customer
restrictions, a fire truck that can not be loaded with the
water pump, etc.), the engine must be run-in on a chassis
dynamometer, portable dynamometer, or load bank
following the recommendations outlined in the preceding
procedures.
N14
Section 16 - Mounting Adaptations - Group 16 Page 16-a
Section 16 - Mounting Adaptations - Group 16

Section Contents
Page
Engine Lifting Brackets ...................................................................................................................................16-2
Clean..............................................................................................................................................................16-2
Install..............................................................................................................................................................16-3
Remove..........................................................................................................................................................16-2
Engine Mounts ...............................................................................................................................................16-28
Inspect..........................................................................................................................................................16-28
Engine Support Bracket, Front .......................................................................................................................16-3
Clean..............................................................................................................................................................16-4
Install..............................................................................................................................................................16-4
Remove..........................................................................................................................................................16-3
Flywheel ..........................................................................................................................................................16-5
Clean..............................................................................................................................................................16-6
Finishing Steps............................................................................................................................................. 16-13
Rail Applications...........................................................................................................................................16-7
Install............................................................................................................................................................16-11
Rail Applications.........................................................................................................................................16-12
Measure..........................................................................................................................................................16-8
Bore Runout.................................................................................................................................................16-8
Face Runout................................................................................................................................................16-9
Remove..........................................................................................................................................................16-5
Flywheel Housing ..........................................................................................................................................16-13
Clean and Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................................................... 16-15
Finishing Steps............................................................................................................................................. 16-26
Install............................................................................................................................................................16-20
Measure........................................................................................................................................................16-21
Bore Alignment...........................................................................................................................................16-21
Face Alignment..........................................................................................................................................16-23
Redowel........................................................................................................................................................16-16
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................16-14
Flywheel Ring Gear .......................................................................................................................................16-27
Finishing Steps............................................................................................................................................. 16-28
Install............................................................................................................................................................16-27
Remove.........................................................................................................................................................16-27
Service Tools ...................................................................................................................................................16-1
Mounting Adaptations......................................................................................................................................16-1
N14
Page 16-b Section 16 - Mounting Adaptations - Group 16

N14 Service Tools
Section 16 - Mounting Adaptations - Group 16 Page 16-1
Service Tools
Mounting Adaptations
Repair Location.

Dowel Pin Extractor
Use to pull dowel pins.
ST-1134
Drill Ream Fixture

Use to accurately drill and ream holes in the cylinder block and
ST-1232 flywheel housing for the installation of the standard oversized dowel
pins. Used in conjunction with ST-1234 through ST-1238 and
3376495. Includes plate, Part No. ST-1232-1.
Dial Gauge Attachment

Use to check the bore and face of the flywheel and flywheel housing
ST-1325 relative to the center line of the crankshaft.
Crack Detection Kit

Use to check or inspect components for cracks.
3375432
Dial Indicator and Sleeve Assembly

Use with dial indicator attachment, Part No. ST-1325, for checking
3376050 the bore and face of the flywheel and flywheel housing.
Engine Lifting Brackets N14
Page 16-2 Section 16 - Mounting Adaptations - Group 16
Engine Lifting Brackets (016-001)

Remove
Remove the four capscrews and the rear lifting bracket.
Remove the four capscrews and the front lifting bracket.
Clean
Steam clean or use solvent, and dry with compressed air.
Inspect for Reuse

Visually inspect the lifting brackets for cracks or damage.
Inspect the capscrew threads for damage. Replace if
necessary.
N14 Engine Support Bracket, Front
Install
Install the front bracket and four capscrews.
Install the rear bracket and four capscrews.
Engine Support Bracket, Front

(016-002)
Remove
Use a hoist or lifting fixture to support the front of the
engine.
Remove the alternator drive belts. Refer to Procedure
013-001-002.
Remove the vibration damper and the crankshaft pulley.
Refer to Procedures 001-052-002 and 001-022-002,
respectively.
Remove the two capscrews from the front engine mounts

and the support bracket.
Raise the front of the engine with the hoist.
Remove the eight mounting capscrews and the front

engine support bracket from the gear cover.
Remove the rubber engine mounts from the
crossmember.
Engine Support Bracket, Front N14
Clean
Steam clean or use solvent, and dry the parts with
compressed air.
Inspect for Reuse

Visually inspect the engine mounts for cracks or
deterioration.
Visually inspect the engine support bracket for cracks or

damage.
Inspect the capscrew threads for damage.
Install
Install the rubber engine mounts into the crossmember.
Install the engine support bracket and the eight mounting
capscrews.
N14 Flywheel
Lower the front of the engine to the rubber engine mounts.

NOTE: The capscrew holes in the support bracket must
be aligned with the capscrew holes in the engine mounts.
Install the two support bracket to engine mount
capscrews, and tighten to the manufacturer's
specifications.
Remove the lifting fixture or the hoist from the engine.
Install the vibration damper and the crankshaft pulley.

Refer to Procedures 001-052-026 and 001-022-026,
respectively.
Install and adjust the alternator drive belts. Refer to
Flywheel (016-005)
Preparatory Steps
• Disconnect the batteries to prevent accidental
engine starting.
• Ensure vehicle is immobilized and safe to work on.
Refer to the end-user procedures.
• Remove the vehicle driveline and the transmission.
Refer to the manufacturer's instructions.
Remove
Install two 1/2 - 13 x 1 1/2 puller capscrews which have a
minimum of 1 1/4-inch threaded area at points (1) and (2).
Remove capscrews (3) and (4), and install two 5/8 - 18 x
6-inch guide studs, Part No. 3824462.
NOTE: For Rail Applications the flywheel mounting
capscrews must be discarded and replaced.
Flywheel N14
Determine the capscrew thread size, and install two "T-

handles", Part No. 3824463, into the flywheel at points (4)
and (5).
Remove the remaining four flywheel mounting capscrews.
NOTE: For Rail Applications the flywheel mounting
capscrews must be discarded and replaced.
WARNING
people or a hoist will be required to lift the flywheel
to avoid personal injury.
Tighten capscrews (1) and (2) in alternating sequence to
loosen the flywheel.
Clean
WARNING
When using a steam cleaner, wear protective clothing,
as well as safety glasses or a face shield. Hot steam
WARNING
for use. Wear goggles, as well as protective clothing,
to reduce the possibility of personal injury.
WARNING
Compressed air used for cleaning should not exceed
207 kPa [30 psi]. Wear appropriate eye and face
protection when using compressed air. Flying debris
and dirt can cause personal injury.
Use a wire brush to clean the crankshaft pilot bore.
Steam clean or use a solvent, and dry with compressed
air.
N14 Flywheel
Inspect for Reuse

Visually inspect for nicks or burrs.
Use a fine crocus cloth to remove small nicks and burrs.
WARNING
Do not use a cracked or resurfaced flywheel. These
can break, causing serious personal injury or property
damage.
Use the crack detection kit, Part No. 3375432, to check
for cracks in the flywheel. Follow the instructions provided
with the kit.
Inspect the flywheel ring gear teeth for cracks and chips.
NOTE: If the ring gear teeth are cracked or broken, the
ring gear must be replaced.
Rail Applications
NOTE: If an "old" style flywheel is fitted, it must be
replaced with a "new" style flywheel. The "new" style
flywheel ensures greater integrity of the crankshaft/
flywheel bolted joint.
CAUTION
"Old" style flywheels must be scrapped and not
reused. "Old" style flywheels are not compatible for
use with the spacer/clamping ring.
Check the flywheel mating face of the crankshaft for signs
of pitting, fretting or corrosion. Refer to Procedure
001-016.
Flywheel N14
Measure
Bore Runout
Use the dial indicator gauge (1), Part No. 3376050, or its
equivalent and dial gauge attachment (2), Part No.
ST-1325, to inspect the flywheel bore (3) and the surface
(4) runout.
Install the attachment to the flywheel housing.
Install the gauge on the attachment.
Install the contact tip of the indicator against the inside
diameter of the flywheel bore, and set the dial indicator at
"0" (zero).
Use the accessory drive shaft to rotate the crankshaft one

complete revolution.
NOTE: The total indicator reading (TIR) must not exceed
0.127 mm [0.0050-inch].
NOTE: If the TIR is greater than the specification, do the

following:
• Remove the flywheel.
• Inspect the flywheel mounting surface for dirt, paint,

or damage.
N14 Flywheel
• Inspect the crankshaft for dirt or damage.

NOTE: If the crankshaft is found to be damaged, replace
the crankshaft.
• Install the flywheel, and inspect the bore runout.
• Replace the flywheel if the runout does not meet

specifications.
Face Runout
Install the contact tip of the indicator against the flywheel
face, as close to the outside diameter as possible, to
inspect the face (4) runout.
Push the flywheel forward to remove the crankshaft end
clearance. Adjust the dial on the indicator until the needle
points to "0" (zero).
Flywheel N14
Use the accessory drive shaft to rotate the crankshaft one

complete revolution. Measure the flywheel runout at four
equal points on the flywheel.
NOTE: The flywheel must be pushed toward the front of
the engine to remove the crankshaft end clearance each
time a point is measured.
The total indicator reading (TIR) must not exceed the

following specifications:
Flywheel Radius (A) Maximum (TIR) of Flywheel

Face
mm in mm in
203 8 0.203 0.008
254 10 0.254 0.010
305 12 0.305 0.012
356 14 0.356 0.014
406 16 0.406 0.016
If the flywheel face runout is not within specifications,

remove the flywheel. Check for nicks, burrs, or foreign
material between the flywheel mounting surface and the
crankshaft flange.
Inspect the flywheel for any deformation, bending, or
cracking that can contribute to excessive face run-out.
Replace if necessary.
Install the clutch discs, the pressure plate, the

transmission, and the driveline (if equipped) in reverse
order of removal. Refer to the manufacturer's instructions.
NOTE: Align the universal joints on each end of the drive
shaft to prevent vibration. Refer to the manufacturer's
instructions.
N14 Flywheel
Install
NOTE: Use a new pilot bearing when installing a new or
rebuilt clutch.
Use a mandrel and a hammer to remove the pilot bearing.
Use a 240 grit emery cloth to clean the pilot bore.
Use a mandrel and a hammer to install the pilot bearing.

NOTE: The pilot bearing must be installed flush with the
pilot bore surface.
Install two 5/8 - 18 x 6-inch guide studs, Part No. 3824462,

into the crankshaft flange.
WARNING
people or a hoist will be required to lift the part to
avoid personal injury.
Install the flywheel onto the guide stud.
Lubricate the threads of the capscrews and the surface of

the washers with 15W-40 lubricating oil.
Flywheel N14
Install the four capscrews.

Remove the "T-handles", Part No. 3824463, and the guide
studs, Part No. 3824462.
Install the remaining two capscrews into the holes from
which the guide studs were removed.
Tighten the capscrews in a star pattern.
Rail Applications
Install the spacer/clamping ring, Part Number, 3287628.
WARNING
Do not reuse the existing capscrews. Replace all used
flywheel capscrews with new capscrews. Do not
replace or reuse the existing washers.
Lubricate the threads of the capscrews and the underhead
area of the capscrews with clean 15W-40 lubricating oil.
Install the four new capscrews, Part Number, 3287753.

Remove the "T-handles", Part No. 3824463, and the guide
studs, Part No. 3824462.
Install the remaining two capscrews into the holes from
which the guide studs were removed.
N14 Flywheel Housing
Tighten the capscrews in the sequence shown.

Step3 Plus 90 degrees
Finishing Steps
• Install vehicle driveline and transmission. Refer to
the manufacturer's instructions.
• Connect batteries.
• Mobilize vehicle. Refer to the end-user procedures.
Flywheel Housing (016-006)

Preparatory Steps
WARNING
This component weighs 23 kg [50 lb] or more. To
reduce the possibility of personal injury, use a hoist
or get assistance to lift this component.
Remove the transmission, the clutch, and all related
components. Refer to the manufacturer's instructions.
Remove the flywheel. Refer to Procedure 016-005.
WARNING
cable last.
Use a portable lifting bracket, Part Number . 3823835, to
support the rear of the engine.
Disconnect the battery cables.
Remove the starting motor. Refer to Procedure 013-020.
Flywheel Housing N14
Remove the capscrews and both rear engine mounts.
Remove
Remove capscrews (1) and (2), and install two 3/8-18 x 4
in guide studs, Part Number 3824462.
Remove the remaining capscrews.

Use a rubber hammer to loosen the housing from the
dowels in the cylinder block.
On wet-type flywheel housings, remove the o-ring from the

rear cover and the 11 rectangular sealing rings from the
flywheel housing.
WARNING
When using a steam cleaner, wear safety glasses or a
face shield, as well as protective clothing. Hot steam
WARNING
WARNING
personal injury.
Steam clean or use solvent to clean the housing.
Inspect all surfaces for nicks, burrs, or cracks.

Use a fine crocus cloth to remove small nicks and burrs.
Inspect all threaded capscrew holes for damage.

Repair or replace the housing if the capscrew holes are
damaged.
Redowel
Use the dowel pin extractor, Part Number ST-1134, or
equivalent to remove the two dowel pins from the cylinder
block.
Measure one of the dowel pins which was removed and

replace it with the next oversize dowel.
Install the flywheel housing.
Do not tighten the capscrews to the final torque value until
the flywheel housing is aligned.
Use chalk to mark the housing at the 12:00 o'clock, 3:00

o'clock, 6:00 o'clock, and 9:00 o'clock positions.
Attach the dial indicator to the crankshaft.
Use the accessory drive to rotate the crankshaft until the

dial indicator is at the 3:00 o'clock position.
Adjust the dial indicator until the needle points to
"0" (zero).
Rotate the crankshaft until the indicator is at the 9:00
o'clock position.
Check the total indicator reading.
If the total indicator reading exceeds the limits use a mallet

to horizontally move the housing one-half the distance of
the total indicator reading.
o'clock position.
Adjust the dial until the needle points to "0" (zero).

o'clock position.
Check the total indicator reading.
If the total indicator reading exceeds the limits, use a
mallet to vertically move the housing one-half the distance
of the total indicator reading.

o'clock position.
Adjust the dial until the needle points to "0" (zero).
Rotate the crankshaft, and record the indicator reading at
the 3:00 o'clock, 6:00 o'clock, and 9:00 o'clock positions.
After the housing bore is aligned, check to make sure the

surface of the housing is in alignment.
When the housing alignment is within the limits, tighten
the capscrews. Tighten the capscrews in the sequence.
After the capscrews are tightened, check the housing bore

and the surface alignment again before doweling the
housing.
Use the appropriate size capscrews to attach plate, Part
Number ST-1232-1, which is contained in drill ream
fixture, Part Number ST-1232.
Do not tighten the capscrews so tightly that the plate will
not move.
Use the locator pin, Part Number 3375052, to align the

plate with the hole for the dowel pin.
The taper on the pin must engage the dowel pin hole.
The locator pin must rotate easily after the capscrews are
tightened.
Measure the dowel pins which are to be installed.

Obtain a reamer (1) that is 0.013 mm to 0.02 mm [0.0005
in to 0.001 in] smaller than the dowel.
The dowel must be long enough to protrude from the

block one-half of the flywheel housing wall thickness but
must not protrude past the housing wall.
There are three oversize dowel pins available from
Cummins Inc.:
Oversize Dowel Pin Outside Diameter
Overall Dimension Oversize
13.08 mm [0.515 in] 0.38 mm [0.015 in]
13.46 mm [0.530 in] 0.76 mm [0.030 in]
13.84 mm [0.545 in] 1.14 mm [0.045 in]
Install the appropriate drill bushings. The graphic shows

the bushings available from Cummins Inc.
The drill bushing used must be the same size as the
reamer (or the drill) which is used.
If the new dowel pins are more than 0.38 mm [0.015 in]
larger than the old dowels, drill the hole to a size that is
slightly smaller than the reamer.
The reamer will not have to remove an excessive amount
of material.
CAUTION
Do not allow metal chips to enter the engine. Damage
to the engine will result.
Ream the hole until the reamer touches the bottom of the
hole in the block.
After reaming one hole, turn the plate and align it with the
second dowel hole.
Repeat the procedure in the second hole.
Remove the plate from the crankshaft.
CAUTION
To avoid possible engine damage, make sure the
dowel hole does not contain any metal chips.
Use a square nose drift. Drive each dowel in until it
touches the bottom of the hole in the block.
After the dowels are installed, measure the bore and the
surface alignment again.
Install
CAUTION
If a new flywheel housing is being installed, the
dowels must be removed from the cylinder block prior
to installing the housing to prevent damage to the
housing. The housing must be doweled with an
oversize dowel after it has been aligned.
Install two 5/8 - 18 x 4 in guide studs, Part Number
3824462, into the cylinder block to help support and align
the housing during installation.
If a wet-type flywheel housing is being installed, perform

the following:
• Install a new o-ring onto the rear cover. Use 15W-40
oil to lubricate the o-ring.
• Install 11 rectangular sealing rings into the capscrew
and dowel pin counterbores in the flywheel housing.
Use gasket adhesive to fasten the sealing rings to
the housing.
Install the flywheel housing over the guide studs.

Install the capscrews, and tighten in the sequence shown.
Measure
Bore Alignment
CAUTION
The flywheel housing bore and the surface must be in
alignment with the crankshaft to prevent possible
damage to the engine, the clutch, or the transmission.
Use chalk to mark the housing at the 12:00 o'clock, 3:00
o'clock, 6:00 o'clock, and 9 o'clock positions.
Use the dial gauge indicator (1), Part Number 3376050,
and dial gauge attachment (2), Part Number ST-1325, to
measure the bore alignment.
Use the accessory drive shaft to rotate the crankshaft.
Attach a dial indicator to the crankshaft as shown.

The indicator arm must be rigid for an accurate reading.
It must not sag.
Put the indicator at the 12:00 o'clock position. Adjust the
dial indicator until the needle points to "0" (zero).
Use the accessory drive to rotate the crankshaft in a

clockwise direction (as viewed from the front of the
engine).
Record the indicator reading at three different points: 3:00
o'clock, 6:00 o'clock, and 9:00 o'clock.
Continue rotating the crankshaft until the dial indicator is

at the 12:00 o'clock position.
Check the dial indicator to make sure the needle still
Determine the total indicator run out as follows:
Total Indicator Run Out (Example)

Total
12:00 3:00 6:00 9:00 Indicato
O'clock O'clock O'clock O'clock r Run
Out
+0.08
+ 0.08
0.00 mm mm -0.05 mm 0.13 mm
mm [+.
[0.00 in] [+0.003 [-0.002 in] [0.005 in]
003 in]
in]
The maximum allowable total indicator reading depends

on the diameter of the housing bore. See the following
chart:
Flywheel Housing Bore Alignment Total Indicator

Run Out
SAE Bore Diameter Bore Location
Number Tolerance
00 787.40 to 787.65 mm 0.30 mm [0.012 in]
[31.000 to 31.010 in]
0 647.70 to 647.95 mm 0.25 mm [0.010 in]
[25.500 to 25.510 in]
½ 584.00 to 584.20 mm 0.25 mm [0.010 in]
[23.000 to 23.008 in]
1 534.27 to 534.40 mm 0.20 mm [0.008 in]
[20.125 to 20.130 in]
2 447.68 to 447.80 mm 0.20 mm [0.008 in]
[17.625 to 17.630 in]
3 409.58 to 409.70 mm 0.20 mm [0.008 in]
[16.125 to 16.130 in]
If the bore alignment does not meet the specifications,

loosen the housing capscrews.
Tighten the capscrews again, and measure the bore
alignment again.
Flywheel housing misalignment can be confirmed if the
dial indicator minimum and maximum readings are
exactly 180 degrees apart.
Alignment can be corrected by repositioning the housing.
A flywheel housing bore "Out-of-Round" condition will
produce dial indicator minimum and maximum readings
in random locations.
If the alignment is not within specifications and the bore

is round, the housing can be shifted.
If the alignment is not within specifications and the bore
is not round, the housing must be replaced.
Face Alignment
CAUTION
The tip of the gauge must not enter the capscrew
holes or the gauge will be damaged.
Put the tip of the dial indicator gauge against the flywheel
housing surface.
Use the accessory drive to rotate the crankshaft until the

dial indicator is at the 12:00 o'clock position.
Push the crankshaft toward the front of the engine.
Adjust the dial on the indicator until the needle points to
"0" (zero).
The crankshaft must be pushed toward the front of the
engine to remove the crankshaft end clearance each time
a point is measured.
Use the accessory drive to rotate the crankshaft in the

clockwise direction.
Record the indicator reading at three different points: 3:00
o'clock, 6:00 o'clock, and 9:00 o'clock.
Continue rotating the crankshaft until the dial indicator is

at the 12:00 o'clock position.
Check the dial indicator to make sure the needle still
Determine the total indicator run out as follows:
Total Indicator Run Out (Example)

Total
12:00 3:00 6:00 9:00 Indicato
O'clock O'clock O'clock O'clock r Run
Out
+0.08
+ 0.08
0.00 mm mm -0.05 mm 0.13 mm
mm [+.
[0.00 in] [+0.003 [-0.002 in] [0.005 in]
003 in]
in]
The maximum allowable total indicator reading depends

on the diameter of the housing bore. See the following
chart:
Flywheel Housing Bore Alignment Total Indicator

Run Out
SAE Bore Diameter Bore Location
Number Tolerance
00 787.40 to 787.65 mm 0.30 mm [0.012 in]
[31.000 to 31.010 in]
0 647.70 to 647.95 mm 0.25 mm [0.010 in]
[25.500 to 25.510 in]
½ 584.00 to 584.20 mm 0.25 mm [0.010 in]
[23.000 to 23.008 in]
1 534.27 to 534.40 mm 0.20 mm [0.008 in]
[20.125 to 20.130 in]
2 447.68 to 447.80 mm 0.20 mm [0.008 in]
[17.625 to 17.630 in]
3 409.58 to 409.70 mm 0.20 mm [0.008 in]
[16.125 to 16.130 in]
If the alignment is not within specifications, remove the

housing. Check for nicks, burrs, or foreign material
between the block and the housing.
Check the alignment again. If the alignment is not within

specifications, the block or the housing is not machined
correctly.
Finishing Steps
Install the two rear engine mounts. Tighten the capscrews
to the manufacturer's specifications.
Remove the lifting fixture used to support the engine.
WARNING
cable last.
Install the starting motor. Refer to Procedure 013-020.
Connect the battery cables.
WARNING
This component weighs 23 kg [50 lb] or more. To
reduce the possibility of personal injury, use a hoist
or get assistance to lift this component.
Install the flywheel. Refer to Procedure 016-005.
Install the clutch, the transmission, and related
components. Refer to the manufacturer's instructions.
N14 Flywheel Ring Gear
Flywheel Ring Gear (016-008)

Preparatory Steps
• Remove flywheel. Refer to Procedure 016-005.
Remove
CAUTION
Do not use a cutting torch to heat the ring gear. The
flywheel can be damaged.
Heat the outside of the ring gear with a heating torch.
Use a blunt chisel and a hammer to remove the gear from
the flywheel.
Install
Heat the new ring gear in an oven heated to 316°C [600°
F] for a minimum of 1-hour.
NOTE: Do not overheat the ring gear. The metal hardness
will be changed.
WARNING
Wear protective gloves when handling parts that have
been heated to prevent personal injury.
Remove the gear from the oven and install it on the
flywheel before it cools.
NOTE: If an oven is not available, use a heating torch to
heat the inside diameter of the new ring gear to 316°C
[600°F]. Use a Tempilstik® crayon, or its equivalent, to
check the gear temperature before installing it on the
flywheel.
Engine Mounts N14
Finishing Steps
• Install flywheel. Refer to Procedure 016-005.
Engine Mounts (016-010)

Inspect
CAUTION
Damaged engine mounts and brackets can cause the
engine to move out-of-alignment, can damage the
driveline components in the equipment, and can
result in vibration complaints.
Inspect all rubber-cushioned mounts for cracks or
damage.
Inspect all mounting brackets for cracks or damaged bolt
holes.
N14
Section 17 - Miscellaneous - Group 17 Page 17-a
Section 17 - Miscellaneous - Group 17

Section Contents
Page
Cup Plug ..........................................................................................................................................................17-1
Clean..............................................................................................................................................................17-1
Install..............................................................................................................................................................17-2
Remove..........................................................................................................................................................17-1
Pipe Plug .........................................................................................................................................................17-2
Install..............................................................................................................................................................17-3
Remove..........................................................................................................................................................17-2
Straight Thread Fittings ..................................................................................................................................17-5
Clean..............................................................................................................................................................17-5
Install..............................................................................................................................................................17-6
Remove..........................................................................................................................................................17-5
Straight Thread Plug .......................................................................................................................................17-4
Install..............................................................................................................................................................17-4
Remove..........................................................................................................................................................17-4
N14
Page 17-b Section 17 - Miscellaneous - Group 17

N14 Cup Plug
Section 17 - Miscellaneous - Group 17 Page 17-1
Cup Plug (017-002)

Remove
CAUTION
Do not allow metal shavings to fall in the engine when
drilling a hole in the cup plug.
Use a center punch to mark the cup plugs for drilling.
Drill a 1/8-inch hole in the cup plug.
CAUTION
Discard used cup plugs. Do not use them again.
Use a dent puller to remove the plug.
Clean
Clean the cup plug bores.
Inspect for Reuse

Visually inspect the bores for damage.
Repair the bores if necessary.
NOTE: Refer to Section V, “Engine Component
Specifications,” for cylinder block cup plug bore
dimensions and cup plug dimensions.
Pipe Plug N14
Page 17-2 Section 17 - Miscellaneous - Group 17
Install
Apply a film of cup plug sealant, Part No. 3375068, to the
outside diameter of the cup plug.
NOTE: Do not install a used cup plug. Discard all plugs
after removal.
Install the cup plug with the appropriate cup plug driver.
Refer to Service Tools catalog, Bulletin No. 3377575.
NOTE: Allow the cup plug sealant to dry for a minimum of
two hours after the plug is installed before operating the
engine. The plug can come out of the bore if the sealant
is not dry.
CAUTION
The plug must be installed with the edge of the plug
deeper than the leading chamfer to the bore.
CAUTION
Do not install the plug too deeply. The cross drilling
in the cylinder block may be blocked. If the plug is not
installed straight and flat, it must be replaced with a
new cup plug.
Pipe Plug (017-007)

Remove
Select the appropriate size Allen wrench and remove the
pipe plug.
N14 Pipe Plug

Use spray cleaner, Part No. 3823717 or equivalent, to
clean the threads of the pipe plugs and threaded bores.
Inspect the threads of the pipe plugs for mutilation or

damage.
Inspect the threaded bores for damage.
Repair the bores, if necessary. Refer to the L10 Alternative
Repair Manual, Bulletin No. 3810310.
Install
Apply a film of pipe plug sealant, Part No. 3375066 or
equivalent, to the threads.
Install and tighten the pipe plugs.
Refer to the following chart for torque values:
Tighten pipe plugs to the appropriate torque values.

Straight Thread Plug N14
Straight Thread Plug (017-011)

Remove
Select the appropriate size wrench or socket and remove
the plug.

Use spray cleaner, Part Number 3823717 or equivalent,
to clean the threads of the straight thread plug and
threaded bores.
Inspect the threads of the plug for mutilation or damage.

Inspect the threaded bores for damage.
Install
Install a new o-ring on the plug. The o-ring used by
Cummins Inc., is the only one recommended by Cummins
Engine Company.
Lubricate with clean 14W-40 oil.
Install and tighten the plugs.
Refer to the following chart for torque values:
Tighten straight thread plugs to the value indicated in the
Torque Values table.
N14 Straight Thread Fittings
Torque Values
Thread Size Steel Fitting (In Cast Iron or Steel) Brass Fittings
5/16-24 5 to 6 N•m [45 to 50 in-lb] 3.1 to 3.4 N•m [27 to 30 in-lb]
½-20 15 to 18 N•m [11 to 13 ft-lb] 8.2 to 9.0 N•m [72 to 80 in-lb]
9/16-18 30 to 34 N•m [22 to 24 fl-lb] 12.7 to 14.1 N•m [112 to 125 in-lb]
¾-16 50 to 56 N•m [37 to 41 ft-lb] 24 to 28 N•m [18 to 21 ft-lb]
7/8-14 71 to 79 N•m [52 to 58 ft-lb] 38 to 39 N•m [26 to 29 ft-lb]
1 1/16-12 102 to 113 N•m [75 to 83 ft-lb] 50 to 56 N•m [37 to 41 ft-lb]
2 ½-12 457 to 509 N•m [337 to 375 ft-lb] 126 to 141 N•m [93 to 104 ft-lb]
Straight Thread Fittings (017-016)

Remove
Select the appropriate size wrench and remove the fitting.
Clean
Use spray cleaner, Part No. 3823717 or equivalent, to
clean the threads of the straight thread fittings and
threaded bores.
Straight Thread Fittings N14
Inspect for Reuse

Visually inspect the threads of the fittings for mutilation or
damage.
Visually inspect the threaded bores for damage.
Install
Adjustable style fittings in straight thread bosses or holes
applies to all fittings (elbows, connectors, tees, check
valves, etc.) that have straight threads, an o-ring, a backup
washer, and a locknut. Before installation, install a new o-
ring onto the fitting and lubricate the o-ring.
Raise the locknut, to permit the backup washer to be

installed in the extreme, upper end of the groove.
Install the fitting into the straight thread boss or hole to full
depth, where the metal backup washer contacts the face
of the boss or hole.
N14 Straight Thread Fittings
Position the fitting by turning it out counterclockwise up

to a maximum of one turn. Holding the pad of the fitting
with a wrench, tighten the locknut and washer against the
face of the boss or hole to the specified torque value.
Straight Thread Fittings N14
Notes
N14
Section 20 - Vehicle Braking - Group 20 Page 20-a
Section 20 - Vehicle Braking - Group 20

Section Contents
Page
Engine Brake ...................................................................................................................................................20-1
Adjust.............................................................................................................................................................20-4
Cummins......................................................................................................................................................20-4
Clean..............................................................................................................................................................20-1
Finishing Steps...............................................................................................................................................20-3
Install..............................................................................................................................................................20-2
Remove..........................................................................................................................................................20-1
N14
Page 20-b Section 20 - Vehicle Braking - Group 20

N14 Engine Brake
Section 20 - Vehicle Braking - Group 20 Page 20-1
Engine Brake (020-024)

Preparatory Steps
WARNING
cable last.
• Disconnect the battery cables (negative [-] cable first)
before removing or installing the engine brakes.
CAUTION
Do not use solvent to clean the rocker lever cover
gasket. Solvent will damage the o-ring material and
cause it to swell.
• The rocker lever cover gasket can be used again if it
is not damaged. Do not discard the gasket.
• Remove the crankcase breather tube. Refer to
Procedure 003-001 (Crankcase Breather Tube) in
Section 3.
• Remove the rocker lever cover and rocker lever
cover gaskets. Refer to Procedure 003-011 (Rocker
Lever Cover) in Section 3.
Remove
Disconnect the engine brake harness wire from the
electrical connector on each engine brake housing.
Remove the capscrews and washers from each engine
brake housing.
Remove the engine brake housing.
Remove the engine brake housing gasket.
Clean
Use an approved solvent to clean the housing, and dry
with compressed air.
Engine Brake N14
Page 20-2 Section 20 - Vehicle Braking - Group 20
Inspect for Reuse

Inspect the housing for any missing or damaged parts.
Apply a thin film of clean 15W-40 oil to the machined

surfaces.
Install
Install new engine brake housing gaskets and the engine
brake housings.
Install the engine brake housing washers and capscrews.

Tighten the capscrews in the sequence shown to the
torque value listed below.
N14 Engine Brake
Connect the brake harness wire to the electrical connector

on each brake housing.
Adjust the engine brakes. Consult the adjust step in this

procedure.
Finishing Steps
WARNING
cable last.
• The rocker lever cover gasket can be used again if it
is not damaged.
• Install the reusable rocker lever cover gaskets.
• Install the rocker lever covers. Refer to Procedure
• Install the crankcase breather tube. Refer to
Procedure 003-001 (Crankcase Breather, Tube) in
Section 3.
• Connect the battery cables (negative [-] cable first).
Engine Brake N14
Adjust
Cummins
CAUTION
To get maximum brake operating efficiency and to
prevent engine damage, it is important to follow the
instructions in this section.
NOTE: The dial indicator method can not be used if the

adjusting screw has a screwdriver slot. In that case, the
feeler gauge method will have to be used.
The dial indicator method is the only approved procedure
for brake lash adjustment. Studies have determined that
adjustments made with a feeler gauge are significantly
less accurate than those made with an indicator.
Excessive lash can overload the engine's injection train
and can result in engine damage.
To maintain a very high level of brake performance on the
N14 Plus engine while operating within the valve and
injection train capabilities, it is recommended to adjust
brake lash with a dial indicator.
Engine brake adjustment specifications are found on the

engine brake dataplate (1) located on the exhaust side of
the engine brake housing.
If the engine is equipped with an engine brake, use the
following adjustment procedure.
Slave piston adjustment must be made with the engine

stopped and cold (stabilized water temperature at 60°C
[140°F] or below). The exhaust valves on the cylinder
which are to be adjusted must be in the closed position.
N14 Engine Brake
Rotate the crankshaft in the direction of engine rotation.

Align the "A" or "1-6VS" mark on the accessory drive
pulley with the pointer on the gear cover.
When the "A" or "1-6VS" mark is aligned, the intake and

exhaust valve rocker levers must be loose for cylinder
number 5.
Both the intake and exhaust valves are closed when both
rocker levers are loose and can be moved from side to
side. If both valves are not closed, rotate the accessory
drive one complete revolution; and align the "A" mark with
the pointer again.
If the valve rocker lever adjusting screws have been
loosened and not yet adjusted, watch the valve push
tubes as the engine rolls upon the "A" mark. Both valve
push tubes will have moved to the downward (valve
closed) position if the engine is on the correct stroke.
The instructions using the "A" or "1-6VS" mark to begin

the adjustments are for illustration purposes. Adjustments
can start at any of the cylinders as shown.
CAUTION
Use of the wrong adjusting screw can result in severe
engine damage. See the latest N14 Plus parts
publication information.
Engine Brake N14
Loosen the locknut for the number 5 slave piston adjusting

screw.
Install a dial indicator, Part Number 3375006, over the
number 5 slave piston adjusting screw. Use the adapter,
Part Number 3823826, to mount the dial indicator fixture
to the engine brake.
Engine brake slave piston lash can not be set within the
+/- .051 mm [.002 in] tolerance with a feeler gauge.
Exceeding the tolerance limits will result in low brake
power, or possible exhaust valve/piston interference when
set on the low side or excessive component loading, which
could lead to failure, when set on the high side.
Engine brake slave piston lash must be set using the dial
indicator method.
Tighten the adjusting screw until the slave piston contacts

the crosshead.
Zero the gauge with the dial indicator stem resting on the
adjusting screw.
NOTE: Engine brake adjustment specifications are found

on the engine brake dataplate (1) located on the exhaust
side of the engine brake housing.
Loosen the adjusting screw until the indicator needle
shows 0.58 mm [0.023 in].
N14 Engine Brake
Hold the adjusting screw and tighten the lock nut.

Repeat this procedure to adjust the remaining slave

pistons.
Engine Brake N14
Notes
Cummins Service Publications Electronic Books on CD-ROM
Enclosed, we’ve included on CD-ROM, an electronic copy of this publication in Adobe® Acrobat® format (PDF) for your
personal use and reference. Before you begin to use the CD-ROM, please read the “Cummins Service Publications
Electronic Books on CD-ROM Information” printed section, beginning on the next page. This section includes
information about this CD-ROM including System Requirements, Local Administrative Rights requirements, How to Use,
Helpful Support Tips and other information.
Cummins Service Publications Electronic Books on CD-ROM Information
The enclosed CD-ROM provides you with the capability to view this publication electronically as well as perform searches.
This CD-ROM is copy protected and will not allow Printing, Changing of Content, Extracting Content or Commenting /
Annotating of the PDF file.
This CD-ROM is read only, and you will not be able to copy files from the CD-ROM and have them open or function in any
manner. The only method to view the electronic publication is from the original CD-ROM.
This CD-ROM is intended for use by the owner of the printed publication only. Copying or distribution of content from this
CD-ROM is expressly prohibited. This CD-ROM will not function from a network server CD-ROM drive. It will function
only in a CD-ROM drive directly connected to your computer.
For Microsoft Windows NT 4.0, Microsoft Windows 2000 or Microsoft Windows XP, this CD-ROM requires that
you have Local Administrative rights in order to use. See the System requirements section for additional details.
System Requirements:
Use of the Cummins Service Publications Electronic Books on CD-ROM requires Adobe Acrobat, Adobe Acrobat Reader,
or Adobe Reader software to be pre-installed on your computer. This product has been tested for compatibility with
Adobe Acrobat software versions 5.0, 6.0 and 7.0. It may function properly with versions later than Adobe Acrobat 7.0,
but testing has not been performed. Acrobat Reader is available as a free download from www.adobe.com.
The Cummins Service Publications Electronic Books on CD-ROM product requires the following system
components:
• Microsoft Windows Auto-Play must be enabled on your computer (it is enabled by default when Windows is installed)
• CD-ROM Drive
• Color Monitor with at least 800x600 resolution graphics
• Microsoft Windows XP Professional or Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional. This CD-ROM may be compatible with
Microsoft Windows 98 SE, Microsoft Windows NT 4.0, or Microsoft Windows XP Home Edition, but testing has not
been performed.
• Recommended memory, processor speed and available hard-disk space is in accordance with respective Microsoft
Operating System Guidelines, as well as Adobe Acrobat system requirements listed later in these instructions.
Note: The Cummins Service Publications Electronic Books on CD-ROM product is not Macintosh compatible.
About required Local Administrative Rights:
The copy protection system used on this product requires direct access to CD-ROM drives in order to authenticate copy
protected discs.
In order to allow the software to enable direct access to CD-ROM drives rights under Microsoft Windows, if you are using
Microsoft Windows NT 4.0, Microsoft Windows 2000 or Microsoft Windows XP, your logon account/profile must have
Local Administrative Rights on the computer you will be using your Cummins Service Publications Electronic Book on CD-
ROM with. If this computer is set up in Restricted Mode, and your logon account/profile does not have Local
Administrative Rights, then, with approval of your I.T. department or the owner of your computer, you can choose from the
following options to allow the Cummins Service Publications Electronic Book on CD-ROM to function properly:
• Have your computer account enabled to have Local Administrative rights and then you can run the Cummins Service
Publications Electronic Book on CD-ROM - OR -
• Have a user with Local Administrative Rights logon to your computer and run the CD-ROM one time. By doing this,
the necessary files will be loaded to your computer and your computer will be enabled to have direct access to CD-
ROM drives. Then restart this computer. It is very important to restart the computer after you have done this. For all
future needs, you can run the Cummins Service Publications Electronic Book on CD-ROM under your own account,
without requiring your logon account/profile to have Local Administrative Rights. (Note: This needs to be done only
once for any Cummins Service Publications Electronic Book on CD-ROM and then does not need to be done again
for other Cummins Service Publications Electronic Book on CD-ROM titles you may own.)
(continued)
About the Copy Protection Software:
• This product may upgrade the proprietary copy protection software files it uses that are placed on your computer
system to a new version, if an older version exists on your computer. If you have CD-ROM copy protected items from
other companies and they use older versions of the same HexaLock copy protection software that the Cummins
Service Publications Electronic Books on CD-ROM uses, it may render them incompatible for use on your computer.
Adobe Acrobat Reader 5.0 system requirements:

• PC Compatible computer w/ Intel® Pentium® processor
• One of the following Microsoft® Windows Operating Systems:
Microsoft Windows 98 SE
Microsoft Windows Millennium Edition
Microsoft Windows NT® 4.0 with Service Pack 5
Microsoft Windows 2000
Microsoft Windows XP
• 64MB of RAM
• 24MB of available hard-disk space
• Additional 70MB of hard-disk space for Asian fonts (optional)
(Asian fonts are not required for Cummins Service Publications Electronic Books on CD-ROM product.)
Adobe Reader 6.0.1 system requirements:

• PC Compatible computer w/ Intel Pentium processor
• One of the following Microsoft Windows Operating Systems:
Microsoft Windows 98 SE
Microsoft Windows Millennium Edition
Microsoft Windows NT 4.0 with Service Pack 6
Microsoft Windows 2000 with Service Pack 2
Microsoft Windows XP Professional or Home Edition
Microsoft Windows XP Tablet PC Edition
• 32MB of RAM (64MB recommended)
• 60MB of available hard-disk space
• Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.0.1, 5.5, 6.0, or 6.1
Adobe Reader 7.0 system requirements:

• PC Compatible computer w/ Intel Pentium processor
• One of the following Microsoft Windows Operating Systems:
Microsoft Windows 2000 with Service Pack 2
Microsoft Windows XP Professional or Home Edition
Microsoft Windows XP Tablet PC Edition
• 128MB of RAM
• Up to 90MB of available hard-disk space
• Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.5 or higher
How to Use the Cummins Service Publications Electronic Book on CD-ROM:

To use the CD-ROM, simply insert the CD-ROM into your computer and it should automatically run, open Adobe Acrobat
and open the Electronic Book. (This happens with Microsoft Windows Auto-Play functionality, and Adobe Acrobat pre-
loaded by you on your computer).
(continued)
Helpful Support Tips:
• If Windows Auto-Play is not enabled, try re-enabling it, or navigate with Windows Explorer to your CD-ROM drive and
double click on the CD-ROM drive letter to open it. Then double-click on the program named “clickhere”. (Do not
attempt to directly open the PDF file by clicking on the PDF document.)
• In rare occasions, after inserting the CD-ROM you may receive a notice from Adobe Acrobat that it “could not open
the PDF because it is either not a supported file type or the file has been corrupted”. This can occur in rare occasions
due to application timing issues. If this occurs there are several options to remedy the situation: 1) Simply click OK on
the notice, eject the CD-ROM and re-insert it to have it restart the program, or 2) Click OK on the notice and navigate
with Windows Explorer to your CD-ROM drive and double click on the CD-ROM drive letter to open it. Then double-
click on the program named “clickhere”. (Do not attempt to directly open the PDF file by clicking on the PDF
document) or 3) Click OK on the notice, eject the CD-ROM, restart your computer and after the system has restarted,
re-insert the CD-ROM and have it automatically run.
• If the Cummins Service Publications Electronic Books on CD-ROM does not function, see the prior section on “About
required Local Administrative Rights:” in this documentation and verify you have Local Administrative Rights on your
computer in order to run the CD-ROM.
Special Instructions for Cummins PowerSweep PC Users:

(This only applies to Cummins Inc. & Distributor Employees):
Cummins PowerSweep PC users that DO NOT have Local Administrative rights to their PC will require a HexaLock patch
software installation. If you are a Cummins Inc. or Distributor Employee who wants to use these CD-ROM’s, and you have
a PowerSweep PC – please order the ‘HexaLock’ software from the Cummins Software Shelf. The Software Shelf
personnel will contact you to arrange installation. Software will be installed remotely by Software Shelf personnel. Once
software is installed, first reboot your PC, then attempt to read your encrypted CD-ROM manual while Cummins Software
Shelf personnel are still on the telephone.
Electronic Book Technical Support:

Support for this product is available from Monday through Friday weekly, excluding Holidays, from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m.
You may call (502) 540-4981 for telephone support. For e-mail support, please e-mail ebooksupport@merrickind.com.
CD-ROM Media Replacement Options:

Up to 90 days from date of purchase:
Within the first 90 days from your date of purchase, if your copy of an Electronic Book on CD-ROM does not function, and
after a Cummins Electronic Book Technical Support Technician has confirmed the situation and authorized its
replacement by providing you an RMA#, you may send back the CD-ROM for a free replacement. To do so, you must
package the CD-ROM and ship/mail, with postage pre-paid by you, to the below address. You must also include a
photocopy of the original invoice for proof of purchase of the publication clearly indicating the bulletin # and the purchase
date. The RMA# must be on the address information of the package. If the proof of purchase copy of the invoice is not
enclosed, your request will not be able to be processed and will not be returned. Delivery of the replacement will be
shipped to you at no charge. Allow 3 to 4 weeks for your receipt of replacement copy. Note: Return only the non-
functional CD-ROM, do not return the entire printed publication. The replacement CD-ROM maintains the original
purchase/invoice date for the purposes of this replacement policy. This policy is subject to change at any time, without
notice. For a copy of the most current replacement options policy, please e-mail ebooksupport@merrickind.com with your
request.
Media Replacement Ship to Address:

Attn: Cummins Service Publications Electronic Books Technical Support
RMA#: XXXXXX (where XXXXXX is the RMA#)
808 E. Liberty Street
Louisville, KY 40204 U.S.A.
Cummins Service Publications Electronic Books on CD-ROM are Copyright © Cummins Inc.
Adobe Acrobat Reader is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
Microsoft, Windows, and Windows NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
Intel and Pentium are trademarks of Intel Corporation.
HexaLock is Copyright © HexaLock, Ltd.
All other names and products used herein are trademarks for their respective owner.
N14
Section L - Service Literature Page L-a
Section L - Service Literature

Section Contents
Page
Additional Service Literature ............................................................................................................................L-1
General Information..........................................................................................................................................L-1
Cummins Customized Parts Catalog ................................................................................................................L-3
General Information..........................................................................................................................................L-3
Ordering the Customized Parts Catalog.............................................................................................................L-3
Ordering by Telephone...................................................................................................................................L-3
Ordering On-Line...........................................................................................................................................L-3
Service Literature Ordering Location ...............................................................................................................L-2
Contact Information...........................................................................................................................................L-2
N14
Page L-b Section L - Service Literature

N14 Additional Service Literature
Section L - Service Literature Page L-1
Additional Service Literature

General Information
The following publications can be purchased from a Cummins Authorized Repair Location:
Bulletin Title of Publication

3377575 Service Products Catalog
3379009 Operation - Cold Weather
3379133 Control Parts List
3379461 Turbocharger Rebuild Manul (H 2B, H 2C and HC 3)
3379664 Injector Parts Flow and Cross Reference
3387137 Troubleshooting Driveability Complaints
3387245 Troubleshooting Excessive Fuel consumption
3387266 Cold Weather Opertion
3810242 Single Cylinder Air Compressor Shop Manual
3810303 Parts Reuse Guidelines
3810329 Standard Repair Times, NT Series Engines
381387 Analysis and Prevention of Bearing Failures
3666062 Operation and Maintenance Manual N14 Series Engines Worldwide, Excluding U.S.A.,
Canada, Australia, New Zealand and Purerto Rico 1994 Certification Levels
3666084 Troubleshooting and Repair Manual CELECT™ L10, M11 and N14
3810450 NH/NT 855 counterbore Troubleshooting and Repair Manual
3884384 N14 Command CELECT™ Automotive (Parts Catalog)
3810487 N14 Engine Shop Manual
3666061 Operation and Maintenance Manual N14 Series Engines U.S.A., Canada, Australia,
New Zealand and Puerto Rico 1994 Certification Levels
3666086 CELECT™ Compulink ™Cartridge Manual
Service Literature Ordering Location N14
Page L-2 Section L - Service Literature
Service Literature Ordering Location

Contact Information
Region Ordering Location

United States and Canada Cummins Distributors
or
Credit Cards at 1-800-646-5609
or
Order online at www.powerstore.cummins.com
All Other Countries Cummins Distributors or Dealers
N14 Cummins Customized Parts Catalog
Section L - Service Literature Page L-3
Cummins Customized Parts Catalog

General Information
Cummins is pleased to announce the availability of a parts catalog compiled specifically for you. Unlike the generic
versions of parts catalogs that support general high volume parts content; Cummins Customized catalogs contains
only the new factory parts that were used to build your engine.
The catalog cover, as well as the content, is customized with you in mind. You can use it in your shop, at your worksite,
or as a coffee table book in your RV or boat. The cover contains your name, company name, address, and telephone
number. Your name and engine model identification even appears on the catalog spine. Everybody will know that
Cummins created a catalog specifically for you.
This new catalog was designed to provide you with the exact information you need to order parts for your engine. This
will be valuable for customers that do not have easy access to the Cummins Electronic Parts Catalog or the Cummins
Parts Microfilm System.
Additional Features of the Customized Catalog include:
• Engine Configuration Data
• Table of Contents
• Separate Option and Parts Indexes
• Service Kits (when applicable)
• ReCon Part Numbers (when applicable)
Ordering the Customized Parts Catalog
Ordering by Telephone
North American customers can contact their Cummins Distributor or call Gannett Direct Marketing Services at
1-800-646-5609 and order by credit card. Outside North America order on-line or make an International call to Gannett
at (++)502-454-6660.
Ordering On-Line
The Customized Parts Catalog can be ordered On-Line from the Cummins Powerstore by credit card.
Contact GDMS or the CUMMINS POWERSTORE for the current price; Freight may be an additional expense.
Information we need to take your Customized Parts Catalog Order. This information drives the cover content of the
CPC.
• Customer Name
• Street Address
• Company Name (optional)
• Telephone no.
• Credit Card No.
• Cummins Engine Serial Number (located on the engine data plate)
• Please identify the required media: Printed Catalog, CD-ROM, or PDF File
Unfortunately not all Cummins Engines can be supported by this parts catalog. Engines older than 1984 or newer
than 3 months may not have the necessary parts information to compile a catalog. We will contact you if this occurs
and explain why we are unable to fill your order.
Customized Parts Catalogs are produced specifically for a single customer. This means they are not returnable for a
refund. If we make an error and your catalog is not useable, we will correct that error by sending you a new catalog.
Cummins Customized Parts Catalog N14
Page L-4 Section L - Service Literature
Notes
N14
Section V - Specifications Page V-a
Section V - Specifications
Section Contents
Page
Air Intake System ............................................................................................................................................V-48
Specifications.................................................................................................................................................V-48
Automotive Application.................................................................................................................................V-48
Marine and Industrial Application.................................................................................................................V-48
Air Intake System - Group 10 - Specifications ...............................................................................................V-31
Turbocharger Axial Clearance..................................................................................................................................V-31
Air Intake System - Group 10 - Torque Values ..............................................................................................V-32
Aftercooler................................................................................................................................................................V-32
Air Intake Manifold....................................................................................................................................................V-32
Air Leaks, Air Intake and Exhaust Systems............................................................................................................. V-32
Turbocharger............................................................................................................................................................V-33
Turbocharger Axial Clearance..................................................................................................................................V-34
Cam Followers/Tappets - Group 04 - Specifications .....................................................................................V-16
Cam Follower Assembly...........................................................................................................................................V-16
Cam Followers/Tappets - Group 04 - Torque Values .....................................................................................V-17
Cam Follower Assembly...........................................................................................................................................V-17
Capscrew Markings and Torque Values .........................................................................................................V-56
Capscrew Markings and Torque Values - Metric..............................................................................................V-56
Capscrew Markings and Torque Values - U.S. Customary...............................................................................V-57
General Information........................................................................................................................................V-56
Compressed Air System .................................................................................................................................V-52
Holset® SS338/QE338 A/C Models...............................................................................................................V-52
Holset® Models............................................................................................................................................V-52
Holset® ST676 A/C Model............................................................................................................................V-52
Holset® ST773 A/C Model............................................................................................................................V-53
Compressed Air System - Group 12 - Torque Values ....................................................................................V-36
Air Compressor........................................................................................................................................................ V-36
Air Compressor Cylinder Head (Holset® QE Models)..............................................................................................V-36
Air Compressor Cylinder Head (Holset® SS and E-Type Models).......................................................................... V-36
Air Compressor Cylinder Head (Holset® ST Models)..............................................................................................V-37
Air Compressor Unloader and Valve Assembly.......................................................................................................V-36
Cooling System ...............................................................................................................................................V-47
Automotive Applications...............................................................................................................................V-47
Marine and Industrial Applications................................................................................................................V-47
Cooling System - Group 08 - Torque Values .................................................................................................V-27
Coolant Filter Head.................................................................................................................................................. V-27
Coolant Filter Valve..................................................................................................................................................V-27
Coolant Thermostat..................................................................................................................................................V-27
Coolant Thermostat Housing....................................................................................................................................V-27
Cooling System........................................................................................................................................................V-28
Drive Belt, Cooling Fan............................................................................................................................................ V-27
Drive Belt, Water Pump............................................................................................................................................V-27
Water Pump............................................................................................................................................................. V-28
Cylinder Block - Group 01 - Specifications ......................................................................................................V-1
Bearings, Connecting Rod.........................................................................................................................................V-1
Bearings, Main...........................................................................................................................................................V-1
Camshaft....................................................................................................................................................................V-1
Camshaft Bushings....................................................................................................................................................V-1
Camshaft End Clearance...........................................................................................................................................V-6
Camshaft Gear (Camshaft Removed)........................................................................................................................V-2
Connecting Rod..........................................................................................................................................................V-2
Crankshaft..................................................................................................................................................................V-2
Crankshaft Gear, Front (Crankshaft Installed)...........................................................................................................V-2
Cylinder Block............................................................................................................................................................V-3
Cylinder Liner.............................................................................................................................................................V-4
N14
Page V-b Section V - Specifications
Gear Cover Accessory Drive Bushing........................................................................................................................V-7

Gear Cover, Front......................................................................................................................................................V-5
Piston.........................................................................................................................................................................V-5
Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly.......................................................................................................................V-6
Piston Rings...............................................................................................................................................................V-6
Cylinder Block - Group 01 - Torque Values .....................................................................................................V-8
Bearings, Main...........................................................................................................................................................V-8
Camshaft Bearing Support.........................................................................................................................................V-8
Crankshaft..................................................................................................................................................................V-8
Crankshaft Seal, Rear................................................................................................................................................V-8
Cylinder Block............................................................................................................................................................V-8
Cylinder Block Counterbore..................................................................................................................................... V-10
Gear Cover, Front......................................................................................................................................................V-9
Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly.....................................................................................................................V-10
Piston Cooling Nozzle..............................................................................................................................................V-10
Cylinder Head - Group 02 - Torque Values ....................................................................................................V-11
Cylinder Head...........................................................................................................................................................V-11
Drive Belt Tension ..........................................................................................................................................V-55
Tension Chart.................................................................................................................................................V-55
Drive Units - Group 09 - Specifications ..........................................................................................................V-29
Accessory Drive....................................................................................................................................................... V-29
Drive Units - Group 09 - Torque Values .........................................................................................................V-30
Accessory Drive....................................................................................................................................................... V-30
Accessory Drive Pulley.............................................................................................................................................V-30
Electrical Equipment - Group 13 - Torque Values .........................................................................................V-38
Drive Belt, Alternator................................................................................................................................................V-38
Starting Motor...........................................................................................................................................................V-38
Electrical System ............................................................................................................................................V-50
Engine Testing ................................................................................................................................................V-54
Engine Testing - Group 14 - Specifications ...................................................................................................V-39
Engine Testing (Chassis Dynamometer)..................................................................................................................V-39
Engine Testing - Group 14 - Torque Values .................................................................................................. V-41
Engine Testing (Engine Dynamometer)...................................................................................................................V-41
Exhaust System ..............................................................................................................................................V-49
Exhaust System - Group 11 - Torque Values .................................................................................................V-35
Exhaust Manifold, Dry..............................................................................................................................................V-35
Fraction, Decimal, Millimeter Conversions ....................................................................................................V-58
Conversion Chart............................................................................................................................................V-58
Fuel System ....................................................................................................................................................V-45
Fuel System - Group 05 - Torque Values .......................................................................................................V-18
Fuel Pump................................................................................................................................................................V-18
Fuel Pump Gear Pump Check Valve....................................................................................................................... V-18
Fuel Pump Pulsation Damper.................................................................................................................................. V-18
Fuel Pump VS Throttle Shaft Housing..................................................................................................................... V-18
Fuel Shutoff Valve....................................................................................................................................................V-19
General Engine ................................................................................................................................................V-44
Injectors and Fuel Lines - Group 06 - Specifications ....................................................................................V-20
Fuel Drain Line Restriction.......................................................................................................................................V-20
Fuel Inlet Restriction.................................................................................................................................................V-20
Injectors and Fuel Lines - Group 06 - Torque Values ....................................................................................V-21
ECM Cooling Plate, Fuel Cooled..............................................................................................................................V-21
Injector......................................................................................................................................................................V-21
STC Oil Control Valve (Mechanical).........................................................................................................................V-21
Lubricating Oil System ...................................................................................................................................V-46
N14
Section V - Specifications Page V-c
Lubricating Oil System - Group 07 - Specifications ......................................................................................V-22
Lubricating Oil Filter Bypass Valve...........................................................................................................................V-22
Lubricating Oil Pump................................................................................................................................................V-22
Lubricating Oil System - Group 07 - Torque Values ......................................................................................V-23
Lubricating Oil Cooler...............................................................................................................................................V-23
Lubricating Oil Cooler Transfer Housing..................................................................................................................V-26
Lubricating Oil Dipstick Housing...............................................................................................................................V-23
Lubricating Oil Filter Bypass Valve...........................................................................................................................V-23
Lubricating Oil Filter Head........................................................................................................................................V-23
Lubricating Oil High Pressure Relief Valve..............................................................................................................V-23
Lubricating Oil Pan...................................................................................................................................................V-24
Lubricating Oil Pressure Regulator (Main Rifle).......................................................................................................V-24
Lubricating Oil Pump................................................................................................................................................V-24
Lubricating Oil Pump Signal Tube............................................................................................................................V-24
Lubricating Oil System.............................................................................................................................................V-25
Lubricating Oil Transfer Tube...................................................................................................................................V-25
Lubricating Oil Viscosity Sensor...............................................................................................................................V-25
Mounting Adaptations - Group 16 - Torque Values .......................................................................................V-42
Engine Lifting Brackets.............................................................................................................................................V-42
Engine Support Bracket, Front.................................................................................................................................V-42
Flywheel...................................................................................................................................................................V-42
Newton-Meter to Foot-Pound Conversions ....................................................................................................V-59
Pipe Plug Torque Values ................................................................................................................................V-60
Torque Table..................................................................................................................................................V-60
Rocker Levers - Group 03 - Specifications ....................................................................................................V-12
Overhead Set...........................................................................................................................................................V-12
Rocker Lever Assembly...........................................................................................................................................V-12
Rocker Levers - Group 03 - Torque Values ...................................................................................................V-13
Crankcase Breather (External).................................................................................................................................V-13
Overhead Set...........................................................................................................................................................V-13
Rocker Lever Cover.................................................................................................................................................V-14
Rocker Lever Housing..............................................................................................................................................V-14
Tap-Drill Chart - U.S. Customary and Metric .................................................................................................V-61
General Information........................................................................................................................................V-61
Vehicle Braking - Group 20 - Torque Values .................................................................................................V-43
Engine Brake............................................................................................................................................................V-43
Weights and Measures - Conversion Factors ................................................................................................V-62
N14
Page V-d Section V - Specifications

N14 Cylinder Block - Group 01 - Specifications
Section V - Specifications Page V-1
Ref.No./
Component or Assembly (Procedure) Metric U.S.
Steps
.
Cylinder Block - Group 01 - Specifications

Bearings, Connecting Rod (001-005)
Standard Connecting Rod Bearing 2.362 mm MIN 0.093 in
2.405 mm MAX 0.0947 in
Bearings, Main (001-006)

Standard Main Bearing Shell Thickness 3.086 mm MIN 0.1215 in
3.145 mm MAX 0.1238 in
Camshaft (001-008)
Camshaft Bushing Journal O.D. 63.37 mm MIN 2.495 in
63.42 mm MAX 2.497 in
Camshaft Thrust Washer Thickness 2.29 mm MIN 0.090 in

2.49 mm MAX 0.098 in
Backlash Between the Camshaft and the 0.08 mm MIN 0.003 in

Crankshaft Gears
0.46 mm MAX 0.018 in
Camshaft Bushings (001-010)

Camshaft Bore Inside Diameter 68.237 mm MIN 2.686 in
68.275 mm MAX 2.688 in
Camshaft Bushing Inside Diameter 63.457 mm MIN 2.498 in

(Installed)
63.558 mm MAX 2.502 in
Cylinder Block - Group 01 N14
Page V-2 Section V - Specifications
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Camshaft Gear (Camshaft Removed) (001-013)

Camshaft Gear Bore Inside Diameter
Flangless 45.662 MIN 1.7977
Camshaft 45.682 MAX 1.7985
Camshaft Gear Press Fit Outside

Diameter.
Flangeless 45.733 MIN 1.8005
Camshaft 45.745 MAX 1.8010
Connecting Rod (001-014)

Connecting Rod Crankshaft Bore (Inside 93.731 mm MIN 3.6902 in
Diameter)
93.769 mm MAX 3.6917 in
Piston Pin Bushing (Inside Diameter) 63.543 mm MIN 2.5017 in

63.564 mm MAX 2.5025 in
Connecting Rod Capscrew (Outside 14.50 mm MIN 0.571 in

Diameter)
14.99 mm MAX 0.590 in
Crankshaft (001-016)
Standard Main Bearing Shell Thickness 3.086 mm MIN 0.1215 in
3.145 mm MAX 0.1238 in
Crankshaft Gear, Front (Crankshaft Installed) (001-018)

Crankshaft Gear Bore I.D. 95.394 mm MIN 3.7557 in
95.415 mm MAX 3.7565 in
N14 Cylinder Block - Group 01
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Crankshaft Gear Fit Area O.D. 95.504 mm MIN 3.7599 in

95.522 mm MAX 3.7607 in
Cylinder Block (001-026)

Camshaft Bore Inside Diameter 68.237 mm MIN 2.6865 in
68.262 mm MAX 2.6875 in
Cylinder Block to Main Bearing Cap Press Fit 0.03 mm MIN 0.001 in
0.15 mm MAX 0.006 in
Main Bearing Bore Inside Diameter 120.599 MIN 4.7480 in

(Capscrews Torqued to Specification) mm
120.637 MAX 4.7495 in
mm
Cylinder Block Height 421.87 mm MIN 16.609 in

422.45 mm MAX 16.632 in
Cylinder Liner Protrusion 0.10 mm MIN 0.004 in

0.18 mm MAX 0.007 in
Standard LPF Bore 159.842 MIN 6.2930 in

mm
159.893 MAX 6.2950 in
mm
Oversize LPF Bore 160.858 MIN 6.3330 in
mm
160.909 MAX 6.3350 in
mm
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Standard LPF Counterbore 166.73 mm MIN 6.564 in

166.88 mm MAX 6.570 in
Preferred Oversize LPF Counterbore 167.23 mm MIN 6.584 in
167.39 mm MAX 6.590 in

0.18 mm MAX 0.007 in

0.18 mm MAX 0.007 in
Cylinder Liner (001-028)

Cylinder Liner Inside Diameter 139.694 MIN 5.499 in
mm
139.827 MAX 5.505 in
mm
Upper Press Fit Liner Flange Diameter

Standard 166.72 MIN 6.564
166.77 MAX 6.566
Oversize 167.74 MIN 6.604
167.79 MAX 6.606
Lower Press Fit Liner Flange Diameter

159.96 MAX 6.298
160.98 MAX 6.338
Lower Press Fit Design Liner Flange

Thickness
9.04 MAX 0.356
9.55 MAX 0.376
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Lower Press Fit Design Lower Press Fit

Area Outside Diameter
159.96 MAX 6.298
160.98 MAX 6.338

0.18 mm MAX 0.007 in

0.18 mm MAX 0.0007 in
Gear Cover, Front (001-031)

Accessory Drive Seal Bore I.D. 80.962 mm MIN 3.1875 in
81.038 mm MAX 3.1905 in
Crankshaft Seal Bore I.D. 120.611 MIN 4.7485 in

mm
120.688 MAX 4.7515 in
mm
Accessory Drive Bushing Diameter. 39.75 mm MIN 1.9990 in

39.90 mm MAX 2.0015 in
Piston (001-043)
Ring Groove Wer Limits (Diameter Over
Pins)
Top Ring Groove: 140.2 MIN 5.515
2nd Ring Groove 140.1 MAX 5.514
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Piston Pin Bore (Crown Bore) 63.530 mm MIN 2.5012 in

64.548 mm MAX 2.5019 in
Piston Pin Outside Diameter 63.4928 MIN 2.49972 in

mm
63.4997 MAX 2.4999 in
mm
Piston Ring Gap

Top 0.43 MIN 0.017
0.68 MAX 0.027
Second 0.51 MIN 0.020
0.76 MAX 0.030
Oil 0.25 MIN 0.010
0.64 MAX 0.025
Piston Rings (001-047)
Connecting Rod Side Clearance 0.140 mm MIN 0.005 in
0.330 mm MAX 0.013 in
Piston Ring Gap

Top Ring 0.43 MIN 0.017
0.66 MAX 0.027
Second Ring 0.51 MIN 0.020
0.76 MAX 0.030
Oil Ring 0.25 MIN 0.010
0.64 MAX 0.025
Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly (001-054)
Connecting Rod Side Clearance 0.140 mm MIN 0.0055 in
0.330 mm MAX 0.0130 in
Camshaft End Clearance (001-065)

Camshaft End Clearance 0.13 mm MIN 0.005 in
0.33 mm MAX 0.013 in
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Gear Cover Accessory Drive Bushing (001-066)

Accessory Drive Bushing Bore I.D. 54.03 mm MIN 2.127 in
54.05 mm MAX 2.128 in
Cylinder Block - Group 01 - Torque Values N14
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Cylinder Block - Group 01 - Torque Values

Bearings, Main (001-006)
Main Bearing Cap Capscrews 34 N•m [ 25 ft-lb ]
Camshaft Bearing Support (001-009)

Camshaft Bushing Support Bearing 27 N•m [ 20 ft-lb ]
Capscrews
Crankshaft (001-016)
Main Bearing Cap Capscrews 34 N•m [ 25 ft-lb ]
Crankshaft Seal, Rear (001-024)

Rear Cover Mounting Capscrew 47 N•m [ 35 ft-lb ]
Lubricating Oil Pan (5/16 Inch) 27 N•m [ 20 ft-lb ]

68 N•m [ 50 ft-lb ]
Cylinder Block (001-026)

1 122 N•m [ 90 ft-lb ]
2 230 N•m [ 170 ft-lb ]
3 346 N•m [ 255 ft-lb ]
4 Loosen completely
5 122 N•m [ 90 ft-lb ]
6 230 N•m [ 170 ft-lb ]
7 346 N•m [ 255 ft-lb ]
1 68 N•m [ 50 ft-lb ]
2 136 N•m [ 100 ft-lb ]
3 190 N•m [ 140 ft-lb ]
4 Loosen completely
5 68 N•m [ 50 ft-lb ]
6 136 N•m [ 100 ft-lb ]
7 190 N•m [ 140 ft-lb ]
8 Rotate 90 degrees
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Cylinder Liner Clamping Plate Screw 136 N•m [ 100 ft-lb ]
Counterbore Tool Drive Unit 40 N•m [ 30 ft-lb ]
Counterbore Cutter Plate Assembly 40 N•m [ 30 ft-lb ]
Counterbore Tool To Head Deck 70 N•m [ 50 ft-lb ]
Counterbore Adapter Plate 70 N•m [ 50 ft-lb ]
70 N•m [ 50 ft-lb ]
Gear Cover, Front (001-031)

Gear Cover Mounting Capscrews 68 N•m [ 50 ft-lb ]
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Front Engine Support Capscrew 68 N•m [ 50 ft-lb ]
Piston Cooling Nozzle (001-046)

Piston Cooling Nozzle (Nyloc) 25 N•m [ 220 in-lb ]
Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly (001-054)

Connecting Rod Capscrew Initial Torque 278 N•m [ 205 ft-lb ]
With the socket gauge in position, check to
see if the fixed line (on the connecting rod
cap) is within the window on the gauge.
Cylinder Block Counterbore (001-058)

Cylinder Head Capscrew 136 N•m [ 100 ft-lb ]
136 N•m [ 100 ft-lb ]

N14 Cylinder Head - Group 02 - Torque Values
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Cylinder Head - Group 02 - Torque Values

Cylinder Head (002-004)
Flange Head Capscrews 1 136 N•m [ 100 ft-lb ]
2 298 N•m [ 220 ft-lb ]
3 Rotate 90 degrees.
Fuel Crossover Connection 4 N•m [ 35 in-lb ]

Rocker Levers - Group 03 - Specifications N14
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Rocker Levers - Group 03 - Specifications

Overhead Set (003-004)
Valve Lash Specifications
Intake 0.35 NOM [0.014]
Exhaust 0.68 NOM [0.027]
Rocker Lever Assembly (003-009)

Rocker Lever Shaft O.D. 34.82 mm MIN 1.3710 in
34.86 mm MAX 1.3725 in
Rocker Lever Bushing I.D. (Installed) 34.89 mm MIN 1.3735 in

34.96 mm MAX 1.3765 in
N14 Rocker Levers - Group 03 - Torque Values
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Rocker Levers - Group 03 - Torque Values

Crankcase Breather (External) (003-001)
Breather Vent Tube Hose Clamp 5 N•m [ 40 in-lb ]
47 N•m [ 35 ft-lb ]
Overhead Set (003-004)

Rocker Lever Shaft 156 N•m [ 115 ft-lb ]
Rocker Lever Housing Capscrews 1 115 N•m [ 85 ft-lb ]

Through 6 47 N•m [ 35 ft-lb ]
7 And 8
Injector Hold Down 41 N•m [ 30 ft-lb ]
Rocker Lever Adjusting Screw 65 N•m [ 50 ft-lb ]
Torque Wrench Method 0.68 N•m [ 6 in-lb ]
Overhead Adjusting Screw Locknuts 68 N•m [ 50 ft-lb ]

Without Torque Wrench Adapter: 54 N•m [ 40 ft-lb ]
With Torque Wrench Adapter, Part Number
St-669:
Rocker Levers - Group 03 N14
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Feel Method (With Adapter) 14 N•m [ 125 in-lb ]
Feel Method (With Adapter) 65 N•m [ 50 ft-lb ]
Torque Wrench Method 0.56 to [ 5 to 6 in-

0.68 N•m lb ]
Feel Method (With Adapter) 55 N•m [ 40 ft-lb ]

65 N•m [ 50 ft-lb ]
Rocker Lever Cover (003-011)

Rocker Lever Cover Mounting Capscrews 12 N•m [ 105 in-lb ]
Crankcase Breather Hose Clamp 5 N•m [ 40 in-lb ]
Rocker Lever Housing (003-013)

47 N•m [ 35 ft-lb ]
N14 Rocker Levers - Group 03
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Retainer Clamp Capscrews 45 N•m [ 33 ft-lb ]
Pass Throught Mounting Capscrew 15 N•m [ 11 ft-lb ]
41 N•m [ 30 ft-lb ]
Cam Followers/Tappets - Group 04 - Specifications N14
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Cam Followers/Tappets - Group 04 - Specifications

Cam Follower Assembly (004-001)
Roller Side Clearance 0.23 mm MIN 0.009 in
0.61 mm MAX 0.024 in
Roller to Pin Clearance 0.08 mm MIN 0.003 in

0.20 mm MAX 0.008 in
N14 Cam Followers/Tappets - Group 04 - Torque Values
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Cam Followers/Tappets - Group 04 - Torque Values

Cam Follower Assembly (004-001)
Cam Follower Assembly 1 20 N•m [ 15 ft-lb ]
2 47 N•m [ 35 ft-lb ]
Fuel System - Group 05 - Torque Values N14
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Fuel System - Group 05 - Torque Values

Fuel Pump (005-016)
Fuel Pump Support Bracket Mounting 47 N•m [ 35 ft-lb ]
Capscrews 47 N•m [ 35 ft-lb ]
3 N•m [ 25 in-lb ]
Fuel Pump Filter Cap 16 N•m [ 12 ft-lb ]
Fuel Pump Priming Plug 27 N•m [ 20 ft-lb ]
Fuel Pump Gear Pump Check Valve (005-026)

Fuel Gear Pump Check Valve Jam Nut 6 N•m [ 50 in-lb ]
Fuel Pump Pulsation Damper (005-031)

Fuel Pump Pulsation Damper 18 N•m [ 13 ft-lb ]
Fuel Pump VS Throttle Shaft Housing (005-038)

Vs Throttle Shaft Setscrew 7 N•m [ 60 in-lb ]
N14 Fuel System - Group 05
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Fuel Shutoff Valve (005-043)

Fuel Shutoff Valve Wire Connection Nut 3 N•m [ 25 in-lb ]
Fuel Shutoff Valve Mounting Nuts 3 N•m [ 30 in-lb ]

Injectors and Fuel Lines - Group 06 - Specifications N14
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Injectors and Fuel Lines - Group 06 - Specifications

Fuel Drain Line Restriction (006-012)
Fuel Inlet Restriction (006-020)

Dirty Fiter 254 MAX 10
Cooling Plate Restriction 25 mm Hg MAX 1 in Hg

N14 Injectors and Fuel Lines - Group 06 - Torque Values
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Injectors and Fuel Lines - Group 06 - Torque Values

ECM Cooling Plate, Fuel Cooled (006-006)
Ecm Cooling Plate Mounting Capscrews 40 N•m [ 30 ft-lb ]
Ecm Mounting Capscrews 7 N•m [ 65 in-lb ]
Injector (006-026)
Injector Hold-Down Capscrew 41 N•m [ 30 ft-lb ]
Stc Injector Hold Down Capscrew 75 N•m [ 55 ft-lb ]
STC Oil Control Valve (Mechanical) (006-037)

Stc Oil Control Valve Mounting Capscrews 41 N•m [ 30 ft-lb ]
Lubricating Oil System - Group 07 - Specifications N14
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Lubricating Oil System - Group 07 - Specifications

Lubricating Oil Filter Bypass Valve (007-014)
Compression Spring Force 105.2 N MIN 23.65 lbf
123.8 N MAX 27.85 lbf

Pumping Gear Backlash 0.33 mm MIN 0.013 in
0.89 mm MAX 0.035 in
Drive Shaft End Clearance 0.051 mm MIN 0.002 in

0.203 mm MAX 0.008 in
N14 Lubricating Oil System - Group 07 - Torque Values
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Lubricating Oil System - Group 07 - Torque Values

Lubricating Oil Cooler (007-003)
Lubricating Oil Cooler Core Capscrews 27 N•m [ 20 ft-lb ]
Connection Retainer Capscrews 47 N•m [ 35 ft-lb ]
Lubricating Oil Cooler Support Bracket 47 N•m [ 35 ft-lb ]

Capscrews
Lubricating Oil Dipstick Housing (007-010)

Lubricating Oil Dipstick Housing Capscrews 47 N•m [ 35 ft-lb ]
Lubricating Oil Filter Bypass Valve (007-014)

Oil Cooler Transfer Housing Retaining Plug 34 N•m [ 25 ft-lb ]
Lubricating Oil Filter Head (007-015)

Lubricating Oil Filter Head Capscrews 20 N•m [ 15 ft-lb ]
Lubricating Oil High Pressure Relief Valve (007-021)

Lubricating Oil Pump Body Cover 27 N•m [ 20 ft-lb ]
Capscrews
Lubricating Oil System - Group 07 N14
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Lubricating Oil Pan (007-025)

Rear Oil Pan Capscrews 27 N•m [ 20 ft-lb ]
68 N•m [ 50 ft-lb ]
Noise Panel Locknuts 20 N•m [ 177 in-lb ]
Lubricating Oil Pressure Regulator (Main Rifle) (007-029)

Lubricating Oil Pressure Regulator 27 N•m [ 20 ft-lb ]
Mounting Capscrews

Lubricating Oil Pump Body Mounting 27 N•m [ 20 ft-lb ]
Capscrews
Power Steering Mounting Flange 27 N•m [ 20 ft-lb ]

Capscrews
Lubricating Oil Pump Mounting Capscrew 54 N•m [ 40 ft-lb ]
Lubricating Oil Pump Signal Tube (007-034)

Dfc Signal Line Fitting 9 N•m [ 80 in-lb ]
N14 Lubricating Oil System - Group 07
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Lubricating Oil System (007-037)

Lubricating Oil Drain Plug 88 N•m [ 65 ft-lb ]
Sensor 34 N•m [ 25 ft-lb ]

Plug 34 N•m [ 25 ft-lb ]
Lubricating Oil Transfer Tube (007-040)

47 N•m [ 35 ft-lb ]
Lubricating Oil Viscosity Sensor (007-041)

Oil Viscosity Sensor (Top) Fittings 1 18 N•m [ 13 ft-lb ]
2 24 N•m [ 18 ft-lb ]
Oil Viscosity Sensor (Side) Fitting 31 N•m [ 23 ft-lb ]
Oil Viscosity Sensor Bracket Capscrews 27 N•m [ 20 ft-lb ]
Oil Viscosity Sensor Mounting Capscrews 68 N•m [ 50 ft-lb ]

Lubricating Oil System - Group 07 N14
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Lubricating Oil Cooler Transfer Housing (007-047)

Lubricating Oil Cooler Transfer Housing 47 N•m [ 35 ft-lb ]
Mounting Capscrew
N14 Cooling System - Group 08 - Torque Values
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Cooling System - Group 08 - Torque Values

Drive Belt, Cooling Fan (008-002)
Fan Hub Mounting Capscrews 108 N•m [ 80 ft-lb ]
Drive Belt, Water Pump (008-003)

Idler Pulley Shaft Lock Nut 68 N•m [ 50 ft-lb ]
Coolant Filter Head (008-007)

47 N•m [ 35 ft-lb ]
Coolant Filter Valve (008-009)

20 N•m [ 15 ft-lb ]
Coolant Thermostat (008-013)

Housing Outlet Hose Clamp 5 N•m [ 40 in-lb ]
Coolant Thermostat Housing (008-014)

Coolant Thermostat Cover Mounting 47 N•m [ 35 ft-lb ]
Capscrew
Thermostat Housing Mounting Capscrews 47 N•m [ 35 ft-lb ]

Cooling System - Group 08 N14
Ref.No./
Steps
.
5 N•m [ 40 in-lb ]
Cooling System (008-018)

Hose Clamps 5 N•m [ 40 in-lb ]
Water Pump (008-062)

Water Pump Mounting Capscrews 1 15 N•m [ 10 ft-lb ]
2 30 N•m [ 20 ft-lb ]
3 47 N•m [ 35 ft-lb ]
Water Pump Inlet Connection Capscrews 47 N•m [ 35 ft-lb ]

N14 Drive Units - Group 09 - Specifications
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Drive Units - Group 09 - Specifications

0.225 mm MAX 0.009 in
Drive Shaft Bore Inside Diameter 33.426 mm MIN 1.3160 in

33.515 mm MAX 1.3194 in
Drive Shaft Journal Outside Diameter

Point 1 25.476 MIN 1.0030
25.489 MAX 1.0035
Point 2 33.274 MIN 1.3100
33.325 MAX 1.3120
Point 3 50.622 MIN 1.9930
50.673 MAX 1.9950
Point 4 34.963 MIN 1.3765
34.976 MAX 1.3770
Point 5 48.374 MIN 1.9045
48.387 MAX 1.9050
Splined Coupling Inside Diameter 25.400 mm MIN 1.0000 in
25.425 mm MAX 1.0010 in
Hub Coupling Inside Diameter 25.424 mm MIN 1.0010 in
25.438 mm MAX 1.0015 in
Drive Pulley Bore Inside Diameter 34.925 mm MIN 1.3750 in

34.945 mm MAX 1.3758 in

0.225 mm MAX 0.009 in
Drive Units - Group 09 - Torque Values N14
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Drive Units - Group 09 - Torque Values

Accessory Drive Housing Straight Thread 3 N•m [ 30 in-lb ]
O-Ring Plugs Aluminum Housing 5/16-24 6 N•m [ 50 in-lb ]
Accessory Drive Housing Straight Thread 6 N•m [ 50 in-lb ]
O-Ring Plugs Cast Iron Housing 5/16-24 11 N•m [ 100 in-lb ]
Accessory Drive Housing Straight Thread
O-Ring Plugs Aluminum Housing 3/8-24
Accessory Drive Housing Straight Thread
O-Ring Plugs Cast Iron Housing 3/8-24
Accessory Drive Mounting Capscrews 61 N•m [ 45 ft-lb ]
Inspection Hole Plug 27 N•m [ 20 ft-lb ]
Accessory Drive Pulley (009-004)

Accessory Drive Shaft Retainer Nut 421 N•m [ 310 ft-lb ]
N14 Air Intake System - Group 10 - Specifications
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Air Intake System - Group 10 - Specifications

Turbocharger Axial Clearance (010-038)
Axial Clearance 0.03 mm MIN 0.001 in
0.10 mm MAX 0.004 in
Air Intake System - Group 10 - Torque Values N14
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Air Intake System - Group 10 - Torque Values

Aftercooler (010-001)
Aftercooler Cover Mounting Capscrews 47 N•m [ 35 ft-lb ]
Aftercooler Assembly Mounting Capscrew 47 N•m [ 35 ft-lb ]
Aftercooler Inlet And Outlet Hose Clamps 61 N•m [ 45 ft-lb ]
Air Intake Manifold (010-023)

Intake Manifold Mounting Capscrews 47 N•m [ 35 ft-lb ]
Intake Air Connection And Clamp 34 N•m [ 25 ft-lb ]

Connection 8.5 N•m [ 75 in-lb ]
Intake Air Connection And Clamp Clamp
Intake Manifold Temperature Sensor Intake 34 N•m [ 25 ft-lb ]

Manifold Temperature Sensor 30 N•m [ 22 ft-lb ]
Intake Manifold Temperature Sensor Intake 1.4 N•m [ 115 in-lb ]
Manifold Pressure Sensor
Intake Manifold Temperature Sensor Intake
Manifold Compuchek® Sensor (Pressure)
Air Leaks, Air Intake and Exhaust Systems (010-024)

Intake Air Piping 8.5 N•m [ 75 in-lb ]
N14 Air Intake System - Group 10
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Turbocharger To Cac Elebow Connection 8.5 N•m [ 75 in-lb ]
Turbine Housing V-Band Clamp 8.5 N•m [ 75 in-lb ]
Turbocharger Compressor Housing V-Band 8.5 N•m [ 75 in-lb ]

Clamp
Turbocharger (010-033)
Turbocharger Mounting Nuts 68 N•m [ 50 ft-lb ]
Lubricating Oil Drain Tube Capscrews 44 N•m [ 32 ft-lb ]
Lubricating Oil Supply Tube 30 N•m [ 22 ft-lb ]
Air Intake And Exhaust Pipe Clamps 8.5 N•m [ 75 in-lb ]

Air Intake System - Group 10 N14
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Turbocharger Axial Clearance (010-038)

8.5 N•m [ 75 in-lb ]
N14 Exhaust System - Group 11 - Torque Values
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Exhaust System - Group 11 - Torque Values

Exhaust Manifold, Dry (011-007)
Exhaust Manifold Mounting Capscrews 1 47 N•m [ 35 ft-lb ]
2 81 N•m [ 60 ft-lb ]
Compressed Air System - Group 12 - Torque Values N14
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Compressed Air System - Group 12 - Torque Values

Air Compressor Unloader and Valve Assembly (012-013)
Holset Ss, E-Type, And St Unloader 14 N•m [ 10 ft-lb ]
Holset Qe Unloader 27 N•m [ 20 ft-lb ]
Air Compressor (012-014)

Air Compressor Mounting Capscrew 68 N•m [ 50 ft-lb ]
Air Compressor Support Bracket Mounting 47 N•m [ 33 ft-lb ]

Capscrews
Air Compressor Cylinder Head (Holset® SS and E-Type Models) (012-103)

Holset Ss And E-Type Cylinder Head 1 7 N•m [ 5 ft-lb ]
2 14 N•m [ 10 ft-lb ]
3 20 N•m [ 15 ft-lb ]
4 27 N•m [ 20 ft-lb ]
Air Compressor Cylinder Head (Holset® QE Models) (012-104)

Holset Qe, Non-European Cylinder Head 28 N•m [ 250 in-lb ]
Holset Qe, European Cylinder Head 28 N•m [ 250 in-lb ]

N14 Compressed Air System - Group 12
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Air Compressor Cylinder Head (Holset® ST Models) (012-106)

Holset St Model Cylinder Head 41 N•m [ 30 ft-lb ]
Holset St Model Unloader Body 14 N•m [ 10 ft-lb ]

Electrical Equipment - Group 13 - Torque Values N14
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Electrical Equipment - Group 13 - Torque Values

Drive Belt, Alternator (013-005)
Adjusting Link Capscrews 5/16-18 20 N•m [ 15 ft-lb ]
Adjusting Link Capscrews 7/16-14 34 N•m [ 25 ft-lb ]
Adjusting Link Capscrews ½-13 68 N•m [ 50 ft-lb ]
Alternator To Alternator Support Capscrew 41 N•m [ 30 ft-lb ]

3/8-16 88 N•m [ 65 ft-lb ]
Alternator To Alternator Support Capscrew 108 N•m [ 80 ft-lb ]
7/16-20
Alternator To Alternator Support Capscrew
½-13
Starting Motor (013-020)

Starting Motor Mounting Capscrews 176 N•m [ 130 ft-lb ]
N14 Engine Testing - Group 14 - Specifications
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Engine Testing - Group 14 - Specifications

Engine Testing (Chassis Dynamometer) (014-002)
Inlet Fuel Temperature 15.5 °C MIN 60 °F
48.9 °C MAX 120 °F
Fuel Inlet Restriction CELECT™ and

CELECT™ Plus
Fuel Inlet Restriction STC Engines
Fuel Drain Line Restriction CELECT™ and 89 mm Hg MAX 3.5 in Hg
CELECT™ Plus
Intake Manifold Air Temperature 77 °C MAX 170 °F
Charge Air Cooler Restriction 152 mm MAX 6 in Hg

Hg
Intake Air Restriction 635 mm MAX 25 in H2O

H2O
Exhaust Air Restriction 76 mm Hg MAX 30 in Hg

Engine Testing - Group 14 N14
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Coolant Pressure at High Pressure Manifold 152 ± 21 MIN 22 ± 3 psi

kPa
275 kPa MAX 40 psi
Coolant Pressure at Rocker Housing Water 124 ± 21 MIN 18 ± 3 psi

Manifold kPa
N14 Engine Testing - Group 14 - Torque Values
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Engine Testing - Group 14 - Torque Values

Engine Testing (Engine Dynamometer) (014-005)
Oem Wiring Harness Amp Connector 2.0 N•m [ 18 in-lb ]
Capscrews
Mounting Adaptations - Group 16 - Torque Values N14
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Mounting Adaptations - Group 16 - Torque Values

Engine Lifting Brackets (016-001)
Lifting Bracket Capscrews 81 N•m [ 60 ft-lb ]
Engine Support Bracket, Front (016-002)

Front And Rear Support Bracket Capscrews 68 N•m [ 50 ft-lb ]
Flywheel (016-005)
Flywheel Housing Mounting Capscrews 271 N•m [ 200 ft-lb ]
1 47 N•m [ 35 ft-lb ]
2 95 N•m [ 70 ft-lb ]
3 Plus 90 degrees
N14 Vehicle Braking - Group 20 - Torque Values
Ref.No./
Steps
.
Vehicle Braking - Group 20 - Torque Values

Engine Brake (020-024)
Engine Brake Housing Capscrews 102 N•m [ 75 ft-lb ]
24 N•m [ 212 in-lb ]

General Engine N14
General Engine
Specifications
Automotive Applications
Horsepower.................................................................................................................Refer to the engine dataplate
Engine Speed..............................................................................................................Refer to the engine dataplate
Displacement.............................................................................................................................14 liters [855 C.I.D.]
Bore and Stroke....................................................................................................140 mm [5.5 in] x 152 mm [6.0 in]
Compression Ratio (Automotive):
N14-310E+, 330E+, 350E+, 370E+, 330ESP+......................................................................................18.5:1
N14-410E+, 370ESP+..............................................................................................................................17.5:1
N14-435E+, 460E+, 500E+, 525E+, 435ESP+......................................................................................16.5:1
Dry Engine Weight (Automotive).....................................................................................................1273 kg [2805 lb]
Wet Engine Weight (Automotive)....................................................................................................1328 kg [2925 lb]
Firing Order..............................................................................................................................................1-5-3-6-2-4
Crankshaft Rotation (viewed from front of engine).................................................................................... Clockwise
Valve and Injector Settings (Automotive):
Intake valve adjustment...........................................................................................................0.35 mm [0.014 in]
Exhaust valve adjustment.......................................................................................................0.68 mm [0.027 in]
Injector lash adjustment..........................................................................................................0.56 mm [0.022 in]
Engine brake settings.............................................................................................................0.58 mm [0.023 in]
Marine and Industrial Applications
Horsepower.................................................................................................................Refer to the engine dataplate
Engine Speed..............................................................................................................Refer to the engine dataplate
Displacement.............................................................................................................................14 liters [855 C.I.D.]
Bore and Stroke....................................................................................................140 mm [5.5 in] x 152 mm [6.0 in]
Compression Ratio (Industrial):
310, 320, 335, 345, 350, 360......................................................................................................................18.5:1
400, 410, 425, 430, 440, 460, 475, 485, 525E.............................................................................................16.5:1
Dry Engine Weight (Industrial)........................................................................................................1316 kg [2901 lb]
Wet Engine Weight (Industrial).......................................................................................................1371 kg [3022 lb]
Firing Order..............................................................................................................................................1-5-3-6-2-4
Crankshaft Rotation (viewed from front of engine).................................................................................... Clockwise
Valve and Injector Settings (Industrial):
Intake valve adjustment...........................................................................................................0.35 mm [0.014 in]
Intake valve recheck limits.............................................................................0.10 to 0.41 mm [0.004 to 0.016 in]
Exhaust valve adjustment.......................................................................................................0.68 mm [0.027 in]
Exhaust valve recheck limits..........................................................................0.58 to 0.86 mm [0.023 to 0.034 in]
CELECT™ injector lash adjustment..........................................................................................0.56 mm [0.022 in]
CELECT™ injector lash recheck limits.....................................0.51 to 2.04 mm [0.020 to 0.080 in](1.5 to 6.0 flats)
Engine brake settings.............................................................................................................0.58 mm [0.023 in]
N14 Fuel System
Fuel System
Specifications
For performance and fuel rates values, consult the engine data sheet or the fuel pump code for the particular model
involved.
Maximum Allowable Restriction to Pump with or without Fuel Cooler:
With clean filter....................................................................................................................152 mm Hg [6 in Hg]
With dirty filter...................................................................................................................254 mm Hg [10 in Hg]
Maximum Allowable Fuel Return Line Restriction.....................................................................89 mm Hg [3.5 in Hg]
Maximum Allowable Fuel Tank Vent Capability........................................................................0.85 m3 /hr [30 ft3 /hr]
Maximum Allowable Fuel Inlet Temperature.........................................................................................71°C [160°F]
For performance and fuel rates values, consult the engine data sheet or the fuel pump code for the particular model
involved.
STC
With clean filter...............................................................................................................102 mm Hg [4 in Hg]
With dirty filter................................................................................................................204 mm Hg [8 in Hg]
CELECT™
With clean filter...............................................................................................................152 mm Hg [6 in Hg]
With dirty filter..............................................................................................................254 mm Hg [10 in Hg]
Maximum Allowable Return Line Restriction with Check Valves and/or Overhead Tanks........165 mm Hg [6.5 in Hg]
Maximum Allowable Fuel Return Line Restriction without Check Valves...................................89 mm Hg [3.5 in Hg]
Maximum Allowable Fuel Tank Vent Capability........................................................................0.85 m3 /hr [30 ft3 /hr]
Lubricating Oil System N14
Lubricating Oil System

Specifications
Oil Pressure:
Low idle (minimum allowable).......................................................................................................70 kPa [10 psi]
At 1200 rpm or torque peak (minimum allowable)........................................................................172 kPa [25 psi]
Oil Capacity of Standard Engine:
Combination full flow/bypass filter capacity................................................................................2.7 liters [0.7 gal]
Oil pan capacity (high-low)..........................................................................................36 to 30 liters [9.5 to 8 gal]
Oil change capacity (oil pan and filter filled to capacity).......................................37.7 to 32.9 liters [10 to 8.7 gal]
Total Lubricating Oil System Capacity Including Filter....................................................................42 liters [11.0 gal]
Oil Pressure:
At idle (minimum allowable at 93°C [200°F] oil temperature).........................................................70 kPa [10 psi]
Oil pressure at no load governed speed...................................................................240 to 310 kPa [35 to 45 psi]
Oil Capacity of Standard Engine:
Combination full flow/bypass filter capacity................................................................................2.7 liters [0.7 gal]
Oil pan capacity (high-low)..........................................................................................36 to 30 liters [9.5 to 8 gal]
Oil change capacity (oil pan and filter filled to capacity).......................................37.7 to 32.9 liters [10 to 8.7 gal]
Total Lubricating Oil System Capacity Including Filter....................................................................42 liters [11.0 gal]
N14 Cooling System
Cooling System
Specifications
Coolant Capacity (Engine Only):
CELECT™ or CELECT™ Plus......................................................................................................18.9 liters [20 qt]
Standard Modulating Thermostat Range...........................................................................82 to 93°C [180 to 200°F]
Maximum Coolant Cylinder Block Pressure (pressure cap removed):
At 2300 rpm................................................................................................................................317 kPa [46 psi]
At 1700 rpm................................................................................................................................165 kPa [24 psi]
Minimum Coolant Pressure (pressure cap removed):
High Pressure Manifold at 1800 rpm...........................................................................152 ± 21 kPa [22 ± 3 psi]
Rocker Housing Water Manifold at 1800 rpm..............................................................124 ± 21 kPa [18 ± 3 psi]
Coolant Alarm Activation Temperature:
CELECT™ or CELECT™ Plus...........................................................................................104 ± 1°C [220 ± 2°F]
Maximum Allowable Top Tank Temperature:
N14-410E+, 435E+, 460E+, 500E+, 525E+, 370ESP+, 435ESP+..........................................104°C [220°F]
N14-310E+, 330E+, 350E+, 370E+, 330E+.............................................................................100°C [212°F]
CELECT™ Industrial........................................................................................................................96°C [205°F]
STC Industrial...............................................................................................................................100°C [212°F]
Minimum Recommended Top Tank Temperature.................................................................................70°C [158°F]
Maximum Allowable Deaeration Time.......................................................................................................25 minutes
Minimum Allowable Draw Down or 10 Percent of System Capacity (whichever is greater)....................4.7 liters [5 qt]
Minimum recommended Pressure Cap................................................................................................50 kPa [7 psi]
Maximum Allowable Coolant Flow to Accessories.....................................1.3 liters per second [20.5 gal per minute]
Coolant Capacity (Engine Only):
CELECT™ Plus and STC Industrial.............................................................................................20.8 liters [21 qt]
Standard Modulating Thermostat Range......................................................................82 to 93°C [180 to 200°F]
Minimum Coolant Pressure (pressure cap removed):....................................High Pressure Manifold at 1800 rpm
152 ± 21 kPa [22 ± 3 psi]..............................................................Rocker Housing Water Manifold at 1800 rpm
124 ± 21 kPa [18 ± 3 psi]...........................................Maximum Allowable Coolant Temperature Engine Outlet:
CELECT™.......................................................................................................................................96°C [205°F]
STC..............................................................................................................................................100°C [212°F]
Coolant Alarm Activation Temperature:.........................................................................................CELECT™ Plus
96°C [205°F]................................................................................................................................................STC
102 ± 2°C [215 ± 2°F].......................................................Maximum External Resistance in Aftercooler Circuit
35 kPa [5 psi]...........................................Minimum Coolant Flow Through Aftercooler Circuit (Open Thermostat)
83 liters per minute [22 gal per minute].... Coolant Temperature at Aftercooler Radiator Inlet at Maximum Engine
Coolant Out Temperature
93°C [199°F].........Maximum Water Temperature into Aftercooler at Maximum Engine Coolant Out Temperature
72°C [162°F]...................................................................................Maximum Allowable Top Tank Temperature:
N14-410E+, 435E+, 460E+, 500E+, 525E+, 370ESP+, 435ESP+..........................................104°C [220°F]
100°C [212°F] N14-310E+, 330E+, 350E+, 370E+, 330E+..............................................CELECT™ Industrial
96°C [205°F].................................................................................................................................STC Industrial
Minimum Recommended Top Tank Temperature............................................................................70°C [158°F]
Maximum Allowable Deaeration Time.................................................................................................25 minutes
Minimum Allowable Draw Down or 10 Percent of System Capacity (whichever is greater)...............4.7 liters [5 qt]
Minimum recommended pressure cap............................................................................................50 kPa [7 psi]
Maximum Allowable coolant Flow to Accessories.................................1.3 liters per second [20.5 gal per minute]
Air Intake System N14
Air Intake System

Specifications
Automotive Application
CAUTION
Engine intake air must be filtered to prevent dirt and debris from entering the engine. If air intake piping is
damaged or loose, unfiltered air will enter the engine and cause premature wear.
Maximum Temperature Rise Between Ambient Air and Engine Air Inlet (ambient above 0°C [32°F].......15°C [30°F]
Maximum Inlet Restriction (clean filter) Normal Duty Element..............................................250 mm H2O [10 in H2O]
Maximum Inlet Restriction (dirty filter).................................................................................635 mm H2O [25 in H2O]
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drop Across Charge Air Cooler:
psi...............................................................................................................................................13.5 kPa [2 psi]
Hg (Mercury)........................................................................................................................102 mm-Hg [4 in-Hg]
Marine and Industrial Application
Maximum Temperature Rise Between Ambient Air and Engine Air Inlet (ambient above 0°C [32°F].......15°C [30°F]
Maximum Inlet Restriction (clean filter) Normal Duty Element..............................................250 mm H2O [10 in H2O]
Maximum Inlet Restriction (dirty filter).................................................................................635 mm H2O [25 in H2O]
Maximum Allowable Pressure Drop Across Charge Air Cooler:
psi..................................................................................................................................................21 kPa [3 psi]
Hg (Mercury)........................................................................................................................152 mm-Hg [6 in-Hg]
N14 Exhaust System
Exhaust System
Specifications
Maximum Back Pressure at Turbocharger:
Hg (Mercury)..........................................................................................................................76 mm Hg [3 in Hg]
H2O (Water).................................................................................................................1016 mm H2O [40 in H2O]
Exhaust Pipe Size (normally acceptable inside diameter).....................................................................127 mm [5 in]
Electrical System N14
Electrical System
Specifications
Minimum Recommended Battery Capacity (Automotive and Industrial)
Battery Capacity
Ambient Temperatures
-18°C [0°F] 0°C [32°F]
System Cold Cranking Amperes Reserve Capacity(1) Cold Cranking Amperes Reserve Capacity(1)
Voltage Amperes Amperes
12 VDC 1800 640 1280 480
24 VDC(2) 900 320 640 240
(1) The number of plates within a given battery size determines reserve capacity. Reserve capacity determines the
length of time which sustained cranking can occur.
(2) CCA ratings are based on two 12 VDC batteries in series.
A minimum of 6 VDC at the 3-pin power connector is required to power up the ECM on CELECT™ Plus engines.
Specific Gravity at 27°C [80°F] State of Charge

1.260 to 1.280 100%
1.230 to 1.250 75%
1.200 to 1.220 50%
1.170 to 1.190 25%
1.110 to 1.130 Discharged
Maximum Resistance of Starting Motor Circuit:

• 12-VDC starting motor (ohms) 0.00075
• 24-VDC starting motor (ohms) 0.002
Cable resistances can be obtained in accompanying
battery cable resistance chart. If the frame is in ground
circuit, the frame length must be considered cable of the
same size as that used in the balance of the system.
Item Resistance Ohms

Connection 0.00001
Additional Contacter 0.00020
(series-parallel switch,
relays, etc.)
Battery Cable Sizes - American Wire Gauge (maximum length in cranking motor circuit)
12 VDC
Number 00...................................................................................................................................3.7 M [12 ft]
Number 000.................................................................................................................................4.9 M [16 ft]
Number 0000 or Two Number 0(1) ...............................................................................................6.1 M [20 ft]
Two Number 00............................................................................................................................7.6 M [25 ft]
12 VDC High-Output
Number 00.....................................................................................................................................2.1 M [7 ft]
Number 000...................................................................................................................................2.7 M [9 ft]
Number 0000 or Two Number 0(1) ...............................................................................................3.7 M [12 ft]
Two Number 00............................................................................................................................4.3 M [14 ft]
24 to 32 VDC
Number 00...................................................................................................................................6.1 M [20 ft]
Number 000.................................................................................................................................8.2 M [27 ft]
Number 0000 or Two Number 0(1) ..............................................................................................10.7 M [35 ft]
N14 Electrical System
Two Number 00..........................................................................................................................13.7 M [45 ft]

Minimum ambient temperature without starting aid.................................................................................-1°C [30°F]
Minimum cranking speed without starting aid...............................................................................................150 rpm
(1)Two strands of number 0 cable can be used in place of one number 0000 cable providing all connections are
carefully made to make sure equal current flow in each parallel cable.
Compressed Air System N14
Compressed Air System

Specifications
Holset® SS338/QE338 A/C Models
Cylinders................................................................................................................................................................1
Compressor Capacity at 1250 rpm...........................................................................6.2 liter per second [13.20 CFM]
Piston Displacement..................................................................................................................296 cc [18.06 C.I.D.]
Bore...........................................................................................................................................92.08 mm [3.625 in]
Stroke........................................................................................................................................44.45 mm [1.750 in]
Speed.................................................................................................................................................Engine Speed
Cooling.............................................................................................................................................Engine Coolant
Lubrication.............................................................................................................................Engine Lubricating Oil
Plumbing Line Sizes:
Coolant inlet and outlet (pipe fitting).............................................................................................[0.375 in] NPTF
Air inlet (inside diameter).......................................................................................................22.22 mm [0.875 in]
Air outlet (minimum inside diameter).........................................................................................12.7 mm [0.50 in]
Height, Overall (approximate)........................................................................................................31.1 cm [12.25 in]
Width, Overall (approximate)...........................................................................................................14.6 cm [5.75 in]
Length, Overall (approximate)..............................................................................................................22.9 cm [9 in]
Weight (approximate).............................................................................................................................18 kg [40 lb]
Holset® Models
Cylinders................................................................................................................................................................1
Compressor Capacity at 1250 rpm...............................................................................7.1 liter per second [15 CFM]
Bore.............................................................................................................................................98.4 mm [3.875 in]
Stroke............................................................................................................................................44.5 mm [1.75 in]
Plumbing Line Sizes:
Coolant inlet and outlet (pipe fitting).............................................................................................[0.375 in] NPTF
Air inlet (inside diameter).......................................................................................................22.22 mm [0.875 in]
Air outlet (minimum inside diameter).........................................................................................12.7 mm [0.50 in]
Holset® ST676 A/C Model
Cylinders................................................................................................................................................................2
Compressor Capacity at 1250 rpm..............................................................................14.2 liter per second [30 CFM]
Piston Displacement...................................................................................................................676 cc [41.3 C.I.D.]
Bore...........................................................................................................................................92.08 mm [3.625 in]
Stroke.................................................................................................................................................50.8 mm [2 in]
Coolant Inlet and Outlet (pipe fitting)...................................................................................................[0.50 in] NPTF
Air Inlet (inside diameter)............................................................................................................22.22 mm [0.875 in]
Air Outlet (minimum inside diameter)..........................................................................................15.88 mm [0.625 in]
NOTE: In applications where duty cycles average 10 percent or more, or air pressures are above 862 kPa [125 psi],
use a discharge line with a minimum inside diameter of 15.9 mm [0.625 in] for single cylinder compressors and 25.4
mm [1 in] for twin cylinder compressors to prevent carbon buildup. Examples of these applications are as follows:
• Refuse trucks
• Pickup and delivery trucks
• Transit buses
• Equipment with high accessory air usage.
N14 Compressed Air System
Holset® ST773 A/C Model

Cylinders................................................................................................................................................................2
Compressor Capacity at 1250 rpm............................................................................16.05 liter per second [34 CFM]
Bore.............................................................................................................................................98.4 mm [3.875 in]
Stroke.................................................................................................................................................50.8 mm [2 in]
Coolant Inlet and Outlet (pipe fitting)...................................................................................................[0.50 in] NPTF
Air Inlet (inside diameter)............................................................................................................22.22 mm [0.875 in]
Air Outlet (minimum inside diameter)..........................................................................................15.88 mm [0.625 in]
NOTE: In applications where duty cycles average 10 percent or more, or air pressures are above 862 kPa [125 psi],
use a discharge line with a minimum inside diameter of 19 mm [0.75 in] to prevent carbon buildup. Examples of these
applications are as follows:
• Refuse trucks
• Pickup and delivery trucks
• Transit buses
• Equipment with high accessory air usage.
Load Required to Compress A/C Spring to Measurement Length

Spring Part Spring Use Approximat Number of Wire Measureme Minimum kg Maximum kg
Number e Free Coils Diameter nt Length [lb] [lb]
Length mm mm [in] mm [in]
[in]
128080 Exhaust 17.02 [0.670] 3 2.03 [0.080] 7.11 [0.280] 3.6 [8.55] 4.7 [10.35]
Valve
190334 Intake Valve 12.70 [0.500] 2.8 1.58 [0.062] 7.11 [0.280] 0.35 [0.65] 0.5 [1.10]
150631 Unloading 41.91 [1.650] 11.5 2.03 [0.080] 24.89 [0.980] 14.5 [32] 17.2 [38]
Valve
(naturally
aspirated)
center
unloading
valve-twin
3023101 Unloading 41.91 [1.650] 10.8 1.65 [0.065] 24.89 [0.98] 5.9 [13] 7.7 [17]
Valve (all
turbocharge
d engines)
3049553 E-Type 41.91 [1.650] 11.25 1.93 [0.076] 24.89 [0.98] 10.4 [23] 12.2 [27]
Unloader
Valve
800399-XW Unloader 17.02 [0.67] 6 1.04 [0.041] 6.60 [0.260] N/A 2.54 [5.60]
10.03 [3.95] 1.71 [3.78] N/A
802000-FZ Intake and 10.16 [0.40] 4.25 0.79 [0.031] 4.57 [0.18] N/A 0.36 [0.80]
Exhaust
5.99 [0.275] 0.20 [0.45] N/A
3054489 Exhaust 21.49 [0.846] 4.5 2.54 [0.100] 15.21 [0.599] 3.88 [8.55] 4.74 [10.45]
Valve
Engine Testing N14
Engine Testing
Specifications
Maintain the following limits during the engine test and run-in procedures:
Due to the variations in ratings of different engine models, refer to the specific Engine Data Sheet” for the specific
engine model being tested.
Charge Air Cooler Restriction (Maximum):
Hg (Mercury)........................................................................................................................152 mm Hg [6 in Hg]
Pounds Force.................................................................................................................................21 kPa [3 psi]
Intake Restriction (Maximum at Advertised Horsepower):
Clean air filter................................................................................................................254 mm H2O [10 in H2O]
Dirty air filter..................................................................................................................635 mm H2O [25 in H2O]
Maximum Exhaust Back Pressure...............................................................................................75 mm Hg [3 in Hg]
Blowby (1) (Maximum at Advertised Horsepower):
New or rebuilt engines (Maximum)(less than 160,000 km [100,000 mi] or 3600 hours)......305 cm H2O [12 in H2O
Used engines (Maximum)(over 160,000 km [100,000 mi] or 3600 hours)...........................460 cm H2O [18 in H2O
Oil Pressure:
Low idle (minimum allowable).......................................................................................................69 kPa [10 psi]
At 1200 rpm or torque peak (minimum allowable)........................................................................207 kPa [30 psi]
At advertised rpm....................................................................................................276 to 345 kPa [40 to 50 psi]
Maximum Cylinder Block Coolant Pressure (Closed Thermostat)......................................................275 kPa [40 psi]
Maximum Allowable Operating Temperature......................................................................................100°C [212°F]
Fuel Inlet Maximum Restriction:
CELECT™ and CELECT™ Plus
Clean fuel filter...............................................................................................................152 mm Hg [6 in Hg]
Dirty fuel filter...............................................................................................................254 mm Hg [10 in Hg]
Fuel Inlet Maximum Restriction:
STC
Clean fuel filter...............................................................................................................102 mm Hg [4 in Hg]
Dirty fuel filter.................................................................................................................204 mm Hg [8 in Hg]
Fuel Drain Line Maximum Restriction:
CELECT™ and CELECT™ Plus............................................................................................89 mm Hg [3.5 in Hg]
STC — Without check valves..............................................................................................63 mm Hg [2.5 in Hg]
STC — With check valves.................................................................................................165 mm Hg [6.5 in Hg]
(1) Blowby checking tool, Part Number 3822566, has a special 7.67 mm [0.302 in] orifice that must be used to make
sure an accurate reading is obtained.
N14 Drive Belt Tension
Drive Belt Tension

Tension Chart
SAE Belt Size Belt Tension Gauge Part No. Belt Tension New Belt Tension Range Used*
Click-type Burroughs N lbf N lbf
0.380 in 3822524 620 140 270 to 490 60 to 110
0.440 in 3822524 620 140 270 to 490 60 to 110
1/2 in 3822524 ST-1138 620 140 270 to 490 60 to 110
11/16 in 3822524 ST-1138 620 140 270 to 490 60 to 110
3/4 in 3822524 ST-1138 620 140 270 to 490 60 to 110
7/8 in 3822524 ST-1138 620 140 270 to 490 60 to 110
4 rib 3822524 ST-1138 620 140 270 to 490 60 to 110
5 rib 3822524 ST-1138 670 150 270 to 530 60 to 120
6 rib 3822525 ST-1293 710 160 290 to 580 65 to 130
8 rib 3822525 ST-1293 890 200 360 to 710 80 to 160
10 rib 3822525 3823138 1110 250 440 to 890 100 to 200
12 rib 3822525 3823138 1330 300 530 to 1070 120 to 240
12 rib K section 3822525 3823138 1330 300 890 to 1070 200 to 240
31 rib - 3164750 1668 375 1330 to 1560 300 to 350
NOTE: This chart does not apply to automatic belt tensioners.
* A belt is considered used if it has been in service for ten minutes or longer.
* If used belt tension is less than the minimum value, tighten the belt to the maximum used belt value.
Capscrew Markings and Torque Values N14
Capscrew Markings and Torque Values

General Information
CAUTION
When replacing capscrews, always use a capscrew of the same measurement and strength as the capscrew
being replaced. Using the wrong capscrews can result in engine damage.
Metric capscrews and nuts are identified by the grade number stamped on the head of the capscrew or on the surface
of the nuts. U.S. Customary capscrews are identified by radial lines stamped on the head of the capscrew.
The following examples indicate how capscrews are identified:
• Always use the torque values listed in the following tables when specific torque values are not available.
• Do not use the torque values in place of those specified in other sections of this manual.
• The torque values in the table are based on the use of lubricated threads.
• When the ft-lb value is less than 10, convert the ft-lb value to in-lb to obtain a better torque with an in-lb torque
wrench. Example: 6 ft-lb equals 72 in-lb.
• Always use the torque values listed in the following tables when specific torque values are not available.
• Do not use the torque values in place of those specified in other sections of this manual.
• The torque values in the table are based on the use of lubricated threads.
• When the ft-lb value is less than 10, convert the ft-lb value to in-lb to obtain a better torque with an in-lb torque
wrench. Example: 6 ft-lb equals 72 in-lb.
Capscrew Markings and Torque Values - Metric
Body Torque Torque Torque

Size
Diamet Cast Iron Aluminium Cast Iron Aluminium Cast Iron Aluminium
er
mm N•m ft-lb N•m ft-lb N•m ft-lb N•m ft-lb N•m ft-lb N•m ft-lb
6 9 5 7 4 13 10 7 4 14 9 7 4
7 14 9 11 7 18 14 11 7 23 18 11 7
N14 Capscrew Markings and Torque Values
Body Torque Torque Torque

Size
Diamet Cast Iron Aluminium Cast Iron Aluminium Cast Iron Aluminium
er
mm N•m ft-lb N•m ft-lb N•m ft-lb N•m ft-lb N•m ft-lb N•m ft-lb
8 23 17 18 14 33 25 18 14 40 29 18 14
10 45 33 30 25 65 50 30 25 70 50 30 25
12 80 60 55 40 115 85 55 40 125 95 55 40
14 125 90 90 65 180 133 90 65 195 145 90 65
16 195 140 140 100 280 200 140 100 290 210 140 100
18 280 200 180 135 390 285 180 135 400 290 180 135
20 400 290 — — 550 400 — — — — — —
Capscrew Markings and Torque Values - U.S. Customary
Capscrew Cast Iron Aluminium Cast Iron Aluminium

Body Size
N•m ft-lb N•m ft-lb N•m ft-lb N•m ft-lb
1/4 - 20 9 7 8 6 15 11 8 6
1/4 - 28 12 9 9 7 18 13 9 7
5/16 - 18 20 15 16 12 30 22 16 12
5/16 - 24 23 17 19 14 33 24 19 14
3/8 - 16 40 30 25 20 55 40 25 20
3/8 - 24 40 30 35 25 60 45 35 25
7/16 - 14 60 45 45 35 90 65 45 35
7/16 - 20 65 50 55 40 95 70 55 40
1/2 - 13 95 70 75 55 130 95 75 55
1/2 - 20 100 75 80 60 150 110 80 60
9/16 - 12 135 100 110 80 190 140 110 80
9/16 - 18 150 110 115 85 210 155 115 85
5/8 - 11 180 135 150 110 255 190 150 110
5/8 - 18 210 155 160 120 290 215 160 120
3/4 - 10 325 240 255 190 460 340 255 190
3/4 - 16 365 270 285 210 515 380 285 210
7/8 - 9 490 360 380 280 745 550 380 280
7/8 - 14 530 390 420 310 825 610 420 310
1-8 720 530 570 420 1100 820 570 420
1 - 14 800 590 650 480 1200 890 650 480
Fraction, Decimal, Millimeter Conversions N14
Fraction, Decimal, Millimeter Conversions

Conversion Chart
Fraction inch mm Fraction inch mm
1/64 0.0156 0.397 33/64 0.5156 13.097
1/32 0.0313 0.794 17/32 0.5313 13.494
3/64 0.0469 1.191 35/64 0.5469 13.891
1/16 0.0625 1.588 9/16 0.5625 14.288
5/64 0.0781 1.984 37/64 0.5781 14.684
3/32 0.0938 2.381 19/32 0.5938 15.081
7/64 0.1094 2.778 39/64 0.6094 15.478
1/8 0.1250 3.175 5/8 0.6250 15.875
9/64 0.1406 3.572 41/64 0.6406 16.272
5/32 0.1563 3.969 21/32 0.6563 16.669
11/64 0.1719 4.366 43/64 0.6719 17.066
3/16 0.1875 4.763 11/16 0.6875 17.463
13/64 0.2031 5.159 45/64 0.7031 17.859
7/32 0.2188 5.556 23/32 0.7188 18.256
15/64 0.2344 5.953 47/64 0.7344 18.653
1/4 0.2500 6.350 3/4 0.7500 19.050
17/64 0.2656 6.747 49/64 0.7656 19.447
9/32 0.2813 7.144 25/32 0.7813 19.844
19/64 0.2969 7.541 51/64 0.7969 20.241
5/16 0.3125 7.938 13/16 0.8125 20.638
21/64 0.3281 8.334 53/64 0.8281 21.034
11/32 0.3438 8.731 27/32 0.8438 21.431
23/64 0.3594 9.128 55/64 0.8594 21.828
3/8 0.3750 9.525 7/8 0.8750 22.225
25/64 0.3906 9.922 57/64 0.8906 22.622
13/32 0.4063 10.319 29/32 0.9063 23.019
27/64 0.4219 10.716 59/64 0.9219 23.416
7/16 0.4375 11.113 15/16 0.9375 23.813
29/64 0.4531 11.509 61/64 0.9531 24.209
15/32 0.4688 11.906 31/32 0.9688 24.606
31/64 0.4844 12.303 63/64 0.9844 25.003
1/2 0.5000 12.700 1 1.0000 25.400
Conversion Factor: 1 inch = 25.4 mm

N14 Newton-Meter to Foot-Pound Conversions
Newton-Meter to Foot-Pound Conversions

Conversion Chart
N•m ft-lb N•m ft-lb N•m ft-lb
1 9 in-lb 55 41 155 114
5 44 in-lb 60 44 160 118
6 53 in-lb 65 48 165 122
7 62 in-lb 70 52 170 125
8 71 in-lb 75 55 175 129
9 80 in-lb 80 59 180 133
10 89 in-lb 85 63 185 136
11 97 in-lb 90 66 190 140
12 106 in-lb 95 70 195 144
14 124 in-lb 100 74 200 148
15 133 in-lb 105 77 205 151
16 142 in-lb 110 81 210 155
18 159 in-lb 115 85 215 159
20 15 ft-lb 120 89 220 162
25 18 125 92 225 165
30 22 130 96 230 170
35 26 135 100 235 173
40 30 140 103 240 177
45 33 145 107 245 180
50 37 150 111 250 184
NOTE: To convert from Newton-Meters to Kilogram-Meters divide Newton-Meters by 9.803.
Pipe Plug Torque Values N14
Pipe Plug Torque Values

Torque Table
Size Torque Torque
Thread Actual Thread O.D. In Aluminum Components In Cast Iron or
Steel Components
in in N•m ft-lb N•m ft-lb
1/16 0.32 5 45 in-lb 15 10
1/8 0.41 15 10 20 15
1/4 0.54 20 15 25 20
3/8 0.68 25 20 35 25
1/2 0.85 35 25 55 40
3/4 1.05 45 35 75 55
1 1.32 60 45 95 70
1-1/4 1.66 75 55 115 85
1-1/2 1.90 85 65 135 100
N14 Tap-Drill Chart - U.S. Customary and Metric
Tap-Drill Chart - U.S. Customary and Metric

General Information
NOTE ON SELECTING TAP-DRILL SIZES: The tap drill sizes shown on this card give the theoretical tap drill size for
approximately 60% and 75% of full thread depth. Generally, it is recommended that drill sizes be selected in the 60%
range as these sizes will provide about 90% of the potential holding power. Drill sizes in the 75% range are
recommended for shallow hole tapping (less than 1 1/2 times the hole diameter) in soft metals and mild steel.
Weights and Measures - Conversion Factors N14
Weights and Measures - Conversion Factors

Conversion Chart
From U.S. From Metric
Customary To U.S.
Quantity U.S. Customary Metric
To Metric Customary
Multiply By Multiply By
Unit Name Abbreviation Unit Name Abbreviation
sq. inch in2 sq. millimeters mm2 645.16 0.001550
Area sq. centimeters cm2 6.452 0.155
sq. foot ft2 sq. meter m2 0.0929 10.764
Fuel pounds per lb/hp-hr grams per kilowatt g/kW-hr 608.277 0.001645
Consumption horsepower hour hour
Fuel miles per gallon mpg kilometers per liter km/l 0.4251 2.352
Performance gallons per mile gpm liters per kilometer l/km 2.352 0.4251
Force pounds force lbf Newton N 4.4482 0.224809
inch in millimeters mm 25.40 0.039370
Length
foot ft millimeters mm 304.801 0.00328
Power horsepower hp kilowatt kW 0.746 1.341
pounds force per psi kilopascal kPa 6.8948 0.145037
sq. inch
inches of mercury in Hg kilopascal kPa 3.3769 0.29613
inches of water in H2O kilopascal kPa 0.2488 4.019299
inches of mercury in Hg millimeters of mm Hg 25.40 0.039370
Pressure mercury
inches of water in H2O millimeters of mm H2O 25.40 0.039370
water
bars bars kilopascals kPa 100.001 0.00999
bars bars millimeters of mm Hg 750.06 0.001333
mercury
Temperature fahrenheit °F centigrade °C (°F-32) ÷1.8 (1.8 x °C) +32
pound force per ft-lb Newton-meter N•m 1.35582 0.737562
foot
Torque
pound force per in-lb Newton-meter N•m 0.113 8.850756
inch
Velocity miles/hour mph kilometers/hour kph 1.6093 0.6214
gallon (U.S.) gal. liter l 3.7853 0.264179
Volume: gallon (Imp*) gal. liter l 4.546 0.219976
liquid
displacement
cubic inch in3 liter l 0.01639 61.02545
cubic inch in3 cubic centimeter cm3 16.387 0.06102
Weight (mass) pounds (avoir.) lb kilograms kg 0.4536 2.204623
British Thermal BTU joules J 1054.5 0.000948
Unit
Work British Thermal BTU kilowatt-hour kW-hr 0.000293 3414
Unit
horsepower hours hp-hr kilowatt-hour kW-hr 0.746 1.341
Index
Page X-1
About the Manual ..........................................................................................i-1 Initial Check..............................................................................................13-2

General Information.....................................................................................i-1 Install........................................................................................................13-4
Accessory Drive ...........................................................................................9-2 Remove....................................................................................................13-3
Assemble....................................................................................................9-7 Batteries .....................................................................................................13-6
Clean and Inspect for Reuse.......................................................................9-5 Initial Check..............................................................................................13-6
Disassemble...............................................................................................9-4 Battery Cables and Connections ...............................................................13-6
Finishing Steps.........................................................................................9-10 Initial Check..............................................................................................13-6
Initial Check................................................................................................9-3 Capscrew Markings and Torque Values ....................................................V-56
Install..........................................................................................................9-9 Capscrew Markings and Torque Values - Metric........................................V-56
Measure.....................................................................................................9-6 Capscrew Markings and Torque Values - U.S. Customary.........................V-57
Preparatory Steps.......................................................................................9-2 General Information..................................................................................V-56
Remove......................................................................................................9-2 Charge-Air Cooler .....................................................................................10-12
Accessory Drive Pulley ..............................................................................9-11 Clean and Inspect for Reuse...................................................................10-13
Clean........................................................................................................9-12 Install......................................................................................................10-14
Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................9-12 Leak Test................................................................................................10-14
Install........................................................................................................9-12 Pressure Differential Test........................................................................10-16
Remove....................................................................................................9-11 Preferred Method................................................................................10-16
Accessory Drive Pulley Wear Sleeve .........................................................9-14 Optional Method.................................................................................10-17
Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................9-14 Remove..................................................................................................10-12
Install........................................................................................................9-14 Temperature Differential Test..................................................................10-15
Remove....................................................................................................9-14 Compressed Air System ............................................................................V-52
Acronyms and Abbreviations ......................................................................i-14 Specifications...........................................................................................V-52
General Information...................................................................................i-14 Holset® SS338/QE338 A/C Models.......................................................V-52
Additional Service Literature .......................................................................L-1 Holset® Models.....................................................................................V-52
General Information....................................................................................L-1 Holset® ST676 A/C Model.....................................................................V-52
AFC No Air Check ......................................................................................6-52 Holset® ST773 A/C Model.....................................................................V-53
Measure...................................................................................................6-52 Coolant Filter ................................................................................................8-9
Aftercooler ..................................................................................................10-2 General Information....................................................................................8-9
Clean........................................................................................................10-4 Install........................................................................................................8-10
Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................10-4 Remove......................................................................................................8-9
Install........................................................................................................10-6 Coolant Filter Head ....................................................................................8-10
Pressure Test...........................................................................................10-4 Install........................................................................................................8-11
Remove....................................................................................................10-2 Remove....................................................................................................8-10
Air Compressor ........................................................................................12-12 Coolant Filter Valve ....................................................................................8-11
Finishing Steps.......................................................................................12-14 Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................8-12
Inspect for Reuse....................................................................................12-13 Install........................................................................................................8-13
Install......................................................................................................12-13 Remove....................................................................................................8-11
Preparatory Steps...................................................................................12-12 Coolant Temperature Gauge ........................................................................8-8
Remove..................................................................................................12-13 Initial Check................................................................................................8-8
Air Compressor Carbon Buildup ................................................................12-3 Coolant Thermostat ....................................................................................8-14
Initial Check..............................................................................................12-3 Test..........................................................................................................8-14
Air Compressor Cylinder Head (Holset® QE Models) ..............................12-24 Coolant Thermostat Housing .....................................................................8-16
Assemble................................................................................................12-30 Install........................................................................................................8-17
Clean......................................................................................................12-27 Remove....................................................................................................8-16
Disassemble...........................................................................................12-24 Coolant Thermostat Seal ...........................................................................8-19
Inspect for Reuse....................................................................................12-28 Clean........................................................................................................8-19
Air Compressor Cylinder Head (Holset® SS and E-Type Models) ...........12-19 Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................8-19
Assemble................................................................................................12-22 Install........................................................................................................8-19
Clean......................................................................................................12-20 Remove....................................................................................................8-19
Disassemble...........................................................................................12-19 Coolant Vent Lines .....................................................................................8-20
Inspect for Reuse....................................................................................12-20 Initial Check..............................................................................................8-20
Air Compressor Cylinder Head (Holset® ST Models) ...............................12-41 Cooling System ..........................................................................................8-20
Assemble................................................................................................12-51 Drain.........................................................................................................8-20
Clean......................................................................................................12-48 Fill............................................................................................................8-21
Disassemble...........................................................................................12-41 Pressure Test...........................................................................................8-24
Inspect for Reuse....................................................................................12-49 Cooling System ..........................................................................................V-47
Air Compressor Pin Bore Wear ..................................................................12-5 Specifications...........................................................................................V-47
Initial Check..............................................................................................12-5 Automotive Applications.......................................................................V-47
Air Compressor Unloader and Valve Assembly ........................................12-8 Marine and Industrial Applications........................................................V-47
Clean......................................................................................................12-10 Cooling System - Air or Combustion Gas Test .........................................8-25
Initial Check..............................................................................................12-8 Initial Check..............................................................................................8-25
Inspect for Reuse....................................................................................12-10 Air in Cooling System............................................................................8-25
Install......................................................................................................12-10 Leak Test..................................................................................................8-27
Remove....................................................................................................12-9 Fan, Shutter, or Heater Air Control Valve..............................................8-27
Air Governor (Air Compressor Pumps Continuously) .............................12-16 Air Compressor.....................................................................................8-27
Initial Check............................................................................................12-16 Aftercooler Core....................................................................................8-28
Air Governor (Air Compressor Will Not Pump) ........................................12-15 Cylinder Head and Cylinder Liner..........................................................8-29
Initial Check............................................................................................12-15 Combustion Gas Leak...........................................................................8-29
Air in Fuel .....................................................................................................6-2 Overflow Method...................................................................................8-33
Test............................................................................................................6-2 Sight Glass Method...............................................................................8-34
Sight Glass Method................................................................................6-2 Cummins Customized Parts Catalog ...........................................................L-3
Gear Pump Drain Method.......................................................................6-3 General Information....................................................................................L-3
Air Intake Manifold .....................................................................................10-8 Ordering the Customized Parts Catalog......................................................L-3
Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................10-9 Ordering by Telephone...........................................................................L-3
Install........................................................................................................10-9 Ordering On-Line....................................................................................L-3
Remove....................................................................................................10-8 Cup Plug .....................................................................................................17-1
Air Intake Restriction ...............................................................................10-18 Clean........................................................................................................17-1
Measure..................................................................................................10-18 Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................17-1
Air Intake System .......................................................................................V-48 Install........................................................................................................17-2
Specifications...........................................................................................V-48 Remove....................................................................................................17-1
Automotive Application.........................................................................V-48 Cylinder Misfires or Smokes ........................................................................6-7
Marine and Industrial Application..........................................................V-48 Automated Cylinder Performance Test........................................................6-7
Air Leaks, Air Intake and Exhaust Systems ............................................10-10 Cylinder Cutout Test...................................................................................6-7
Maintenance Check................................................................................10-10 Exhaust Manifold Temperature Test............................................................6-8
Air Leaks, Compressed Air System .........................................................12-18 Exhaust Manifold Tilt-back Method..............................................................6-8
Initial Check............................................................................................12-18 Drive Belt Tension .....................................................................................V-55
Alternator ....................................................................................................13-2 Tension Chart...........................................................................................V-55
Index
Page X-2
Drive Belt, Alternator .................................................................................13-4 Disassemble.............................................................................................11-1

Adjust.......................................................................................................13-4 Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................11-2
Drive Belt, Cooling Fan ................................................................................8-4 Install........................................................................................................11-2
Inspect for Reuse........................................................................................8-4 Remove....................................................................................................11-1
Install..........................................................................................................8-5 Exhaust Restriction ....................................................................................11-4
Remove......................................................................................................8-4 Initial Check..............................................................................................11-4
Drive Belt, Water Pump ...............................................................................8-6 Exhaust System .........................................................................................V-49
Inspect for Reuse........................................................................................8-7 Specifications...........................................................................................V-49
Install..........................................................................................................8-8 Fan Clutch, Electric ....................................................................................8-36
Remove......................................................................................................8-6 Finishing Steps.........................................................................................8-39
Dynamometer Worksheet ...........................................................................14-4 Initial Check..............................................................................................8-36
Worksheet................................................................................................14-4 Install........................................................................................................8-39
ECM Cooling Plate, Fuel Cooled ..................................................................6-9 Preparatory Steps.....................................................................................8-37
Install........................................................................................................6-10 Remove....................................................................................................8-38
Remove......................................................................................................6-9 Fan Clutch, On-Off .....................................................................................8-40
Electrical System .......................................................................................V-50 Finishing Steps.........................................................................................8-42
Specifications...........................................................................................V-50 Install........................................................................................................8-41
Engine Brake ..............................................................................................20-1 Preparatory Steps.....................................................................................8-40
Adjust.......................................................................................................20-4 Remove....................................................................................................8-40
Cummins..............................................................................................20-4 Fan Clutch, Viscous ...................................................................................8-42
Clean........................................................................................................20-1 Install........................................................................................................8-45
Finishing Steps.........................................................................................20-3 Remove....................................................................................................8-45
Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................20-2 Test..........................................................................................................8-42
Install........................................................................................................20-2 Fan Hub, Belt Driven ..................................................................................8-46
Preparatory Steps.....................................................................................20-1 Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................8-47
Remove....................................................................................................20-1 Install........................................................................................................8-48
Engine Lifting Brackets ..............................................................................16-2 Remove....................................................................................................8-46
Clean........................................................................................................16-2 Fan Shroud Assembly ................................................................................8-49
Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................16-2 Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................8-49
Install........................................................................................................16-3 Fan Spacer and Pulley ...............................................................................8-49
Remove....................................................................................................16-2 Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................8-49
Engine Mounts ..........................................................................................16-28 Fan, Cooling ...............................................................................................8-49
Inspect....................................................................................................16-28 Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................8-49
Engine Run-in (Chassis Dynamometer) ...................................................14-17 Flywheel .....................................................................................................16-5
Run-In Instructions..................................................................................14-17 Clean........................................................................................................16-6
Engine Run-in (Engine Dynamometer) .....................................................14-31 Finishing Steps.......................................................................................16-13
Run-In Instructions..................................................................................14-31 Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................16-7
Engine Run-in (Without Dynamometer) ...................................................14-20 Rail Applications...................................................................................16-7
Run-In Instructions..................................................................................14-20 Install......................................................................................................16-11
On-Highway Applications....................................................................14-20 Rail Applications.................................................................................16-12
Engine Support Bracket, Front ..................................................................16-3 Measure...................................................................................................16-8
Clean........................................................................................................16-4 Bore Runout.........................................................................................16-8
Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................16-4 Face Runout.........................................................................................16-9
Install........................................................................................................16-4 Preparatory Steps.....................................................................................16-5
Remove....................................................................................................16-3 Remove....................................................................................................16-5
Engine Testing ...........................................................................................V-54 Flywheel Housing .....................................................................................16-13
Specifications...........................................................................................V-54 Clean and Inspect for Reuse...................................................................16-15
Engine Testing (Chassis Dynamometer) ...................................................14-5 Finishing Steps.......................................................................................16-26
Setup........................................................................................................14-5 Install......................................................................................................16-20
Test..........................................................................................................14-7 Measure..................................................................................................16-21
Engine Speed (rpm)..............................................................................14-8 Bore Alignment...................................................................................16-21
Fuel Pressure.......................................................................................14-8 Face Alignment...................................................................................16-23
Fuel Rate..............................................................................................14-9 Preparatory Steps...................................................................................16-13
Fuel Inlet Restriction.............................................................................14-9 Redowel..................................................................................................16-16
Fuel Drain Line Restriction..................................................................14-10 Remove..................................................................................................16-14
Intake Manifold Pressure.....................................................................14-11 Flywheel Ring Gear ..................................................................................16-27
Intake Manifold Air Temperature Control - Chassis Dynamometer test.....14- Finishing Steps.......................................................................................16-28
11 Install......................................................................................................16-27
STC....................................................................................................14-12 Preparatory Steps...................................................................................16-27
Charge Air Cooler Restriction..............................................................14-13 Remove..................................................................................................16-27
Intake Air Restriction...........................................................................14-14 Fraction, Decimal, Millimeter Conversions ...............................................V-58
Exhaust Air Restriction........................................................................14-14 Conversion Chart......................................................................................V-58
Engine Blowby....................................................................................14-15 Fuel Drain Line Restriction ........................................................................6-11
Lubricating Oil Pressure......................................................................14-15 Measure...................................................................................................6-11
Engine Coolant Pressure.....................................................................14-16 Fuel Filter (Spin-On Type) ..........................................................................6-12
Engine Testing (Engine Dynamometer) ...................................................14-21 Install........................................................................................................6-13
Setup......................................................................................................14-21 Remove....................................................................................................6-12
Coolant Plumbing...............................................................................14-22 Fuel Inlet Restriction ..................................................................................6-13
Intake Air Temperature Control...........................................................14-22 Measure...................................................................................................6-13
Intake Air Restriction...........................................................................14-24 Fuel Supply Lines .......................................................................................6-16
Exhaust Air Restriction........................................................................14-25 Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................6-16
Lubricating Oil Pressure......................................................................14-25 Remove....................................................................................................6-16
Intake Manifold Pressure.....................................................................14-25 Fuel System ...............................................................................................V-45
Engine Blowby....................................................................................14-26 Specifications...........................................................................................V-45
Fuel Rate............................................................................................14-26 Automotive Applications.......................................................................V-45
Fuel Inlet Restriction...........................................................................14-26 Marine and Industrial Applications........................................................V-45
Engine Speed (rpm)............................................................................14-27 General Cleaning Instructions ......................................................................i-9
Fuel Pressure.....................................................................................14-27 Abrasive Pads and Abrasive Paper..............................................................i-9
Fuel Drain Line Restriction..................................................................14-27 Definition of Clean.......................................................................................i-9
Air Compressor...................................................................................14-28 Fuel System...............................................................................................i-12
Starting Motor.....................................................................................14-28 Gasket Surfaces........................................................................................i-10
Engine Throttle Control.......................................................................14-28 Plastic Bead Cleaning................................................................................i-11
Engine Testing (Portable Dynamometer or Load Bank) ..........................14-34 Solvent and Acid Cleaning.........................................................................i-10
General Information................................................................................14-34 Steam Cleaning.........................................................................................i-11
Exhaust Manifold, Dry ................................................................................11-1 General Engine ...........................................................................................V-44
Assemble..................................................................................................11-2 Specifications...........................................................................................V-44
Clean........................................................................................................11-1 Automotive Applications.......................................................................V-44
Index
Page X-3
Marine and Industrial Applications........................................................V-44 Install........................................................................................................7-35

General Repair Instructions ..........................................................................i-7 Remove....................................................................................................7-34
General Information.....................................................................................i-7 Lubricating Oil Pump Signal Tube Orifice .................................................7-60
Welding on a Vehicle with an Electronic Controlled Fuel System..................i-8 Clean and Inspect for Reuse.....................................................................7-61
General Safety Instructions ..........................................................................i-5 Finishing Steps.........................................................................................7-61
Important Safety Notice................................................................................i-5 Preparatory Steps.....................................................................................7-60
How to Use the Manual .................................................................................i-2 Lubricating Oil System ...............................................................................7-36
General Information.....................................................................................i-2 Drain.........................................................................................................7-36
Illustrations ....................................................................................................i-4 Fill............................................................................................................7-36
General Information.....................................................................................i-4 Prime........................................................................................................7-37
Injector ........................................................................................................6-27 Lubricating Oil System ..............................................................................V-46
Clean........................................................................................................6-30 Specifications...........................................................................................V-46
Finishing Steps.........................................................................................6-35 Automotive Applications.......................................................................V-46
General Information..................................................................................6-27 Marine and Industrial Applications........................................................V-46
Install........................................................................................................6-30 Lubricating Oil System Diagnostics ..........................................................7-57
CELECT™.............................................................................................6-30 Test..........................................................................................................7-57
STC......................................................................................................6-32 Lubricating Oil Temperature Gauge ..........................................................7-38
Preparatory Steps.....................................................................................6-27 Initial Check..............................................................................................7-38
Remove....................................................................................................6-28 Test..........................................................................................................7-38
CELECT™.............................................................................................6-28 Lubricating Oil Thermostat ........................................................................7-39
STC......................................................................................................6-29 General Information..................................................................................7-39
Lubricating Oil and Filter Analysis ............................................................7-62 Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................7-41
Failure Analysis Inspection........................................................................7-62 Install........................................................................................................7-42
Lubricating Oil Contamination ...................................................................7-51 Remove....................................................................................................7-40
Fluorescent Dye Tracer.............................................................................7-51 Test..........................................................................................................7-41
Fuel Pressure Test....................................................................................7-53 Lubricating Oil Transfer Tube ....................................................................7-42
Lubricating Oil Cooler ..................................................................................7-3 Clean........................................................................................................7-42
Clean..........................................................................................................7-5 Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................7-43
Install..........................................................................................................7-7 Install........................................................................................................7-43
Pressure Test.............................................................................................7-5 Remove....................................................................................................7-42
Remove......................................................................................................7-3 Lubricating Oil Viscosity Sensor ...............................................................7-44
Lubricating Oil Cooler Transfer Housing ...................................................7-55 Assemble..................................................................................................7-47
Clean........................................................................................................7-55 Clean and Inspect for Reuse.....................................................................7-46
Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................7-56 Disassemble.............................................................................................7-45
Install........................................................................................................7-57 Install........................................................................................................7-48
Remove....................................................................................................7-55 Remove....................................................................................................7-44
Lubricating Oil Dipstick ..............................................................................7-10 Newton-Meter to Foot-Pound Conversions ...............................................V-59
Calibrate...................................................................................................7-10 Conversion Chart......................................................................................V-59
Lubricating Oil Dipstick Housing ...............................................................7-11 Pipe Plug ....................................................................................................17-2
Clean........................................................................................................7-11 Clean and Inspect for Reuse.....................................................................17-3
Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................7-11 Install........................................................................................................17-3
Install........................................................................................................7-11 Remove....................................................................................................17-2
Remove....................................................................................................7-11 Pipe Plug Torque Values ...........................................................................V-60
Lubricating Oil Filter (Spin-On) ..................................................................7-12 Torque Table............................................................................................V-60
Clean........................................................................................................7-13 Radiator ......................................................................................................8-50
General Information..................................................................................7-12 Initial Check..............................................................................................8-50
Install........................................................................................................7-13 Radiator Hoses ...........................................................................................8-51
Remove....................................................................................................7-12 Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................8-51
Lubricating Oil Filter Bypass Valve ...........................................................7-13 Radiator Pressure Cap ...............................................................................8-51
Clean........................................................................................................7-14 Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................8-52
General Information..................................................................................7-13 Test..........................................................................................................8-51
Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................7-15 Radiator Shutter Assembly ........................................................................8-52
Install........................................................................................................7-15 Initial Check..............................................................................................8-52
Remove....................................................................................................7-14 Heat Exchanger ..........................................................................................8-56
Lubricating Oil Filter Head .........................................................................7-16 Clean........................................................................................................8-56
Clean........................................................................................................7-16 Sea Water Pump .........................................................................................8-57
Install........................................................................................................7-17 Clean and Inspect for Reuse.....................................................................8-57
Remove....................................................................................................7-16 Install........................................................................................................8-58
Lubricating Oil High Pressure Relief Valve ...............................................7-17 Remove....................................................................................................8-57
Clean........................................................................................................7-19 Service Literature Ordering Location ..........................................................L-2
General Information..................................................................................7-17 Contact Information....................................................................................L-2
Initial Check..............................................................................................7-18 Service Tools ...............................................................................................6-1
Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................7-19 Injectors and Fuel Lines..............................................................................6-1
Install........................................................................................................7-20 Service Tools ...............................................................................................7-1
Remove....................................................................................................7-18 Lubricating Oil System................................................................................7-1
Lubricating Oil Leaks .................................................................................7-22 Service Tools ...............................................................................................8-1
Maintenance Check..................................................................................7-22 Cooling System...........................................................................................8-1
Lubricating Oil Pan .....................................................................................7-23 Service Tools ...............................................................................................9-1
Clean and Inspect for Reuse.....................................................................7-23 Drive Units..................................................................................................9-1
Install........................................................................................................7-24 Service Tools ..............................................................................................10-1
Remove....................................................................................................7-23 Air Intake System......................................................................................10-1
Lubricating Oil Pressure Gauge .................................................................7-25 Service Tools ..............................................................................................12-1
Test..........................................................................................................7-25 Compressed Air System............................................................................12-1
Lubricating Oil Pressure Regulator (Main Rifle) ........................................7-26 Service Tools ..............................................................................................13-1
Clean........................................................................................................7-28 Electrical Equipment.................................................................................13-1
General Information..................................................................................7-26 Service Tools ..............................................................................................14-1
Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................7-29 Engine Testing..........................................................................................14-1
Install........................................................................................................7-29 Service Tools ..............................................................................................16-1
Remove....................................................................................................7-28 Mounting Adaptations...............................................................................16-1
Lubricating Oil Pump .................................................................................7-30 Starter Magnetic Switch .............................................................................13-7
Clean........................................................................................................7-30 Current Check..........................................................................................13-7
Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................7-31 Starter Solenoid ........................................................................................13-11
Install........................................................................................................7-32 Voltage Check.........................................................................................13-11
Remove....................................................................................................7-30 Starter Switch .............................................................................................13-9
Lubricating Oil Pump Signal Tube .............................................................7-34 Voltage Check..........................................................................................13-9
Clean........................................................................................................7-34 Starting Motor ...........................................................................................13-14
Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................7-35 Install......................................................................................................13-14
Index
Page X-4
Remove..................................................................................................13-14
Static Injection Timing ...............................................................................6-17
General Information..................................................................................6-17
Measure...................................................................................................6-18
STC Oil Control Valve (Mechanical) ...........................................................6-35
Initial Check..............................................................................................6-35
Install........................................................................................................6-40
Remove....................................................................................................6-39
STC Oil Delivery System Diagnostics ........................................................6-47
Test..........................................................................................................6-47
STC Oil Delivery System Blockage ............................................................6-49
Initial Check..............................................................................................6-49
Leak Test..................................................................................................6-50
STC Viscosity Sensor .................................................................................6-40
Clean and Inspect for Reuse.....................................................................6-41
Install........................................................................................................6-43
Remove....................................................................................................6-40
Straight Thread Fittings .............................................................................17-5
Clean........................................................................................................17-5
Inspect for Reuse......................................................................................17-6
Install........................................................................................................17-6
Remove....................................................................................................17-5
Straight Thread Plug ..................................................................................17-4
Clean and Inspect for Reuse.....................................................................17-4
Install........................................................................................................17-4
Remove....................................................................................................17-4
Symbols .........................................................................................................i-3
General Information.....................................................................................i-3
Tap-Drill Chart - U.S. Customary and Metric ............................................V-61
General Information..................................................................................V-61
Turbocharger ............................................................................................10-19
Check for Correct Component.................................................................10-24
General Information................................................................................10-19
Inspect for Reuse....................................................................................10-20
Install......................................................................................................10-22
Remove..................................................................................................10-19
Turbocharger Axial Clearance .................................................................10-24
Measure..................................................................................................10-24
Turbocharger Blade Damage ...................................................................10-25
Inspect for Reuse....................................................................................10-25
Install......................................................................................................10-26
Remove..................................................................................................10-25
Turbocharger Compressor Seal Leaks ....................................................10-26
Leak Test................................................................................................10-26
Turbocharger Radial Bearing Clearance ..................................................10-27
Measure..................................................................................................10-27
Turbocharger Turbine Seal Leaks ...........................................................10-28
Leak Test................................................................................................10-28
Water Pump ................................................................................................8-58
Clean........................................................................................................8-59
Install........................................................................................................8-60
Remove....................................................................................................8-58
Water Pump Idler Assembly ......................................................................8-61
Install........................................................................................................8-62
Remove....................................................................................................8-61
Weights and Measures - Conversion Factors ...........................................V-62
Conversion Chart......................................................................................V-62
Cummins Inc.
Celect™, Celect Plus™ Volume 2

Troubleshooting and Repair Manual N14 Base Engine STC,
Box 3005
Columbus, Indiana, U.S.A., 47202 N14 Base Engine STC, Celect™, Celect Plus™
Registered Office Volume 2
Cummins Ltd.
49 - 51 Gresham Road,
Staines,
Middlesex TW18 2BD,
England
Registration 573951 England
Copyright© 2010
Cummins Inc.
Bulletin 3666142
Printed in U.S.A. 06-APRIL-2010 p15
301657_Cummins_Vol2.indd 1 4/9/10 1:00 PM

Vol2

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

Vol2

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Vol2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Cummins Inc.

Troubleshooting and Repair Manual

Celect™, Celect Plus™ Volume 2

301657_Cummins_Vol2.indd 1 4/9/10 1:00 PM

Copyright© 2010 Bulletin 3666142

Injectors and Fuel Lines - Group 06 ........................................................................................................ 6

Lubricating Oil System - Group 07 .......................................................................................................... 7

Cooling System - Group 08 ...................................................................................................................... 8

Drive Units - Group 09 .............................................................................................................................. 9

Air Intake System - Group 10 ................................................................................................................... 10

Exhaust System - Group 11 ..................................................................................................................... 11

Compressed Air System - Group 12 ........................................................................................................ 12

Electrical Equipment - Group 13 .............................................................................................................. 13

Engine Testing - Group 14 ....................................................................................................................... 14

Mounting Adaptations - Group 16 ............................................................................................................ 16

Miscellaneous - Group 17 ......................................................................................................................... 17

Vehicle Braking - Group 20 ...................................................................................................................... 20

Service Literature ..................................................................................................................................... L

This Page Left Intentionally Blank

About the Manual

How to Use the Manual

The illustrations are intended to show repair or

General Safety Instructions

General Repair Instructions

• Follow all safety instructions noted in the procedures

Welding on a Vehicle with an Electronic Controlled Fuel System

General Cleaning Instructions

• Fuel system tools are to be kept as clean as possible.

Acronyms and Abbreviations

psi Pounds Per Square Inch

Section 6 - Injectors and Fuel Lines - Group 06

This Page Left Intentionally Blank

Tool No. Tool Description Tool Illustration

Injector Timing Fixture

Chip Removing Unit

Injector Puller/Installation Tool

Air in Fuel (006-003)

If an air leak is found, visually inspect the fuel lines, o-

Tighten the hose connections and the fuel filter.

Replace any defective parts as required.

Gear Pump Drain Method

Remove the Compuchek® fitting, if equipped, from the fuel

Operate the engine at high idle with no load.

If air is entering the fuel pump suction line, bubbles will be

Tighten the hose connections and the fuel filter.

Remove the plug or cap from the compressor air tube or

CELECT™ and CELECT™ Plus

Operate the engine at high idle with no load.

If air is entering the fuel pump suction line, bubbles will be

If bubbles are visible, tighten the fuel supply pump inlet

Tighten the hose connections and the fuel filter.

Cylinder Misfires or Smokes (006-005)

Cylinder Cutout Test

Exhaust Manifold Temperature Test

Exhaust Manifold Tilt-back Method

ECM Cooling Plate, Fuel Cooled

Remove the four cooling plate mounting capscrews. Do